Nagarkurnool Draft DPR (27.10.17)

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 283

!

"#
CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION .................................................................................... 8
1.1 Introduction to the Project .................................................................................. 8
1.2 Problem Associated with Solid Waste Management .......................................... 8
1.3 Status of Solid Waste Management .................................................................. 10
1.4 Present Context ................................................................................................. 12
1.5 Objectives........................................................................................................... 13
1.6 Scope of Work .................................................................................................... 13
1.7 Project Area ....................................................................................................... 15
CHAPTER 2. PROFILE OF NAGAR KURNOOL ............................................................. 17
2.1 Introduction ....................................................................................................... 17
2.2 Location.............................................................................................................. 17
2.3 Climate ............................................................................................................... 17
2.4 Physiography and Landform .............................................................................. 18
2.5 Flora and Fauna.................................................................................................. 18
2.6 Planning Area ..................................................................................................... 19
2.7 Demographic profile .......................................................................................... 19
2.8 Trade and Commerce......................................................................................... 20
2.9 Physical planning and growth aspects ............................................................... 20
CHAPTER 3. ASSESSMENT OF THE EXISTING SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 23
3.1 Introduction ....................................................................................................... 23
3.2 Sources of Municipal Solid Waste...................................................................... 23
3.3 Collection and Transportation system ............................................................... 24
3.3.1 Primary Collection System .......................................................................... 24
3.3.2 Secondary Collection Scenario.................................................................... 25
3.3.3 Transportation ............................................................................................ 25
3.3.4 Disposal of Solid Waste ............................................................................... 25
3.4 Institutional Profile ............................................................................................ 26
3.5 Financial Status .................................................................................................. 26
3.6 Deficiency Analysis ............................................................................................. 27
CHAPTER 4. WASTE QUANTIFICATION & CHARACTERIZATION ................................ 36
4.1 Introduction ....................................................................................................... 36
4.2 Quantification of Waste ..................................................................................... 36
4.2.1 MSW Survey ................................................................................................ 36
4.2.2 Residential................................................................................................... 36
4.2.3 Commercial ................................................................................................. 37
A. Shops/Office/Institutions ....................................................................................... 37
B. Hotels & Restaurants .................................................................................. 37
C. Markets ....................................................................................................... 37
D. Hospitals/Nursing Homes ........................................................................... 37
4.2.4 Street Sweeping .......................................................................................... 38
4.2.5 Drain Silt and other waste .......................................................................... 38
4.3 Summary of Waste Generation ......................................................................... 38
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

4.4 Collection Efficiency of Nagarkurnool ............................................................... 39


4.5 Future Generation Trends ................................................................................. 39
4.6 Waste Characterization and Physical Composition of Waste............................ 40
CHAPTER 5. PLANNING FOR INTEGRATED MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM IN THE ULB ........................................................................................ 42
5.1 Introduction ....................................................................................................... 42
5.2 Future Population or Population Projections .................................................... 42
5.3 Per Capita Waste Generation & Projection ....................................................... 43
5.4 Municipal Solid Waste Management Plan (MSWMP): ...................................... 43
5.5 CLUSTER FOR VIKARABAD DISTRICT ..................... Error! Bookmark not defined.
5.6 CLUSTER FOR NAGARKURNOOL DISTRICT ......................................................... 45
5.7 Aspects under the Cluster Approach ................................................................. 46
5.8 Concept planning ............................................................................................... 48
5.9 Nagar Kurnool Cluster # 1 ................................................................................. 49
CHAPTER 6. PROPOSED SOLID WASTE COLLECTION AND RANSPORTATION PLAN .... 50
6.1 Introduction ....................................................................................................... 50
6.2 Overview of the Recommended C&T Plan ........................................................ 50
6.3 Segregation and Storage of Waste at Source .................................................... 51
6.3.1 Segregation of waste at Source .................................................................. 51
6.3.2 Storage of Waste at Source ........................................................................ 51
6.4 Planning of Collection and Transportation System ........................................... 52
6.4.1 Primary Collection of Waste ....................................................................... 52
6.4.2 Street-sweeping .......................................................................................... 55
6.4.3 Drain cleaning ............................................................................................. 56
6.4.4 Secondary Storage ...................................................................................... 56
6.4.5 Domestic Hazardous Waste collection Centre ........................................... 56
6.4.6 Secondary Collection and Transportation .................................................. 56
6.5 Infrastructure Required for Achieving 100% Collection and Transportation System
........................................................................................................................... 57
6.6 Workshop Facility for Vehicle Maintenance ...................................................... 58
CHAPTER 7. DESIGN AND PLANNING OF TREATMENT PLANT .................................. 59
7.1 Integrated Waste Treatment Facility ................................................................. 59
7.1.1 Site Description ........................................................................................... 59
7.1.2 Area Statement ........................................................................................... 59
7.2 Land Reclamation from Old Dumpsites ............................................................. 59
7.3 Planning and Design of Treatment Plant ........................................................... 59
7.3.1 Introduction ................................................................................................ 59
7.3.2 Identification of Suitable MSW Treatment Technology ............................. 60
7.3.3 Material Balance ......................................................................................... 68
7.3.4 Dry waste Collection Centers (DRCC):- ....................................................... 69
7.3.5 Design of Pre-sorting & RDF Plant .............................................................. 70
7.3.6 Design of Compost Plant ............................................................................. 75
7.3.7 Construction Specifications and Functions of All the Compost Plant facilities
79
7.3.8 Design of Compost Plant ............................................................................. 80

Page 2
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

7.3.9 List of Processing Machineries & Equipments (Mechanical) ...................... 81


7.3.10 Market Price of Compost ............................................................................ 82
7.3.11 Performance standards for compost .......................................................... 83
CHAPTER 8. PLANNING AND DESIGN OF SANITARY LANDFILL .............................. 84
8.1 Introduction ....................................................................................................... 84
8.2 Proposed landfill site description ...................................................................... 84
8.3 MoEF guidelines for Landfill Design ................................................................... 84
8.4 Design of Landfill and Landfill Sizing .................................................................. 87
8.5 Landfill design parameters & Volume Calculations ........................................... 88
8.6 Assessment of Leachate Quantity ..................................................................... 90
8.7 Design of leachate collection system................................................................. 91
8.8 Spacing of Pipes ................................................................................................. 92
8.9 Landfill gas Collection and Management System .............................................. 93
8.10 Design of landfill cover and sequence of its laying ............................................ 93
8.11 Landfill Gas Evacuation System ......................................................................... 94
8.12 Landfilling Operations ........................................................................................ 94
8.13 Vegetative Cover ................................................................................................ 96
8.14 Construction of Landfill ...................................................................................... 96
8.15 Supporting infrastructure .................................................................................. 99
CHAPTER 9. PROJECT COSTING ......................................................................... 101
9.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................... 101
9.2 Total Capital Cost of the project ...................................................................... 101
9.3 Capital Cost of MSW Collection & Transportation .......................................... 101
9.4 Operation & Maintenance cost of MSW Collection & Transportation ........... 102
9.5 Capital Cost of Integrated Treatment Facility (Compost & RDF) ..................... 104
9.5.1 Cost of Civil infra for treatment plant & Site Development Works for
Integrated facility ...................................................................................................... 104
9.5.2 Cost of Equipment & waste handling for Waste treatment facility. ........ 105
9.5.3 Operation and Maintenance of Waste treatment plant .......................... 106
9.6 Capital Cost of Landfill Facility at Integrated Treatment facility ..................... 107
9.6.2 Operation & Maintenance of Landfill Facility ........................................... 108
9.7 Financial Framework ........................................................................................ 109
9.7.1 Objective of Swachh Bharat Mission .................................................................. 109
9.7.2 Swachh Bharat Mission Components ................................................................ 109
9.8 Funding Pattern for the Project ....................................................................... 109
9.9 Source of Finance ............................................................................................. 109
9.9.1 Financing Capital cost of the scheme ................................................... 110
9.10 Municipal Financial Strength ........................................................................... 110
9.11 Revenue Stream ............................................................................................... 111
9.12 Revenue generation from Households & Other commercial Establishments. 111
9.13 Revenue generation from Sale of Compost & RDF .......................................... 112
9.14 Revenue generation from Sale of Recyclables ................................................ 112
9.15 Total Revenues ................................................................................................. 113
9.16 Tipping Fee calculation .................................................................................... 113
Proposed Structure and assumptions: - ...................................................................... 114
9.17 Project Structuring ........................................................................................... 115

Page 3
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

9.17.1 Possible PPP Options ................................................................................ 115


9.17.2 Project Financing Options ......................................................................... 119
9.17.3 Procurement process for PPP Projects ..................................................... 122
9.17.4 Appraisal and monitoring by Lead Financial Institution ........................... 122
9.17.5 Disbursement of Grant ............................................................................. 122
9.17.6 India Infrastructure Project Development Fund (IIPDF) ........................... 123
CHAPTER 10. INFORMATION, EDUCATION AND COMMUNICATION (IEC) ............. 125
10.1 Introduction: .................................................................................................... 125
10.2 Identification and Orientation of Resident’s Welfare Committees: ................ 126
10.3 Identification and Mobilisation of NGOs or Social Welfare Groups NGO
Involvement..................................................................................................... 127
10.4 Use of Schools and Colleges ............................................................................ 129
10.5 Orientation of Key Personalities, Social Activists and Policy Makers Involvement of
Professional Communicators .......................................................................... 129
10.6 Conduct Sanitation Campaigns ........................................................................ 130
10.7 Media Campaigning and Environmental Awareness ....................................... 131
10.8 Capacity Building Methods .............................................................................. 134
10.9 Capacity Building in Solid Waste Management ............................................... 134
10.10 Strategic Framework for Capacity Building ..................................................... 134
10.11 Training Needs ................................................................................................. 134
10.12 Proposed Course Contents for Training........................................................... 135
10.13 Management Information System ................................................................... 136
10.14 Monitoring of SWM Services: .......................................................................... 139
10.14.1 Daily Reports ............................................................................................. 139
10.14.2 Monitoring and Evaluation of Daily Reports ............................................ 142
CHAPTER 11. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN........................................... 143
11.1 Objective .......................................................................................................... 143
11.2 Environmental Management Plan ................................................................... 143
11.1.1 Construction Phase .......................................................................................... 143
11.1.2 Operation Phase .............................................................................................. 144
11.3 Air Pollution Control ........................................................................................ 144
11.4 Odour Control .................................................................................................. 146
11.5 Landfill Gas Management ................................................................................ 147
11.6 Water Pollution Control & Management ........................................................ 148
11.7 Leachate Management Plan ............................................................................ 148
11.8 Solar Evaporation Pond ................................................................................... 150
11.9 Sludge Management ........................................................................................ 150
11.10 Capping of Landfill ........................................................................................... 150
11.11 Management of Flora & Fauna ........................................................................ 152
11.12 Control of Noise Pollution ................................................................................ 152
11.13 Environmental Control during Composting Process ........................................ 153
11.14 Occupational Health Management .................................................................. 153
11.15 Medical Check-up of Workers.......................................................................... 153
11.16 First Aid of Facilities ......................................................................................... 153
11.17 Fire Protection System ..................................................................................... 153
11.18 Hydrant Systems .............................................................................................. 154

Page 4
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

11.19 Green Belt Development ................................................................................. 154


11.20 Environmental Management Cell .................................................................... 154

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1-1: List of ULBs – Project Area ................................................................................. 15


Table 3-1: Source of Waste generators .............................................................................. 23
Table 3.10 Financial perticulars of Nagarkurnool NP ......................................................... 26
Table 3-3: Deficiency Analysis ............................................................................................. 27
Table 3-4: Timelines for Implementation ........................................................................... 33
Table 4-1: Quantification Survey Details of Household ...................................................... 36
Table 4-2: Total Garbage Generation for Households ........................................................ 37
Table 4-3: Total Garbage generation for Commercial Establishments .............................. 37
Table 4-4: Waste generation from Road sweeping ............................................................ 38
Table 4-6: Waste Projections .............................................................................................. 39
Table 4-7: Physical composition of Waste .......................................................................... 40
Table 4-8: Chemical composition of Waste ........................................................................ 41
Table 6-1: Elements of Storage ........................................................................................... 52
Table 6-2: Requirements of Bins at Municipality................................................................ 52
Table 6-3: Door to door Collection from Households ........................................................ 53
Table 6-4: Door to Door Collection from Commercial Establishments .............................. 54
Table 6-5: Infrastructure Required ..................................................................................... 55
Table 6-6: Street Sweeping Requirements ......................................................................... 55
Table 6-7: Drain Cleaning Requirements ............................................................................ 56
Table 6-8: Domestic hazardous waste centers ................................................................... 56
Table 6-9: Secondary Collection and Transportation ......................................................... 57
Table 6-11: Existing vehicles with ULB ................................................................................ 57
Table 6-12: Requirement of vehicles and Equipment ........................................................ 57
Table 6-13: Required Staff for SWM ................................................................................... 58
Table 7-1: Area Statement .................................................................................................. 59
Table 7-3: Processing Technologies .................................................................................... 60
Table 7-4: Material Balance ................................................................................................ 69
Table 7-5: Waste Receiving Platform .................................................................................. 73
Table 7-6: List of Processing Machineries & Equipments (Mechanical) ............................. 74
Table 7-7: Mobile Equipment for Presorting and RDF Plant Operations ........................... 74
Table 7-8: Windrow Platform ............................................................................................. 80
Table 7-9: Equipments Required For Compost Plant ......................................................... 81
Table 8-1: Layer Configuration Is Proposed for the Bottom Of the Landfill ....................... 85
Table 8-2: Criteria For HDPE Liner And Test Methods ........................................................ 98
Table 9-1 Total Project Cost Break-Up .............................................................................. 101
Table 9-2: Funding Pattern ............................................................................................... 109
Table 11-1: Air Pollution Control Measures ..................................................................... 144
Table 11-2: Waste water Generation Details in m3/day................................................... 148

Page 5
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1-1: Past and projected Trend of Per capita Waste Generation ............................. 10
Figure 1-2: Status of Solid Waste Management in Various Indian Cities ........................... 11
Figure 7-3: Material balance ............................................................................................... 69
Figure 7-4: Typical Shredders.............................................................................................. 71
Figure 7-5: Typical RDF Bailers ............................................................................................ 71
Figure 7-6: Flow of compost process .................................................................................. 76
Figure 8-1: Base Liner System of Landfill ............................................................................ 86
Figure 8-2: Landfill Top Liner Sequence .............................................................................. 94
Figure 8-3: Landfill Pattern ................................................................................................. 94
Figure 8-4: Details of monitoring well ................................................................................ 99
Figure 11-1: Gas Flaring System ........................................................................................ 148

Page 6
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Abbreviation

CDMA Commissioner and Directorate of Municipal Administration


CPHEEO Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organization

C&D Construction and Demolition

C&T Collection and Transportation

DPR Detailed Project Report

EHS Environment, Health and Safety

GoI Government of India


HH Households

IEC Information, Education and Communication

KG Kilogram

MoEF Ministry of Environment and Forest

MoUD Ministry of Urban Development


MSW Municipal Solid Waste

MSWM Municipal Solid Waste Management


O&M Operation and Maintenance

P&D Processing and Disposal

RDF Refuse Derived Fuel

SBM Swach Bharat Mission

SLM Service Level Benchmark


TPD Tons per day
TUFIDC Telangana Urban Finance and Infrastructure Development Limited

ULB Urban Local Body


WtE Waste to Energy

Page 7
Executive Summary of DPR for MSWM in Nagarkurnool

I. Introduction

Municipal Solid Waste Management is the application of principle of Integrated Solid Waste
management (ISWM) to municipal waste. ISWM is the application of suitable techniques,
technologies and management programs covering all types of solid wastes from all sources to
achieve the twin objectives of (a) waste reduction and (b) effective management of waste still
produced after waste reduction.

Municipal Solid Waste management is important as it impacts health, environment and


aesthetic society if it is not managed properly. In this context, the Government of Telangana
(GoTS) proposes to strengthen the Municipal Solid Waste Management (MSWM) system
covering collection, segregation, recycling, transportation processing and disposal including
options for composting and waste to energy, disposal in all 72 Urban Local Bodies (ULBs) in
Telangana (except GHMC) so as to comply with the service level benchmarks of the Government
of India.

The GoTS intends to institutionalize a holistic Integrated, sustainable environment and eco-
friendly MSWM System in the urban local bodies (ULBs) of the state in turn with SBM launched
by GoI and Swachh Telangana announced by Government of Telangana. Thereby improving the
living standards of the state population and boosting the economy of the state.

C&MDA is the Mission Directorate for the Swachh Telangana – Swachh Bharat Mission which
proposes preparation of Detailed Project Reports for the 72 ULBs and also cluster-wise through
the TUFIDC. The 72 ULBs in the state are divided into 2 Regions (Hyderabad and Warangal) for
geographical convenience for conducting studies & preparation of DPRs. Separate DPRs are
prepared for each ULB including the existing practices of MSW management, inadequacies and
approaches for improvement of waste management within the policy, programmes & legal
framework.

II. Profile of Ieeja


The Nagarkurnool Nagar Panchayat was constituted during 2011

Population 26801 people in 2011


Area 5.76 sq km
Latitude & Longitude 16.4939°N and 78.3102°E
Total Length of City The total length of roads in Nagarkurnool town is 131.87 km. The
Roads and drainage total length of drainage is 73.48 km.

Submitted by M/s. FeedBack Infra Pvt Ltd Page i


Executive Summary of DPR for MSWM in Nagarkurnool

Transportation The nearest city with more than 5 lakh population is Hyderabad
which is 118 Km away and nearest city with more than 1 lakh
population is Mahabubnagar.

Climate & Rainfall The mean daily maximum temperature of the town is about 43°C
and a mean daily minimum 23°C is experienced during the
summer. The days are intensively very hot and the temperature
may rise up to 44°C. The rainy season starts in June and ends in
September. The average rainfall of the town is 577 mm annually.

Administrative Setup The total area of the town is 5.76 sq km. The total area of the ULB
is divided into 20 election wards.

Literacy Rate 70.78 % during 2011.


Population Forecast Type 2016 2021 2031 2041
projections 28756 30711 34621 38531
Arithmetic Method

Geometric Method 28065 29388 32224 35334

III. Assessment of Existing Solid Waste Management

There are different sources in Municipality which are contributing to the municipal solid waste.
These sources include

S. No Type of Waste Generators Number


1 Households 6730
2 Commercial Establishments 300
3 Hotels and Restaurants 30
4 Markets 2
5 Hospital/Clinic 15
6 Schools and institutions 39

The waste which is being generated in this ULB is transported for disposal with the help of 2
Tractors. The total waste transported to the dumping yard is 11.57 MT per day. A total waste
generated is transported with these vehicles on a daily basis.

The final functional element in the solid waste management system is disposal. The solid waste
generated from different sources is collected by the sanitary workers and thus transported to
the disposal site. Sanitary Landfill is a standard method practiced for dumping waste in a
scientific manner, in most of the Municipality’s its open dumping into the site without practicing

Submitted by M/s. FeedBack Infra Pvt Ltd Page ii


Executive Summary of DPR for MSWM in Nagarkurnool

the prescribed procedure as per MSW rules 2016, Nagarkurnool Municipality is not an exception
in this case.

At present there is no disposal site allotted for the ULB. Waste is disposing temporarily at
Sandhaipally shivar.

IV. Waste Quantification & Characterization


Quantification of municipal waste generation was carried out separately in the ULB’s of Zone 1
for different sources of generation such as residential, commercial, institutional, street
sweeping and drain cleaning, markets, slaughter houses, function halls, cinema halls, etc.
covering a larger size of population. The sampling points are further classified based on
economic status of population such as high, middle and low income group, uniformly.

Survey has conducted for assessment of waste from different sources of waste generators like
households, commercial establishments, hotels, institutes parks, street sweeping etc. The waste
generation estimated in Municipality is 12.67 tons. At this rate the gross per capita generation
of solid waste work outs to 451 gm/capita/day.
Particulars of Waste Generation
S. No Type of waste Waste Generation per ton Percentage (%)
1 Domestic source waste generated (in tons) 8.21 65%
2 Shops/Malls/Complexes 2.52 20%
3 Markets 1.1 9%
4 Hospital 0.69 5%
5 Hotels 0.1 1%
6 Street Sweeping 0.03 0.2%
7 Drain Silt 0.02 0.2%
Total Waste Generated Per Day (in tons) 12.67 100%
Source: Estimates based on primary survey

Daily 12 trips are made by the tractor. The total waste transported to the dumping yard is 11.57
MT per day, which is translated to 91% of the collection efficiency.

.About 10 kg of Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) is collected from 10 locations from outside and
inside of the solid waste heap of mixed waste. The total quantity of waste so collected is
thoroughly mixed and then reduced by method of quartering till a sample of such a size is
obtained which can be handled personally. The sample so obtained is subjected to physical
analysis. The Physical Characteristics like moisture content, density, percentage of different
components, such as, paper, plastic, glass, metal, organic matter, sand, soil, bricks, stones etc.,
were calculated.
Physical Composition of Waste

Submitted by M/s. FeedBack Infra Pvt Ltd Page iii


Executive Summary of DPR for MSWM in Nagarkurnool

Item Item wise Generation %


ORGANIC WASTE 51
RECYCLABLES 17
COMBUSTIBLE 17
INERT MATTER 15
TOTAL 100

The Chemical Characteristics like pH, percentage of Nitrogen, Potassium and phosphorus, total
carbon and C/N ratio were analyzed and represented in the report. Calorific value of the
municipal solid waste (in Kcal), Toxic characteristics were also analyzed by conducting laboratory
tests on the survey samples. The details of chemical composition are provided

Chemical Composition of Solid Waste


No. Parameters UOM Results
1 Moisture Content % 21.6
2 Volatile solids % 47.2
3 pH -- 7.83
4 EC dS/m 1258
5 Total Organic C % dm 17.6
6 Total N % dm 0.7
7 Total P % dm 0.7
8 Total K % dm 0.77
9 C:N Ratio -- 19:1
10 GCV K.cal/kg 1252
11 Bulk Density gm/cc 0.42
12 Ash Content % 45.8
13 Zinc as Zn2+ mg/kg 324
14 Copper as Cu2+ mg/kg 156
15 Cadmium as Cd2+ mg/kg 2.6
16 Lead as Pb2+ mg/kg 76.5
17 Nickel as Ni+ mg/kg 8.3
18 Chromium as Cr3+ mg/kg 29.5

V. Planning for Integrated MSW Management System in ULB

The MSWM plan is prepared depending on the existing plan for the ULB and the size of the area.
This plan is prepared for a tenure, based on the population projection for the ULB and should be
reviewed periodically.

The factors which are considered in preparation of the MSWM plan

Submitted by M/s. FeedBack Infra Pvt Ltd Page iv


Executive Summary of DPR for MSWM in Nagarkurnool

1. Future population or population projection


2. Per capita waste generated based on field survey & waste projections, as per CPHEEO
manual
3. Characterization of the waste based on analysis
4. Applicable laws, rules and regulations for MSW
5. Institutional & financial structuring of the ULB’s
6. Community participation & development
7. Collection & transportation technologies
8. Land availability
9. Suitable technology for MSW processing based on ISWM hierarchy

Estimating future waste generation quantities and composition is critical for developing MSWM
plan. The population projections considered in the CPHEEO Manual have been made after
studying the population growth trend from 1981 onwards. This has been an important step in
order to bridge the gap between demand & supply demand and also to estimate the future
requirement of the ULB.

The Geometric Increase Method is adopted wherein a decadal average is considered as the
growth rate.

Waste Generation & Projection


Qty of waste Per annum Waste Per capita with 1.3% increase
Year
(MT) Generation in Tons every year in kg/c/day
2016 12.67 4.625 0.451
2021 14.15 5,166 0.482
2031 17.66 6,445 0.548
2041 22.03 8,042 0.624

MSW management plan for the ULB comprises of different components as below based on the
population and the waste generation. This is as per the CPHEEO manual of MoUD.

• Collection and Transportation


• Treatment plant for processing of waste and resource recovery facility
• Safe disposal by means of sanitary landfill.

Primary
Decentralized/
doorsteps Secondary Bulk
Waste centralized
segregated collection place, transportation,
Population Tones / processing,
collection equipment and landfill
day recovery &
equipment and vehicles Disposal
recycling
Vehicles

Submitted by M/s. FeedBack Infra Pvt Ltd Page v


Executive Summary of DPR for MSWM in Nagarkurnool

Primary
Decentralized/
doorsteps Secondary Bulk
Waste centralized
segregated collection place, transportation,
Population Tones / processing,
collection equipment and landfill
day recovery &
equipment and vehicles Disposal
recycling
Vehicles
50,000 to 10-30 80% door-to-door 100% street 50% decentralized Inert street
TPD collection through sweeping waste processing of sweeping, silt
1,00,000 to be collected in waste if suitable from the drains,
covered LCV
containerized space is available and residual
20% door-to-door handcarts and waste from
collection through If no space,
deposited in 3- processing
containerized domestic and
4m3 containers plants to be
tricycles or trade waste to be landfilled
handcarts from Containers to be processed at
narrow lanes placed at 4 per centralized facility
km2 area or 1 per with resource
Direct 5,000 recovery.
transportation of population.
waste to
processing facility Containers to be
if distance is lifted by
under 5km, or tractors/ twin
transportation bin dumper
through placers
compactors if
distance of
processing
facility is longer

Proposed Solid Waste Collection and Transportation Plan

The proposed SWM system is broadly based on 3R Environmental Protection Rules (Recycle,
Reuse, and Recover) and is in accordance with the MSW 2016 Rules. The primary aspects of the
proposed plan include

Submitted by M/s. FeedBack Infra Pvt Ltd Page vi


Executive Summary of DPR for MSWM in Nagarkurnool

Nagarkurnool Cluster # 1
In this cluster 4 ULB’s of Nagarkurnool district are involved i.e. Nagarkurnool, Kollapur, Achempet and
Kalwakurthy. The waste is processed at the respective ULB’s and inerts / rejects only are disposed at the
Secured Landfill Facility being proposed. Hence this SLF can be termed as a Regional Landfill Facility
(RLF) as it caters to the waste disposal of the district.

Composting & Refuse Derived Fuel (RDF) >>> I N E R T S >>> Secured Landfill Facility (SLF)

Submitted by M/s. FeedBack Infra Pvt Ltd Page vii


Executive Summary of DPR for MSWM in Nagarkurnool

Collection and transportation

Collection and transportation is the most important component of the SWM operations. The efficiency
of operations is mainly depends on choices of vehicle & equipment. The suggestions are mainly for:

 Promotion of the practice of segregation and storage of waste at source in THREE bins-
for Wet waste, dry waste and for domestic Hazardous waste, so as to facilitate an
organized and hierarchical system of waste collection and disposal, without letting the
waste to reach the ground in the primary and secondary collection stages.
 Organization of door to door collection with community participation on cost recovery
basis and minimize the multiple handling of waste, improvement in the productivity of
labour and equipment
 Containerized secondary storage facilities phasing out open storage
 Daily transportation of waste to the Treatment Plant.
 Creation of awareness for source segregation and storage at source.
 Monitoring the system to increase the productivity

Segregation of waste is proposed into 3 bins as per the MSW rules 2016 into 3 fractions without
mixing them

Category 1 Food & Green Cooked/uncooked food, vegetable, fruit, meat, borne, fish
waste (wet waste) waste, leaves, grass
Category 2 Recyclable & Non- Paper, Plastics, glass, metal, ceramic, rubber, leather, rags,
bio-degradable used cloths, wood, stone, sand, ash, thermocol, straw &

Submitted by M/s. FeedBack Infra Pvt Ltd Page viii


Executive Summary of DPR for MSWM in Nagarkurnool

(dry waste) packing materials, sanitary napkins and diapers (to be packed
and disposed)
Category 3 Domestic batteries, expired medicines, bulbs etc.
Hazardous waste

A 3-bin system of storage of waste is suggested by MoEFCC in its solid waste management
guidelines. However, such a system of segregation in the initial stages of waste management is
difficult for the community to practice. However, a single bin system could be upgraded to a 2-
bin system progressively. A total of 13460 bins are required for the municipality for storage of
waste.

The details of infrastructure required for achieving 100% collection and transportation of waste
in the municipality are as follows

Requirement of Vehicles & Equipment


S. No Vehicle/Equipment Existing Required Shortfall
1 Tricycles 12 12 0
2. Auto-tippers 0 5 5
3 Tractors 2 2 0
4 250 lit bins 0 2 3
5 Litter bins 0 149 149
6 600lit for domestic hazardous waste 0 2 3
7 Wheelbarrows 0 51 51

The above infrastructure/vehicles are proposed based on primary collection and secondary
collection. The manpower requirement for driving the vehicles and lifting the garbage is based
on shifts. The total work force required in the primary and secondary collections are formulated
in the below table.
Required Staff for SWM

Vehicles No. of Vehicles Staff per vehicle Shifts Total staff


Tricycles 12 1 1 12
Auto-tippers 5 3 1 15
Sweepers 93.00 1 1 93
Tractors 3 5 1 15
Total field Staff 135
With weekly off 149
Each worker will be provided with a broom and a dustpan for waste collection and adequate
Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE).

 Number of brooms required – 102

Submitted by M/s. FeedBack Infra Pvt Ltd Page ix


Executive Summary of DPR for MSWM in Nagarkurnool

 Number of dustpans required - 102


 Number of pair of gloves - 149
 Number of pair of boots - 149
 Number of uniform – 298 (A uniform for a worker will include two sets of uniform for
summers and two sets for winters).

VI. Design & Planning of Treatment Plan

Nagarkurnool Municipality is generating approximately 12 tons of municipal solid waste (MSW)


per day, which is mainly disposed in the open dumpsite at Without Treatment facility.

It is proposed to set up Integrated Waste Treatment facility at Nagarkurnool. Below is the area
statement broadly showing the area required against each component at the integrated
treatment plant.

S. No Facility Area in Acres


1 Compost & RDF Plant 0.5
2 Landfill phase I & II – 10 years 2.5
3 Other Supporting infrastructure, roads, Recyclables storage, Tanks etc. 2.0
4 Green belt 1.5
Total Area 6.5

The generated MSW in Ieeja town and the waste reaching to the processing facility may not be
same. It will depend on the efficiency of collecting the waste. However by implementing the
good MSW practices in Ieeja the efficiency of collecting MSW may also increases. As per the
records the total MSW generated in Ieeja city is around 12 TPD at present. The plant is designed
for the waste projected quantities in the year 2021 for 15 TPD with rejects transport to landfill
facility.

It is proposed composting for organic waste with dry waste RDF bailing along with recyclables
recovery process. The recyclable unit has been designed to process the recyclables into by
products. The inerts (rejects) would be disposed to the landfill whereas the organic material
(compostable in nature) would be sent to the compost plant and the light combustibles (RDF
fluff) would be utilized to produce energy.

Below is the material balance with process flow

Material Balance
Component Tonnage (TPD) Percentage (%)

Compost 2.5 17%

Submitted by M/s. FeedBack Infra Pvt Ltd Page x


Executive Summary of DPR for MSWM in Nagarkurnool

RDF 4.75 32%


Rejects to landfill 3 20%
Moisture Loss 3.5 23%
Recyclables – glass , plastic covers, metals etc. 0.25 2%
Recyclables collected at DRCs in city 1 7%
Total 15 100%

Drain Silt To landfill or fill low lying


0
areas
Total 15

It is proposed to setup a Dry Waste Resource Collection Centers (DRCC) in the ULB to collect
recyclables from dry waste. It is proposed, all the dry waste collected shall be routed through
the DRCC.

VII. Planning and design of sanitary landfill

NagarKurnool treatment facility has been designed as centralized landfill facility. The Inerts from
Achampet, Kalwaurthy and Kollapur treatment plant are transferred to the landfill facility.

Nagarkurnool Achampet Kalwakurthy Kollapur Total Total Inerts


Year Tonnage in Tonnage Tonnage in Tonnage in Tonnage Percentage per annum in
MT in MT MT MT in MT MT

2018 13.24 12.60 12.45 8.71 47.00 20% 3431

2019 13.54 13.15 12.84 8.89 48.42 20% 3535

2020 13.84 13.72 13.24 9.08 49.88 20% 3641

2021 14.15 14.32 13.66 9.27 51.39 20% 3752

2022 14.47 14.94 14.08 9.46 52.96 20% 3866

2023 14.79 15.59 14.52 9.66 54.57 20% 3984

2024 15.12 16.27 14.98 9.87 56.24 20% 4105

2025 15.46 16.97 15.45 10.07 57.96 20% 4231

Submitted by M/s. FeedBack Infra Pvt Ltd Page xi


Executive Summary of DPR for MSWM in Nagarkurnool

2026 15.81 17.71 15.93 10.29 59.74 20% 4361

2027 16.16 18.48 16.43 10.50 61.58 20% 4495

2028 16.52 19.29 16.94 10.72 63.48 15% 3475

2029 16.89 20.13 17.47 10.95 65.44 15% 3583

2030 17.27 21.00 18.02 11.18 67.47 15% 3694

2031 17.66 21.92 18.58 11.42 69.57 15% 3809

2032 18.05 22.87 19.16 11.66 71.74 15% 3928

2033 18.46 23.87 19.76 11.90 73.98 15% 4051

2034 18.87 24.90 20.38 12.15 76.30 15% 4178

2035 19.29 25.99 21.01 12.41 78.70 15% 4309

2036 19.72 27.12 21.67 12.67 81.18 15% 4445

2037 20.17 28.30 22.35 12.94 83.75 15% 4585

2038 20.62 29.53 23.05 13.21 86.40 10% 3154

2039 21.08 30.81 23.77 13.49 89.15 10% 3254

2040 21.55 32.15 24.51 13.77 91.99 10% 3358

2041 22.03 33.55 25.27 14.06 94.92 10% 3465

2042 22.52 35.01 26.06 14.36 97.96 10% 3576

96262

The quantity of inert material proposed for the landfill design for 25 years period is 0.96 lakh tones.

VIII. Project Costing

The cost estimates for integrated solid waste management system for Ieeja Municipality is
worked out based on the detailed study done by M/s. Feedback and its assessment of the MSW
management operations in Ieeja. The existing infrastructure available with the Municipality is
taken into account and costing for up-gradation of the system is worked out. The additional
investments thus required to increase the efficiency of the system and to meet the norms
prescribed by SWM Rules, 2016.

Submitted by M/s. FeedBack Infra Pvt Ltd Page xii


Executive Summary of DPR for MSWM in Nagarkurnool

The Integrated Waste Management facility for the total Capital Cost is arrived for the project is
as below.

Amount in Cost Sharing of


S. No. Item Description
Rs Lakhs ULB

1 MSW collection & Transportation 69.42 100%

2 MSW Treatment Plant (Compost & RDF) along with 413.19


associated civil structures & common Infrastructure 100%

3 Cost sharing of Landfill (Phase I) at Regional Landfill 68.48 28%

4 Price Adjustment @ 5% 27.56

5 Tender Premium @ 5% 27.56

6 Contingencies @ 2% 11.02

7 Information education & communication activities 2.76


@ 0.5%

Total Project Cost 619.99

Submitted by M/s. FeedBack Infra Pvt Ltd Page xiii


DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 Introduction to the Project


Municipal Solid Waste Management (MSWM) refers to a systematic process that comprises waste
segregation and storage at source, primary collection, secondary storage, transportation, secondary
segregation, resource recovery, processing, treatment, and final disposal of solid waste. Municipal
Solid Waste management is important as it impacts health, environment and aesthetics of the
society, if not managed properly.

Municipal Solid Waste Management involves the application of principle of Integrated Solid Waste
management (ISWM) to municipal waste. ISWM is the application of suitable techniques,
technologies and management programs covering all types of solid wastes from all sources to
achieve the twin objectives of (a) waste reduction and (b) effective management of waste still
produced after waste reduction.

Rapid urbanization has led to over-stressing urban infrastructure services including Municipal Solid
Waste Management because of poor resources and inadequacies of the existing systems.
Augmentation of the Solid Waste Management facilities and their operation & maintenance in a
sustainable manner by urban local bodies would require proper systematic planning, capital
investment, introduction of latest technologies which are cost effective. This urbanization and
industrialization in Telangana have put pressure on Urban Local Bodies and Municipal Administration
to look at Municipal Solid Waste Management (MSWM) efficiently.

1.2 Problem Associated with Solid Waste Management


As per the Constitution of India, Solid Waste Management is a state subject and it is the primary
responsibility of state governments to ensure that appropriate solid waste management practices
are introduced in all the cities and towns in the state. The role of Government of India is broadly to
formulate policy guidelines and provide technical assistance to the states/cities whenever needed. It
also assists the state governments and local bodies in human resource development and acts as an
intermediary in mobilizing external assistance for implementation of solid waste management
projects.

Though SWM is a State subject, it is basically a municipal function and as such urban local bodies are
directly responsible for performing this important activity. The 74th amendment of the constitution
also envisages the urban local bodies to shoulder this responsibility. The urban local bodies in the
country are, therefore, responsible and required to plan, design, operate, and maintain the solid
waste management system in their respective cities/towns.

Municipal Solid Waste Management and Handling Rules, 2016 also specifies solid waste
management as an obligatory function of urban local bodies but in actual practice the SWM is given
the last priority and the duties are either not performed or poorly performed consequently the city
has to face numerable problems related to environment and sanitation.

Page 8
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

The major deficiencies associated with the system are described in the following sections.

Rapidly Increasing Areas to be Served and Quantity of Waste


The Solid Waste quantities generated in urban centers are increasing due to rise in the population
and increase in the per capita waste generation rate. The increasing solid waste quantities and the
areas to be served strain the existing SWM system.

Inadequate Resources
While allocating resources SWM is on a lower priority resulting in allocation of inadequate funds and
also human resources due to the absence of trained staff.

Inappropriate Technology
The equipment and machinery presently used in the system are usually that which have been
developed for general purpose or that which have been adopted from other industry. This results in
underutilization of existing resources and lowering the efficiency.

Disproportionately High Cost of Manpower


Mostly out of the total expenditure, around 90% is accounted for manpower of which major portion
is utilized for collection. Due to lack of civic sense the road sides are waste laden & there is more
waste surrounding the bin then inside. This increases the work of the collection staff, thereby
directly affecting the collection costs.

Societal and Management Apathy


The operational efficiency of SWM depends on the active participation of both the municipal agency
and the citizens. Since the social status of SWM is low, there is a strong apathy towards it, which can
be seen from the uncollected waste in many areas and the deterioration of aesthetic and
environmental quality at the uncontrolled disposal sites.

Low Efficiency of the System


The SWM system is unplanned and is operated in an unscientific way. Neither the work norms are
specified nor the work of collection staff appropriately supervised. The vehicles are poorly
maintained and no schedule is observed for preventive maintenance. Due to shortage of financial
resources, the vehicles are often used beyond their life-period resulting in inefficient operation.
Further, there is no co-ordination of activities between different components of the system. The
cumulative effect of all these factors is an inefficient SWM system.

Urbanization
Urbanization is a global phenomenon, but its ramifications are more pronounced in developing
countries. High rate of population growth, declining opportunities in rural areas and shift from
stagnant and low paying agriculture sector to more paying urban occupations, largely contribute to
urbanization.

Urbanization in conjunction with change in lifestyle contributes to higher waste generation, and
unscientific waste handling causes health hazards and urban environment degradation. Figure shows
past and projected Per capita waste generation in India. Solid Waste Management, in current

Page 9
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

situation, is already a mammoth task in India and is going to be more complicated with the increase
in urbanization, changing lifestyles and increase in consumerism. Financial constraints, institutional
weaknesses, improper choice of technology and public apathy towards Municipal Solid Waste
(MSW) have made this situation worse.

The annual growth rate of urban population in India is 3.35% (Census of India, 2011). The proportion
of population living in urban areas has increased from 17.35% in 1951 to 31.2% in 2011 (Census,
2011). The total population of India, as per 2011 census, is 1210.1 million, of which 833.0 million is
rural population comprising about 68.8% and 337.1 million is urban population constituting to
31.16%. This rise in population has directly contributed to the increase in the per capita waste
generation of the country.

Source: Paper on “Urbanization and solid waste management in India: Present practices and future
challenges”, Dimpal Vij, International Conference on Emerging Economies – Prospects and Challenges

Figure 1-1: Past and projected Trend of Per capita Waste Generation

1.3 Status of Solid Waste Management


Considering average 450 gm/capita/day of solid waste and increase of 5% per year on account of
increase in the population and change in lifestyle of the people, it is it is assumed that urban India
will generate 2,76,342 TPD by 2021, 4,50,132 TPD by 2031 and 11,95,000 TPD by 2050. As per CPCB,
only 68% of the MSW generated in the country is collected of which, 28% is treated by the municipal
authorities. Only 19% of the total waste generated is currently treated. Following Figure 1 shows a
brief status of MSW management in India as on Feb 2015.
.

Page 10
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

th
Source: Action Plan on Management of Municipal Solid Waste by CPCB on 5 Feb 2015

Figure 1-2: Status of Solid Waste Management in Various Indian Cities

Status of Solid Waste Management in Telangana


Telangana was formed on 2nd June 2014 with the enactment of Andhra Pradesh Reorganization Act
2014 with Hyderabad as its capital. The state comprises of 31 districts as per the district re-
organization undertaken in 2016. The Census 2011 reports urban population of Telangana state as
13.72 million representing about 38.89% of total population. Most of the net increase in the urban
population is contributed by five erstwhile districts of Hyderabad (100%), Rangareddy (70.32%),
Warangal (28.34%), Adilabad (27.68%) and Karimnagar (26.08%).

The urban population of the state spreads across 73 Urban Local Bodies consisting of 6 Corporations,
42 Municipalities and 25 Nagar panchayats and 1 Secunderabad Cantonment. The net increase of
urban population between 2001 and 2011 is about 38 lakhs people. Hyderabad is the 100%
urbanized district in the state being handled by Greater Hyderabad Municipal Corporation (GHMC).

The total Municipal Solid Waste Generated in the 73ULBs of Telangana is 6628 tonnes per day
including the GHMC of which 4000 tonnes per day is collected and 3040 tonnes per day treated
while the remaining is disposed. Apart from GHMC, many of the ULBs do not have adequate
treatment and disposal facilities. Urban Local Bodies spend around Rs 1000 – 1500 per tonne per day
as payments from the municipal general funds. Out of this amount, 60 – 70% is spent on collection,
20 – 30% on transportation and less than 10% on processing and disposal activities.

Government of the erstwhile state has taken continuous concrete steps in improving the situation of
municipal solid waste management in the urban local bodies. The State government has spent the

Page 11
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

twelfth finance commission grant of Rs. 374 crores exclusively for solid waste management which
has to a large extent helped in improving the collection of waste, transportation machinery and in
acquiring land for processing and disposal facilities. The thirteenth finance commissions grant of Rs.
1919 crore has been allocated for solid waste management projects on public private partnership
basis in ULBs. The erstwhile state has been a forerunner in promotion of Waste to Energy in
the state. Nevertheless, the MA&UD department had grouped 122 ULBs excluding the GHMC into
19 clusters G.O. Rt. No. 1464 M.A, Dt: 24.10.2005 for developing WTE power projects on PPP mode.
The State has sanctioned and approved 10 clusters covering 66 ULBs. Government have approved 5
WTE projects after the recommendations of the Technical Committee and State Level Official
Committee covering 32 ULBs in 5 clusters however, the WTE plants are yet to being there operations
in full-fledged manner.

Despite such initiatives there are major issues identified in the solid waste management sector.
Some are listed below: 1
 Lack of resources, systems and capacity for development and disposal of solid waste at ULB
level.
 Lack of support in financial, technical, and project development at state level to ULBs in
identifying right technologies, processes, structuring projects and implementation.
 Lack of awareness about the importance of effective solid waste management practices.
 Lack of capacities within the urban local bodies on processing technologies and scientific
landfills.
 Lack of substantial capital and O&M expense`s without matching revenues.
 Land acquisition is a major issue in SWM projects and a major cause of delay.
 Lack of technical expertise and institutional arrangements.
 Poor structuring of Waste to Energy projects on PPP mode

The Processing and Disposal Activities are still at nascent stage and to be improved a lot through
involvement of Community and private sector under PPP mode.
1.4 Present Context
The Govt. of India has launched the flagship program Swachh Bharat Mission (SBM) to ensure
hygiene, waste management and sanitation across the nation as a tribute to Mahatma Gandhi on his
150th birth anniversary to be celebrated in the year 2019. SBM is being implemented by the Ministry
of Urban Development (MoUD) and by the Ministry of Drinking Water and Sanitation (MoDWS) for
urban and rural areas respectively.

The main objective of SBM (Urban) is to bring about improvement in the cleanliness, hygiene and
the general quality of life in urban areas through modern and scientific waste management
methods. SBM (Urban) guidelines have suggested that the states shall prepare an Implementation
Framework with Action plans for solid waste management.

In this context, the Government of Telangana (GoTS) proposes to strengthen the Municipal Solid
Waste Management (MSWM) system covering collection, segregation, recycling, transportation
processing and disposal including options for composting and waste to energy, disposal in all 72

“MSW Management Strategy 2014, MA&UD, GoAP”


1

Page 12
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Urban Local Bodies (ULBs) in Telangana (except GHMC) so as to comply with the service level
benchmarks of the Government of India.

The GoTS intends to institutionalize a holistic Integrated, sustainable environment and eco-friendly
MSWM System in the urban local bodies (ULBs) of the state in turn with SBM launched by GoI and
Swachh Telangana announced by Government of Telangana.

C&DMA is the Mission Director for the Swachh Telangana – Swachh Baharat Mission and
proposes to cause preparation of Detailed Project Reports for the 72 ULBs and also cluster-wise
through the TUFIDC. The 72 ULBs in the state are divided into 2 Regions (Hyderabad & Warangal) for
geographical convenience for conducting studies & preparation of DPRs. Separate DPRs are
prepared for each ULB including the existing practices of MSW management, inadequacies and
approaches for improvement of waste management within the policy, programmes & legal
framework.

1.5 Objectives
The main objective of the project is to propose a technical and economically viable solid waste
management plan along with the design of collection, transportation, treatment disposal
infrastructure with a financial overlay in line with MSWM rules 2016 and other applicable laws.

1.6 Scope of Work


To meet the proposed objective, a broad scope of work has been out lined in RFP as follows:
a. Realistic assessment of characterization of quantity, characterization and classification of
MSW, the current scenario in each ULBs.
b. Reconnaissance survey of the ULB to be conducted to assess the existing situation
c. Analyze the existing waste management situation with respect to segregation, collection,
transportation, processing and scientific disposal and Identification of key issues & bottlenecks
in the current system including the financial expenditure
d. Assess the institutional framework and resources available.
e. Detailed planning for resource requirements and implementation strategy.
f. Proposed DPR shall be in-line with MSWM rules, 2016 of GOI and the toolkit of the Govt. Of
India for SWM projects.
g. Scope of Work shall adhere to:
h. Keeping wet and dry waste stream separated at the household/ source level.
i. Doorstep collection, Segregation of wet waste.
j. Composting of biodegradable waste.
k. Recycling of dry waste by category.
l. Strategies for 100% source segregation and door to door collection of household and
commercial waste, street sweeping, silt removal, vegetable and fruit market waste, slaughter
house waste, etc., and suitable incentive structure to promote source segregation and
recycling.
m. Identification of ideal site for setting up compost production and generation of green energy
through bio-mechanization in the proposed ULB/Cluster of ULBs as per feasibility.

Page 13
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

n. Detailed transportation plan from the primary, secondary collection points to the proposed
processing or landfill plant with detailed process.
o. Analysis of the need for transfer station and its basic design features.
p. Tie-ups for inorganic waste and suggestions for suitable technologies for processing.
q. To prepare the preliminary design and preliminary working drawing, to suggest right type of
equipment/ machinery/building
r. Land requirement for the facility, including its optimization, break up for various purposes and
its availability
s. Details of each unit in the facility, with a brief describing of its operations describing the
process flow and design details (step-by-step procedure)
t. Opportunities for involvement of various groups of the society in MSWM activities.
u. Preparation of preliminary financial Model in order to explore the viability of a PPP model for
managing Municipal Solid Waste (MSW)
v. Options and strategies for processing of organic waste.
w. Techno-economic and environment analysis of various options for MSWM processes and
institutionalization.
x. Road map towards achieving zero landfill facility
y. Innovative incentive structure to the operating personnel for motivation and for ensuring
sustainability of MSWM
z. Exploring innovative processes and their enforcement for making the habitation litter free,
bins free and dump free so as to prevent health hazards.
aa. Creating and sustaining a supply chain for recycled waste (products & employments)
bb. Availability of land for proposed landfills.
cc. Implementation strategy including resource requirement.
dd. Information, Education and Communication (IEC) campaign models and enforcement plans.
ee. Streamlining and optimization of transportation system.
ff. Options for using the inert material like construction and demolition waste.
gg. Opportunities for reclamation and bio-mining of old dump site.
hh. Impact of the proposed MSWM system on community health and environment
ii. Proposed Measures for involvement of stakeholders in MSWM
jj. Measures for leadership development and change management
kk. The study should also consider existing projects being implemented on cluster basis in
consultation with the concerned Municipal Commissioners and C&DMA.
ll. Study the land availability for landfill in each ULB within the proposed cluster and the distance
to the centre of the clusters, and quantity rejects to be taken to the land fill.
mm. The DPR submitted should be practical and thoroughly implementable with zero landfilling and
with operation & maintenance strategies of MSWM.
nn. The DPR should propose a practical action plan for each ULB with cost implications and
financial requirements for each suggested methodology and consolidating for each cluster and
overall cost of implementation for the entire zone / state.
oo. The DPR should also suggest implementation strategies for the MSWM plans for
i. individual ULB’s which are not part of the clusters
ii. for the clusters of ULBs
iii. For improvement in the clusters in which MSWM project is under implementation.

Page 14
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

pp. The consultant should provide independent DPRs for each proposed cluster or ULB’s. Based on
the feasibility study, the numbers of clusters that can be formed in the region are to be
proposed. The DPR for the ULBs which the common processing unit is proposed for the cluster
should contain the complete details of the technology and cost estimation of the processing
unit.
qq. Based on the studies carried out a Detailed Project Report for efficient Municipal solid waste
management in the Municipality would be prepared. The Detailed Project Report (DPR) shall
suggest improvements to fulfill the requirements laid down in MSWM Rules 2016, notified by
the MOEF, Govt. of India.

1.7 Project Area


The ULBs in the state are divided into 2 Regions for
geographical convenience for conducting studies for
preparation of DPRs. C&DMA through TUFIDC has
invited proposals for preparation of Detailed Project
Reports (DPR) to enable the implementation of
Municipal Solid Waste Management (MSWM) plan
(cluster-wise)/ULB wise, Hyderabad Region i.e., Zone -
I only which covers 41 ULBs of Telangana spread over
15 districts.

Table 1-1: List of ULBs – Project Area


S. No Districts Urban Local Bodies
1 Jogulamba (Gadwal) Gadwal, Ieeja
2 Kamareddy Kamareddy
3 Medak Medak
4 Mahabubnagar Mahabubnagar, Badepally, Narayanpet
5 Medchal (Malkajgiri) Medchal, Bod-Uppal, Peerzadiguda
6 Nagar Kurnool Nagar Kurnool, Kalvakurthi, Acchampet, Kollapur
7 Nalgonda Nalgonda, Miryalguda, Devarakonda
8 Nizamabad Nizamabad, Bodhan, Armoor
9 Ranga Reddy Shadnagar, Ibrahimpatnam, Pedda-Amberpet, Badangpet,
Jalpally, Meerpet, Jillelguda
10 Siddipet Siddipet, Dubbaka, Gajwel, Husnabad
11 Sangareddy Sangareddy, Zaheerabad, Andole-Jogipet, Sadasivpet
12 Suryapet Suryapet, Huzurnagar, Kodada
13 Vikarabad Vikarabad, Tandur
14 Wanaparthy Wanaparthy
15 Yadadri Bhongir

Page 15
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

The present DPR is on the Municipal Solid Waste Management for Nagarkurnool Municipality in
Nagarkurnool district, Telangana. The plan is developed in consonance with the SWM Rules 2016,
the state policy & strategy on MSW Management and the Hon’ble NGT.

Page 16
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

CHAPTER 2. PROFILE OF NAGAR KURNOOL

2.1 Introduction
Nagarkurnool has a history dating back to 500 years. One version of the story says that Nagarkurnool
was named after the Kings Nagana and Kandana, brothers who ruled the present day Nagarkurnool
and surrounding area. The village Naganool (which was named after Nagana) still exists,
approximately 1Km towards the southeast of present Nagarkurnool. Around 110 or 120 years ago,
Nagarkurnool was a main junction for transport and district headquarters for most of the south
Telangana region. Farmers traveling in this area would buy and apply kandena (grease) for their
carts. This story says the name of the town comes from the name Kandanool, meaning "he who sells
kandena", which eventually became Kurnool and then Nagarkurnool. The town is continuing as
urban area since 1951. The Nagarkurnool Nagar Panchayat was constituted during 2011.

2.2 Location
Nagarkurnool at the latitude and longitude of 16.4939°N 78.3102°E and spread over 5.76 Sq Km. It is
located at a distance of 45 Km from Mahabubnagar. It acts as the administrative headquarters of
Nagarkurnool Mandal and is administered by Nagarkurnool Nagarpanchayath.

Nagarkurnool town is well connected by road. The nearest city with more than 5 lakh population is
Hyderabad which is 118 Km away and nearest city with more than 1 lakh population is
Mahabubnagar.

2.3 Climate
The climate of the district is generally hot. As per climatic conditions of the district, the year may be
divided into four seasons. The hot season is from March to May. From March onwards it is a period
of continuous rise in the temperature and May is generally the hottest month of the year. The
South-west monsoons extend from June to September and the North-east monsoon follows up to
the end of December. The cold season is from December to February.

The mean daily maximum temperature of the town is about 43°C and a mean daily minimum 23°C is
experienced during the summer. The days are intensively very hot and the temperature may rise up
to 44°C. The rainy season starts in June and ends in September. The average rainfall of the town is
577 mm annually.

Page 17
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

2.4 Physiography and Landform


The district has typical physiographic characteristics of a plateau. It is higher in altitude in the North
and North-western parts showing a rugged topography with an elevation ranging between 300 and
600 meters. The district mainly belongs to the Archaean formation. A few areas in the north-western
and western part have Palaeozoic–upper pre-cambrian, lower pre-Cambrian, Mesozoic-lower
tertiary and undated formations. A smaller area in the South-east is noticed to show the upper
Precambrian formations. As regards the soils, Ustalfs group predominate all over the district
excepting for a smaller area along the South-western margin of the district, where Ustalfs and
Usterts groups are noticed.

2.5 Flora and Fauna


The forests in this district are known to contain Thorny shrubs, Deciduous, Hardwickia binata type
and bamboo type etc. Wild life was fairly abundant in the inaccessible plateau regions of Amrabad
and Farhabad, but, much of the wild life has been reduced in recent decades. To protect the wild
life; both Central and State Governments have taken up projects under the scheme “Rajiv Gandhi
wild life sanctuary” as a Tiger reserve with an area of about 3,568 Sq Km spread across five districts
namely Mahabubnagar, Nalgonda, Guntur, Prakasam, and Kurnool.

After bifurcation of the State Andhra Pradesh and formation of a new State of Telangana as the 29th
State of India, the Nagarjunasagar Srisailam Tiger Reserve also stood bifurcated. As a result a
separate Tiger Reserve by name Amrabad Tiger Reserve has been carved out vide GOMS No 3 dated
6/2/2015.

Achampet Wildlife Management Division which came into existence with effect from 1/1/1999
extending over 248749 Ha. The entire area of the Division forms a part of Nagarkurnool and
Wanaparthy revenue divisions of Mahabubnagar District. This division lies between 16 o 18’ 50” and
16 o 37’ 45” northern latitude and 78° 4’ 30” and 78 o 58’ 50” eastern longitudes.

Amrabad Tiger Reserve with an extent of 1750.00 Sq. Kms in which most of the area falls in Amrabad
Forest Block. The total Forest area of the Division is 2,48,749 Ha which is distributed in 15 Forest
blocks and divided in to 488 compartments, spread over 7 Revenue Mandals of the district. The
jurisdiction of the division extends over 10 Revenue Mandals of the district. This Geographical area
of this division is 5,14,736 Ha out of which 2,48,220 Ha is Forest area which is 44.85% of
Geographical area.

Page 18
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

2.6 Planning Area


An extent of 5.76 sq km is administered by Nagarkurnool NP. The total area of the ULB is divided into
20 election wards.

2.7 Demographic profile

2.7.1 Population Growth Trends


The population of Nagarkurnool was 18,977 persons during 1991, which has increased to
26,157persons during 2001, which has further increased to 26,801 persons by 2011. The growth rate
of population during 1991-2001 was 37.84 percent and during 2001-2011 is about 2.46 percent. The
population of the town has increased by 1.4 times in 2 decades. It can be observed that the
population growth rate during 2001 – 2011 is negligible. The details of population growth are
provided in Table 2.1.

Table 2.1: Population Growth Trends in Nagarkurnool NP

Year Population Increase Growth Rate (%)


1991 18977
2001 26157 7180 37.84
2011 26801 644 2.46
Average 3912 20.15
Source: Census of India - 1991, 2001 & 2011

2.7.2 Sex Ratio


The sex ratio of Nagarkurnool NP was 899 in 1991, it has increased to 923 during 2001, which has
further increased to 995 during 2011. It can be observed that the share of male population against
female population has decreased during 2001-2011. One of the reasons for this decrease could be
due to decreasing employment opportunities. The details of sex ratio are provided in Table 2.2.

Table 2.2: Details of Sex Ratios in Nagarkurnool


Year Total Population Male Population Female Population Sex Ratio
1991 18977 9991 8986 899
2001 26157 13599 12558 923
2011 26801 13434 13367 995
Source: Census of India - 1991, 2001 & 2011
2.7.3 Literacy Rate
The literacy rate of Nagarkurnool was 58.13 % during 1991, it has increased to 39.89 % during 2001,
which has further increased to 70.78 % during 2011.

2.7.4 Workforce Participation


During 2001, the overall work participation rate in N.P. is 19.7 percent. The share of main work
workers is 17.3 per cent, while the share of marginal workers is 2.4 percent. The overall work
participation rate has increased to 36.5 per cent during 2011 – 2011. The share of main workers is
31.7 per cent and marginal workers is 4.8 per cent. It is observed that the overall work participation

Page 19
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

rate has increased by 16.8 percent during 2001 - 2011. The work participation rate has significantly
increased during this period.

Table 2.3: Work Participation in Nagarkurnool


Year 2001 2011
Main Workers (%) 17.3 31.7
Marginal Workers (%) 2.4 4.8
Work Participation Rate (WPR) 19.7 36.5
Source: Census of India - 1991, 2001 & 2011

2.7.5 Average Household Size


The total number of households in Nagarkurnool Nagar Panchayat was 4902 numbers during 2001,
which has increased to 5856 numbers by 2011. During 2001-2011, the total population of the town
has increased at a growth rate of 2.5 per cent, while the households increased with a growth rate of
19.5 per cent. It can be observed that the growth rate of households is much higher than the growth
rate of population. The average household size has decreased from 5.3 persons to 4.6 persons
during this period. The details are provided in Table 2.4.
Table 2.4: Growth of Housing in Nagarkurnool during 1991- 2001
Particulars 2001 2011
Population 26157 26801
Number of Households 4902 5856
Growth Rate of Population - 2.5%
Growth Rate of Households - 19.5%
Average Household Size 5.3 4.6
Source: Census of India - 1991, 2001 & 2011

2.8 Trade and Commerce


The total no of Commercial Establishments in the ULB are 597. Out
of these highest share of establishment is commercial retails with
93.30 per cent followed by Hospitals with 3.85 per cent, Hotels with
2.35 per cent and vegetable markets with 0.34 per cent. The lowest
share of commercial establishment is Non veg markets with 0.34 per
cent. The details of the commercial establishment in Nagarkurnool
NP are provided in Annexure 2. A detailed analysis to understand the extent of solid waste
generated by these establishments is provided in Chapter 3.

2.9 Physical planning and growth aspects


2.9.1 Spatial Growth Trends
The development pattern of Nagarkurnool is linear along the State Highway 20 which connects the
panchayat with Hyderabad. The overall development is predominantly in grid-iron pattern.
Nagarkurnool lake located towards the northern direction of the panchayat is the major water body
is a possible influence on the development pattern of the panchayat.

2.9.2 Future development areas

Page 20
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

The presence of water body in northern side restricts the natural growth of the panchayat. Areas
along SH-20 in east, west and southern directions are likely to experience future developments.
Potential Development areas are indicated in the Map 2.2.

Map 2.2: Spatial development patterns and future growth areas

2.9.3 Land use Analysis


Presently the master plan for Nagarkurnool
Nagar Panchayat is not available. An attempt is
made to understand the existing land use
patterns in the Nagar Panchayat based on
URDPFI Guidelines.

The total extent of town area is 576 Ha. As per


the estimates, about 279.2 Ha is developed and
remaining 296.8 Ha is Vacant. Further the share
of land under residential use is about 47
percent, followed by Recreation by 13 percent,
transport & communication with 11 per cent
and Industrial areas with 9 per cent. The land
under commercial use is the lowest with 3 per
cent and followed by public & semi-public activities which is about 7 per cent. The remaining extent
of land could be a combination of agricultural use, water bodies and special areas. Though the
estimated extent of land under recreation is about 13 percent and traffic and transportation is 11
percent, these values will be lower than the estimations in small and medium sized towns.

2.9.4 Slum Population

Page 21
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

The total number of slums in Nagarkurnool is 3, which are non-notified. The total slum population is
4,000 persons which is about 14.92 per cent of total population.

2.9.5 Road networks & Drainage


The total length of roads in Nagarkurnool town is 131.87 Km. Out of this, about 50.39 Km is CC road,
8 Km is black topped and remaining 73.48 Km is earthen road. The length of storm water drains is
50.39 Km.

2.9.6 Heritage & tourism


There are no prominent heritage and tourism spots within the town or vicinity.

2.9.7 Population Projections


Population projections have been made by using three methods. The methods used for projections
and the corresponding results are indicated in Table 2.5. In view of the formation of new districts in
the state of Telangana, Nagarkurnool NP is likely to be proposed as the new district administrative
headquarters. Thus, there is a possibility of new job creation in the town, especially in public sector,
which in turn may result in creation of additional jobs in service sector. Thus the figures produced in
geometric increase method are selected for the purpose of DPR preparation.
Table 2.5: Population Projections
Forecast Type 2016 2021 2031 2041
Arithmetic Increase Method 28756 30711 34621 38531
Geometrical Increase Method 28065 29388 32224 35334
Note: Computed based on data available with Census of India - 1991, 2001 & 2011

Page 22
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

CHAPTER 3. ASSESSMENT OF THE EXISTING SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT


SYSTEM

3.1 Introduction
The main objectives of the Solid Waste Management are to improve the collection efficiency and
reduce the quantity of solid waste disposed off on land by recovery of materials, by producing
manure & energy from solid waste.

In this section review and analysis of the data collected on the present solid waste management
practices of the project area are discussed. A detailed field survey has been conducted to assess the
quality and quantity of the solid waste generated and discussed in the next chapters. In addition,
detailed discussions with the concerned officials & resource persons have also been carried out.

The brief activities of SWM system is as follows


1. Primary collection system –
 Primary storage of waste at generator level
 Segregation
 Door to door collection of waste from generators
2. Secondary storage at community level
3. Street Sweeping and Drain Cleaning
4. Transportation of waste
5. Treatment and disposal of waste

Nagarkurnool Municipality has been studied for its existing system and identified gaps and
presented below.

3.2 Sources of Municipal Solid Waste


There are different sources in Municipality which are contributing to the municipal solid waste.
These sources include;
Table 3-1: Source of Waste generators
S. No Type of Waste Generators Number
1. Households 6730
2. Shops/Malls/Complexes 300
3. Hotels 30
4. Markets major 2
5. Hospital/Clinic 15
6. Schools 39
7. Road Length 131.87 km
8. Drain Length 88 km

Page 23
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

3.3 Collection and Transportation system

3.3.1 Primary Collection System

Primary waste collection is the important essential step of solid waste management activity. Primary
collection system is necessary to ensure that the waste stored at source is collected regularly and it
is not disposed of on the streets, drains, water bodies, etc.

The collection of solid waste from the door to door households, shops, and establishments is called
primary collection.

a) Door to Door Collection from households:


Individual houses
In Nagarkurnool, there is 58% door to door collection. The collection
is done by the sanitary labours. 20 rickshaws are used for collection
in each ward. There is no segregation of waste at source into dry
and wet waste at household level. Major part of the residential and
commercial waste is directly taken to the dumping yard without
segregation.
Slums
The waste is cleared once in 15 days in the slum areas. The slum
dwellers are directly dumping their waste into open places. The waste is scooped from the drains
and piled at the sides for draining the water. As such the lanes are very narrow. This adds to the
congestion and piling creates nuisance which is intolerable.

b) Street sweepings & collection


The sweepers are allotted certain stretches of the roads. Internal
street sweeping is done on daily basis from 5.00 am to 7.00 am
followed by door to door collection in the same locality. Collected
waste is directly transported to the disposal site by tractors. Main
road sweeping carried out in the morning from 5:00 am to 6:30 am
with 9 sweepers and collected waste is transported to the dumpsite
directly using tractor.
c) Shops/Office/Institutions
The wastes from the bins are disposed on to the sides of streets, especially in areas where bins are
not placed. The vehicles which are using for primary collection are being used for collecting garbage
from commercial areas.
d) Hotels & Restaurants
The waste generated from the hotels is collected by the tractor with sanitary workers in the evening
hours of the day.
e) Markets
Waste generated in the markets is collected by the tricycles on daily basis and transported to dump
yard using tractors.

Page 24
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

f) Hospitals/Nursing homes
In the case of Hospitals, non-biomedical waste is collected during commercial shops waste collection
in the morning hours.

3.3.2 Secondary Collection Scenario


There are no secondary collection points/bins in the town. Waste collected
from households & commercial areas is directly transported to the
dumping site.

3.3.3 Transportation
Transportation is the third step of solid waste management involves
movement of vehicles to collect the waste from primary collection
points to the dumpsite. After collecting the waste from different areas
and from different sources they transport the waste with tractors to the
dumping site. The tractors are deployed to collect the wastes from the
main roads, other major roads, markets and commercial areas. Autos
are deployed in the narrow lanes. Details of vehicles used for the
transportation of waste are listed in the table 3.2.

S No Vehicle Type No of Vehicles Owner ship No of Trips


1 Tractors 2 Own 6
Daily 12 trips are made by the tractors. The total waste transported to the dumping yard is 11.57
MT per day

3.3.4 Disposal of Solid Waste

The final functional element in the solid waste management system is disposal. At present there is
no disposal site allotted for the ULB. Waste is disposing temporarily at Sandhaipally shivar.
Table 0.3 Details of dumping yard
S.No. Task Description
1 Location Sandhaipally shivar
2 Survey No.
3 Area -
4 Distance from ULB
5 Compound Wall (Yes/No) No
6 Electrification (Yes/No) No
7 Water facility (Yes/No) No
8 Green cover (Yes/No) No
9 Security check post (Yes/No) No
10 Lights (Yes/No) No
11 Vermi-Composting (Yes/No) No
No. of sheds
Composting sheds

Page 25
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

S.No. Task Description


Dry waste sheds
12 Machinery (Yes/No) No
Name of equipment’s
No. of equipment’s
Condition
Age of equipment
13 No. of workers 0

3.4 Institutional Profile

Sanitation Section
Chart 0.1 Organogram

3.5 Financial Status

The financial analysis of Nagarkurnool Nagara panchayath is done on the basis of income and
expenditure data provided by the NP through budget documents for the last five years. On the
income side, under the revenue account, the resources are generated through levying of various
taxes/ duties and rental income from municipal properties. The capital and suspense accounts deal
with the transfers (grants and contributions) from government. The expenditure of Nagarkurnool
Nagarapanchayath is classified into three major heads viz., revenue expenditure, capital expenditure
and suspense account
Table 0.1 Financial perticulars of Nagarkurnool NP
Year Income Expenditure
2011-12 30.17 29.71
2012-13 280.04 129.22
2013-14 322.71 425.40
2014-15 832.08 1006.66
2015-16 600.7 402.39

Page 26
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Chart 0.2: Graph showing financial status

Source: Estimates based on survey


The overall income has increased continuously for 5 consecutive years from Rs. 30.17 Lakh to
Rs.832.08 Lakh during 2012-16. In case of expenditure, a consistent growth is observed during 2011-
15 and in 2015-16 the expenditure has gradually reduced.

3.6 Deficiency Analysis


To design and develop successful plan for Solid waste management system at any given town, it is
essential to study the existing system, identification of gaps and analyze the system for its
deficiencies.

The below table shows the deficiency analysis in the existing MSW management system.

Table 0-2: Deficiency Analysis


Component Indicator Existing system Remarks
Regulatory MSW Rules 2016 and Existing system in not
Compliance Service level Bench mark completely in line
with MSW rules 2016
and partial
compliance of Service
Level Bench Mark
Door to door Arrange for door to door Door to door Collection need to be
collection collection of segregated collection of waste is daily and increase
solid waste from all not covering all the efficiency of vehicles
households including generators.
slums and informal
settlements, commercial,
Institutional and other
non-residential premises.
Segregation at source Segregation of waste at Segregation is absent Need to arrange
source by storing of waste awareness workshops
in 3 different bins wet, dry
and domestic hazardous
waste.
Secondary Collection There are no Littering in vacant
secondary collection spaces need to be
points addressed.

Page 27
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Component Indicator Existing system Remarks


Street Sweeping Organize Street sweeping Street sweeping Suitable Tools and
covering all the residential activity is 100% equipment need to be
and commercial areas on provided. Also some
all the days of the year community bins for
irrespective of Sundays storage of waste
and public holidays. instead of road side
heaps.
Transportation Waste transportation Existing system need to
is mainly by tractors be strengthen
Community Community
participation participation is not
well established
Public Awareness Municipality is Awareness by
initiating and organizing meetings
planning for IEC with people.
activities.

Waste Treatment Establishment of waste No treatment plant Suitable treatment


Plant processing facility for at present plant to be established
organic waste and
recycling centers

Waste Disposal No scientific landfill It is proposed to


at present establish scientific
landfill for inerts

Service Level Analysis with SLB


SLB
S. Value
Indicator Rationale Formula and calculation Standard Gap
No. (%)
(%)
1 Household Door-step level ( Total number
level collection is an of households Service
coverage of essential and and level is 74%
Formula

SWM critical starting establishments which can


services point in the entire with daily be
through chain of scientific doorstep increased
74 100
door-to- solid waste collection/ Total by
door management number of deploying
collection services. Having households and Sufficient
of waste waste free clean establishments no.of
roads and drains, in the service vehicles
scientific area ) X 100

Page 28
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

SLB
S. Value
Indicator Rationale Formula and calculation Standard Gap
No. (%)
(%)
treatment of
waste so as to
maximise
treatment,
recycling, and
disposal, can all be
achieved in a

calculation
sustainable
manner only if 5000/6730*100
door-to-door
collection of waste
is sustained. The
indicator measures
the coverage of
door-to-door solid
waste collection
services
2 Collection Collection
Efficiency efficiency should
measure waste ( Total quantum
collected in normal of waste that is
course by the collected by the
SWM systems. ULB or
Typically the authorized
Formula

uncollected waste service


tends to gradually providers/Total
find its way into waste that is
recycling, or is generated and
Gap of 9%
strewn along the which needs
due to less
roads, clogs the to be collected) 91 100%
collection
drains or in case of X 100
efficiency.
bio-degradable
waste, it putrefies
and degrades.
Therefore,
collection
Calculation

efficiency is a key
11.57/12.67*100
performance
indicator.

Page 29
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

SLB
S. Value
Indicator Rationale Formula and calculation Standard Gap
No. (%)
(%)
3 Extent of Segregation of 0 100 segregation
Segregation waste is a critical is absent
of waste requirement for
sustainable solid (Quantum of
waste waste that is
management segregated/Total
systems. quantum of

Formula
Segregations waste that is
enables recycling, collected by the
reuse, treatment ULB or
and scientific authorized
disposal of the service
different providers) X 100
components of
waste. Segregation
of waste should
ideally be at
source, and should
then also be
transported in a
segregated
manner up to the
point of treatment
and /or disposal. If
waste is received
at these points in a
segregated
manner, it can be
Calculation

safely assumed,
0/11.57X100
that it has been
segregated at
source and
transported so;
while the converse
may not be true.
Therefore,
segregation is
being measured at
this point of
receipt, rather
than at point of
collection.

Page 30
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

SLB
S. Value
Indicator Rationale Formula and calculation Standard Gap
No. (%)
(%)
4 Extent of The processing, ( Amount of 0 80 No
recovery of recycling and reuse waste that is treatment
waste should be carried processed or plant is
collected out without recycled / Total available to
creating any health quantum of recover
and environmental waste that is resources

Formula
hazards, the total collected by the from the
quantum of waste ULB or waste
recovered is in authorized
itself a key service
performance providers) X 100
parameter.
Therefore,
measurement of
this indicator is
critical. The
benchmark value
for this indicator
will depend on the
amount of inert
matter comprised
Calculation

in the waste 0/11.57*100


collected by the
ULB. Waste
composition is
typically unique for
each city, while
being in a broad
range of values for
similar cities.
5 Extent of Inert waste should ( Total waste 0 100 No
scientific finally be disposed disposed in scientific
disposal of at landfill sites, "compliant" landfill at
Formula

waste in which are landfills every present


landfill sites designed, built, month / Total
operated and waste disposed
maintained as in all landfills
standards laid every month) X
down in prevailing 100
laws and manuals
of nodal agencies.
Calculation

This includes
collection and 0/0*100
treatment of
leacheate at the
landfill site. Extent
of compliance

Page 31
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

SLB
S. Value
Indicator Rationale Formula and calculation Standard Gap
No. (%)
(%)
should be seen
against total
quantum of Waste
that is disposed in
landfills. This is a
critical
performance
parameter from an
environmental
sustainability
perspective.
6 Extent of The costs related (Total annual 0 100
Cost to SWM may Be operating
Formula

Recovery recovered through revenues / Total


for the ULB a combination of annual operating
in SWM taxes and user expenses) X 100
services charges. In case of
SWM, there is
potential to
supplement user
charges with
revenues that can
be gained from
recycling, reuse
Calculation

and conversion of 0/0*100


waste to either
compost or fuel or
directly to energy.
Therefore, it is
critical for
measuring overall
cost recovery.
7 Efficiency Many ULBs / (Total number of 0 80 Not
in redressal utilities have put in complaints available
of place systems to redressed within
Formula

customer capture the month /


complaints complaints, much Total number of
more work needs SWM related
to be done to put complaints
in place back-end received per
systems for month) X 100
satisfactorily
Calculation

resolving those
complaints in a
timely manner. As
SWM is an
essential service, Not available

Page 32
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

SLB
S. Value
Indicator Rationale Formula and calculation Standard Gap
No. (%)
(%)
the benchmark
time for redressal
is 24 hours or the
next working day.
It is therefore
important to
monitor this
indicator.
8 it is not just (Current 0 90 No user
enough to have an revenues charges
appropriate tariff Formula collected in the collection
structure that given year /
enables cost Total operating
recovery revenues billed
objectives, but also during the given
efficient collection year) X 100
of revenues that
Efficiency are Due to the
in utility. It is also
collection important that the
of SWM revenues are
charges collected in the
Calculation

same financial
year, without 0/0*100
allowing for dues
to get
accumulated as
arrears. It is
Therefore critical
to monitor this
indicator.

Table 0-3: Timelines for Implementation


Time limit
Implementati
from the date
S. No. Activity Status on time for
of notification
ULB
of rules
1 Identification of suitable sites for setting 1 year Land is not Immediate
up solid waste processing facilities available
2 Identification of suitable sites for setting 1 year Land is not Immediate
up common regional sanitary landfill available
facilities for suitable clusters of local
authorities under 0.5 million population

Page 33
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Time limit
Implementati
from the date
S. No. Activity Status on time for
of notification
ULB
of rules
and for setting up common regional
sanitary landfill facilities or standalone
sanitary landfill facilities by all local
authorities having a population of 0.5
million or more .
3 Procurement of suitable sites for setting 2 years Land is Not 1 year
up solid waste processing facility and available
sanitary landfill facilities
4. Enforcing waste generators to practice 2 years No 1 year
segregation of bio degradable, segregation
recyclable, combustible, sanitary waste
domestic hazardous and inert solid
wastes at source
5. Ensure door to door collection of 2 years Under 100% in 1
segregated waste and its transportation Progress year
in covered vehicles to processing or
disposal facilities.
6. Ensure separate storage, collection and 2 years Not in 1 year
transportation of construction and practice
demolition wastes
7. Setting up solid waste processing 2 years No 2 years
facilities by all local bodies having treatment
100000 or more population plant at
present
8. Setting up solid waste processing 3 years NA
facilities by local bodies and census
towns below 100000 population.
9. Setting up common or standalone 3 years NA
sanitary landfills by or for all local bodies
having 0.5 million or more population
for the disposal of only such residual
wastes from the processing facilities as
well as untreatable inert wastes as
permitted under the Rules
10. Setting up common or regional sanitary 3years No Scientific 2 years
landfills by all local bodies and census landfill
towns under 0.5 million population for
the disposal of permitted waste under
the rules
11. bio-remediation or capping of old and 5 years 4 Years

Page 34
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Time limit
Implementati
from the date
S. No. Activity Status on time for
of notification
ULB
of rules
abandoned dump sites

Page 35
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

CHAPTER 4. WASTE QUANTIFICATION & CHARACTERIZATION

4.1 Introduction
Quantification of municipal waste generated was carried out for different sources of generation such
as residential, commercial, institutional, street sweeping and drain cleaning, markets, slaughter
houses, function halls, cinema halls, etc. Waste composition, characteristics and quantities of solid
waste is essential as:
 It provides the basic data on which the management system is planned, designed and
operated.
 The changes/trend in composition and quantity of waste over a period of time are known
which help in future planning.
 It provides the information for selection of equipment and appropriate technology.
 It indicates the amount and type of material suitable for processing, recovery and recycling.
 The forecast trends assist designers and manufacturers in the production of vehicles and
equipment suitable for the future needs.
 The waste generation rates have been worked out on the basis of field surveys, waste
sampling and discussion with the different waste generators and the officials of the
Municipality. The results of the study are set out in this section.

4.2 Quantification of Waste


Waste generation is strongly dependent on the local economy, lifestyle, and infrastructure. Different
collection of municipal solid waste samples location points (generation/collection) covering a larger
size of population are identified. Based on the type of area such as residential, commercial,
industrial, market, slum etc. Sampling points are distributed uniformly all over the study area. The
sampling points are further classified based on economic status of population such as high, middle
and low income group.

4.2.1 MSW Survey


The quantity of waste generation is estimated and considered by using Secondary sources and
Primary survey results

4.2.2 Residential
Primary surveys were conducted in Nagarkurnool town to understand the waste generation
characteristics at household level. The surveys covered different income groups namely HIG, MIG,
LIG and EWS households. Areas to be covered in the survey were broadly identified based on
reconnaissance survey. The areas to conduct sample collection were finalized in consultation with
ULB staff. During the survey, domestic waste samples were collected from 200 households from the
selected areas.
Table 4-1: Quantification Survey Details of Household
Select Group Weight (Kg) Volume (Lts) HHs Disposed Waste today
HIG 87 60 50
MIG 84 60 50
LIG 71.2 60 50

Page 36
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

EWS 0 60 50

Based on the average generation of municipal solid waste, it can be estimated the waste generation
for the domestic households as shown in Table 4.2
Table 4-2: Total Garbage Generation for Households
Description Qty/No UoM
Waste Generated / Household 1.211 kgs/household
Household as per ULB 6730 Number
Waste Generated 8.21 MT /Day
Per Capita Waste Generation 292.5 gms/capita/day
Source: Field Survey by Feedback Infra team

4.2.3 Commercial
The waste from the commercial establishments like shops and offices, wholesale and retail stores,
markets, hotels, schools, temples and hospital etc have been considered in this category. In order to
assess the waste generated by these establishments, field visits and field assessment surveys were
carried out in the major commercial areas. Discussions were also held, with the shop owners on the
amount of waste generated by each of them and disposal practices. Details of waste quantification
are provided in Table 4.3

A. Shops/Office/Institutions
The wastes generated from shops, offices & institutions are dry and mostly recyclable. These wastes
are stored in plastic bins, plastic covers or thrown onto the streets. The total number of shops in the
NP is 300. About 2.61 MT of waste is generated per day.

B. Hotels & Restaurants


In total there are 30 hotels, messes and restaurants are located in the town. These establishments
generate about 0.10 MT of waste per day. The wastes generated from these places are food waste
and mixed in nature. The wastes are stored in containers or metal tins.

C. Markets
The markets are classified into vegetable and non-vegetable markets. In Nagarkurnool NP, there is a
2 major vegetable market and 1 Non vegetable shop. These establishments generate a total of 1.1
MT of waste per day.

D. Hospitals/Nursing Homes
The hospital waste comprises of biomedical waste and Non-bio medical waste. Bio medical waste is
stored and collected by an agency which handles biomedical waste. Non-bio medical waste
generated is collected by the sanitary staff. Presently, about 39 hospitals are present in different
parts of the town. This generate a waste of 0.69 MT of waste per day.

Table 4-3: Total Garbage generation for Commercial Establishments


Total waste generation
S. No Type of Waste
in tonnes
1 Shops/Malls/Complexes 2.62
2 Markets 1.1
3 Hospital 0.69
4 Hotels 0.10

Page 37
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Total waste generation


S. No Type of Waste
in tonnes
Total 4.5

4.2.4 Street Sweeping


Total length of roads are 131.87 km among this only 1.8 km of roads are sweeping with a team of 20
members. Sweeping of main roads is done in the morning and streets are cleaned in the evening
hours. The total quantity of waste generated from the street sweeping is about 0.03 MT per day.
The details of the Street sweeping lengths and frequency are provided in Table 4.4

Table 4-4: Waste generation from Road sweeping


Road Sweepings MT /
Frequency Road Length
Day
Twice in a day 0.2 0.00
Daily Sweeping 1 0.03
Alternate day sweeping 0 0.00
Once in 3 days sweeping 0.3 0.00
Weekly once 0.3 0.00
Night Sanitation 0 0.00
Total road length (Kms) 1.8 0.03

4.2.5 Drain Silt and other waste


Total length of drains is about 88 Kms, which is 0.7 km of drains are cleaned once in three days and
weekly once. The total quantity of waste generated from the drain cleaning is about 0.02 MT per
day.The details of the drain cleaning are provided in Table 4-5

Table 4-5. Details of drain cleaning


Drain Length Silt -MT/Day

Daily 0 0.00
Alternate day 0 0.00
Once in 3 days 0.5 0.02
Weekly once 0.2 0.00
Once in Fortnight 0 0.00
Total Drain length (Kms) 0.7 0.02

4.3 Summary of Waste Generation


The average daily waste generation estimated in Municipality is around 12.67 tons. At this rate the
gross per capita generation of solid waste work outs to 451 gm/capita/day. Table 4.6 below gives the
breakdown of waste generation from various sources

Table 4-6: Total Waste Generated


S. No Type of waste Waste Generation per ton Percentage

1 Domestic source waste generated (in tons) 8.21 65%


2 Shops/Malls/Complexes 2.52 20%

Page 38
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

S. No Type of waste Waste Generation per ton Percentage

3 Markets 1.1 9%
4 Hospital 0.69 5%
5 Hotels 0.1 1%
6 Street Sweeping 0.03 0.2%
7 Drain Silt 0.02 0.2%
Total Waste Generated Per Day (in tons) 12.67 100%

4.4 Collection Efficiency of Nagarkurnool


Daily 12 trips are made by the tractor. The total waste transported to the dumping yard is 11.57 MT
per day, which is translated to 91% of the collection efficiency.

4.5 Future Generation Trends


Based on geometric progression projections and the per capita survey results the waste
quantification calculations were carried for the year 2045. The below table gives the quantification
details, increase of per capita and waste generation details.

Table 4-5: Waste Projections

S. No. Year Population by Waste Generation Rate Total Waste for One day
Geometric method (Kg/c/day). (in M.T.)
1 2016 28065 0.451 12.67
2 2017 28324 0.457 12.95
3 2018 28587 0.463 13.24
4 2019 28851 0.469 13.54
5 2020 29118 0.475 13.84
6 2021 29388 0.482 14.15
7 2022 29660 0.488 14.47
8 2023 29934 0.494 14.79
9 2024 30211 0.501 15.12
10 2025 30491 0.507 15.46
11 2026 30773 0.514 15.81
12 2027 31058 0.520 16.16
13 2028 31346 0.527 16.52
14 2029 31636 0.534 16.89
15 2030 31929 0.541 17.27
16 2031 32224 0.548 17.66
17 2032 32522 0.555 18.05
18 2033 32823 0.562 18.46
19 2034 33127 0.570 18.87
20 2035 33434 0.577 19.29

Page 39
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

S. No. Year Population by Waste Generation Rate Total Waste for One day
Geometric method (Kg/c/day). (in M.T.)
21 2036 33743 0.585 19.72
22 2037 34056 0.592 20.17
23 2038 34371 0.600 20.62
24 2039 34689 0.608 21.08
25 2040 35010 0.616 21.55
26 2041 35334 0.624 22.03
27 2042 35661 0.632 22.52
28 2043 35991 0.640 23.03
29 2044 36325 0.648 23.54
30 2045 36661 0.657 24.07

4.6 Waste Characterization and Physical Composition of Waste

About 10 kg of Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) is collected from 10 locations from outside and inside
of the solid waste heap of mixed waste. The total quantity of waste so collected is thoroughly mixed
and then reduced by method of quartering till a sample of such a size is obtained which can be
handled personally. The sample so obtained is subjected to physical analysis.

The Physical Characteristics like moisture content, density, percentage of different components,
such as, paper, plastic, glass, metal, organic matter, sand, soil, bricks, stones etc were calculated.

The Chemical Characteristics like pH, percentage of Nitrogen, Potassium and phosphorus, total
carbon and C/N ratio were analyzed and represented in the report. Calorific value of the municipal
solid waste (in Kcal), Toxic characteristics were also analyzed and given in the report.

The physical composition of municipal solid waste is normally presented as Organic, Recyclables,
combustible and Inert matter. Waste samples were collected and analyzed for these three
parameters and data is presented in the below table.

Table 4-6: Physical composition of Waste


Item Item wise Generation %
ORGANIC WASTE 51
RECYCLABLES 17
COMBUSTIBLE 17
INERT MATTER 15
TOTAL 100
Source: On site physical characterization study by Feed back

Chemical Characterization of waste


Chemical characteristics considered for municipal waste are mainly, moisture, nitrogen,
phosphorous, potassium, C/N ratio etc. MSW sample was collected from the dump yard and
analyzed for various chemical characteristics. The results are shown in the below table.

Page 40
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Table 4-7: Chemical composition of Waste


No. Parameters UOM Results
1 Moisture Content % 21.6
2 Volatile solids % 47.2
3 pH -- 7.83
4 EC dS/m 1258
5 Total Organic C % dm 17.6
6 Total N % dm 0.7
7 Total P % dm 0.7
8 Total K % dm 0.77
9 C:N Ratio -- 19:1
10 GCV K.cal/kg 1252
11 Bulk Density gm/cc 0.42
12 Ash Content % 45.8
2+
13 Zinc as Zn mg/kg 324
14 Copper as Cu2+ mg/kg 156
2+
15 Cadmium as Cd mg/kg 2.6
16 Lead as Pb2+ mg/kg 76.5
17 Nickel as Ni+ mg/kg 8.3
18 Chromium as Cr3+ mg/kg 29.5
Source: Pragathi Labs, Hyderabad

Page 41
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

CHAPTER 5. PLANNING FOR INTEGRATED MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE


MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IN THE ULB

5.1 Introduction

The Municipal Solid Waste Management Plan cannot be developed in Isolation and is essentially a
municipal function. This is mandatory for all municipal authorities to manage the waste in an
environmentally acceptable manner. It has to consider the objectives of other planning processes in
force in the ULB. An integration of the objectives of the master plan and the city development plan
shall be considered after assessing the requirement of tools, equipment, vehicles and processing and
disposal facilities, meeting the long term goals of the ULB’s. Most importantly this plan has to be
sustainable both financially & technically. This plan has to be linked to the City Sanitation Plan and
National Urban Sanitation Plan, if required and should be in tune with the SWM Rules 2016.

The MSWM plan is prepared depending on the existing plan for the ULB and the size of the area. This
plan is prepared for a tenure, based on the population projection for the ULB and should be
reviewed periodically.

The factors which are considered in preparation of the MSWM plan


1. Future population or population projection
2. Per capita waste generated based on field survey & waste projections, as per CPHEEO
manual
3. Characterization of the waste based on analysis
4. Applicable laws, rules and regulations for MSW
5. Institutional & financial structuring of the ULB’s
6. Community participation & development
7. Collection & transportation technologies
8. Land availability
9. Suitable technology for MSW processing based on ISWM hierarchy

5.2 Future Population or Population Projections

Estimating future waste generation quantities and composition is critical for developing MSWM
plan. Planning horizons for MSW processing, treatment, or disposal projects typically extend to 20–
30 years, depending on the nature of the facility. Forecasting future MSW generation is dependent
on various factors, such as:

a. Future Population forecasts


b. Anticipated lifestyle changes and
c. Change in socio economic & political profile of the ULB

The population projections considered in the CPHEEO Manual have been made after studying the
population growth trend from 1981 onwards. This has been an important step in order to bridge the
gap between demand & supply demand and also to estimate the future requirement of the ULB.

Page 42
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

The following methods have been used to project the future population of the town based on the
past year population such as:

a) Arithmetic Increase Method


b) Geometric Increase Method
c) Incremental Increase Method

Method 2016 2021 2031 2041


Arithmetic Method 28756 30711 34621 38531
Geometric Method 28065 29388 32224 35334

For a town Nagarkurnool, the Geometric Increase Method is adopted wherein a decadal average is
considered as the growth rate.

5.3 Per Capita Waste Generation & Projection


The present waste generation based on the local economy, lifestyle and infrastructure was assessed
with field survey. It’s generally established that the waste generation is proposal to the average
income of the people living there. The waste generated in Nagakurnool is as below:

Waste quantity / Per capita with 1.3%


Year Population Waste Quantity / Year
day increase as per CPHEEO
2016 28065 12.67 4.625 0.451
2021 29388 14.15 5,166 0.482
2031 32224 17.66 6,445 0.548
2041 35334 22.03 8,042 0.624

5.4 Municipal Solid Waste Management Plan (MSWMP):


MSW management plan for the ULB comprises of different components as below based on the
population and the waste generation. This is as per the CPHEEO manual of MoUD.
• Collection and Transportation
• Treatment plant for processing of waste and resource recovery facility
• Safe disposal by means of sanitary landfill

Population Waste Primary doorsteps Secondary Decentralized/ Bulk


Tones segregated collection place, Centralized transportation,
/ day collection equipment and processing, landfill
equipment and vehicles recovery & disposal
Vehicles recycling
50,000 to 10-30 80% door-to-door 100% street 50%decentralized Inert street
1,00,000 TPD collection through sweeping waste processing of sweeping, silt
covered LCV to be collected waste if suitable from the
in containerized space is available drains, and
20% door-to-door handcarts and residual waste
collection through deposited in 3- If no space, from
containerized 4m3 containers domestic and processing

Page 43
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Population Waste Primary doorsteps Secondary Decentralized/ Bulk


Tones segregated collection place, Centralized transportation,
/ day collection equipment and processing, landfill
equipment and vehicles recovery & disposal
Vehicles recycling
tricycles or trade waste to be plants to be
handcarts from Containers to be processed at landfilled
narrow lanes placed at 4 per centralized
km2 area or 1 facility with
Direct per 5,000 resource
transportation of populations. recovery.
waste to
processing facility Containers to be
if distance is lifted by
under 5km, or tractors/ twin
transportation bin dumper
through placers
compactors if
distance of
processing facility
is longer

In view of the above table proposed Integrated MSW management plan for the ULB is as follows

Based on the waste characterization and quantification in this ULB, the following combination of
waste processing technologies are proposed

• Windrow Composting / Refuse Derived Fuel (RDF) / Biomethanization for market waste

For the C&T and Processing & Disposal design periods (timeframe) i.e short term & long term are
considered.

Page 44
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

i. Short term plan (5 years) : These plans comprise of action plan and
implantation schedule and generally lead to a long term plan. These plans should be
reviewed every 2-3 years to ensure higher success of implementation plan. Generally
collection & transportation plan is a short term plan.
ii. Long term plan (20-25 years) : Is a cluster of 4-5 short term plans, with specific
planning cycles. The financial outlay for each cycle should be elaborated along with the
source of funds. Processing and disposal is a long term plan.
iii. Midterm review of these plans between 2nd and 3rd year

5.5 CLUSTER FOR NAGARKURNOOL DISTRICT


A regional Landfill facility at Nagarkurnool is proposed for processing rejects from
Nagarkurnool,Achampet, Kulwakurthy and Kollapur

The concept of Regional / Cluster–based approach is to discourage setting up of individual waste


processing or disposal facilities as far as possible. If individual urban local body set up their facilities,
it will result in mushrooming of many / innumerable facilities within the zone which may be difficult
to monitor. However, a bigger city / district may set up its own facility to avoid long distance
transportation of garbage.

Here both the facilities i.e. processing and disposal or alternatively the processing alone can take
place in each ULB / municipality, the common facility could be only for safe disposal of waste i.e. an
engineered landfill.

Criteria for Cluster facility: The following criteria have been suggested in the ‘Action Plan for
Management of Municipal Solid Waste’ by Central Pollution Control Board in compliance to the
Hon’ble National Green Tribunal Order dated 05.02.2015 in the matter of OA No.199 of 2014. These
criteria are considered for adopting cluster based approach for setting common waste processing
and disposal facilities:

i) A detailed survey of State / UT with positioning of city / town / village and distance between
them.
ii) Based on local condition, fixing of criteria by the local body to transport the waste for
common disposal point without causing public nuisance and traffic hurdles. An indicative
distance of say upto 50 km for each local body may be feasible. However for smaller local
bodies may difficult to arrange transportation on daily basis. For such villages / towns,
alternative options can be worked-out.
iii) An adequate size of land will have to be acquired which should be free from public objection.
Common facility should not have settlement atleast 3-5 km from its periphery.
iv) Common facility perhaps should not be designed for handling waste say less than 3000-5000
tons per day and this will be depending upon number of towns/villages covered and
corresponding to waste generation. Common facility should consider giving some value back
in terms of end-product and also to be sustainable.

Page 45
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

v) Common facility should be ‘integrated’ with facilities for sorting, compost, RDF and energy
plant and followed by inert recycling / reuse. Only a fraction of inert waste should go for
land-filling.
vi) Bigger cities generating more than 1000 tons/day should adopt combination of waste
processing technologies which may include; composting, RDF, waste-to-energy (anaerobic or
thermal). Such facilities should meet existing environmental standards and even be designed
with latest state-of-the-art technologies to meet stricter norms. However, State Govt. should
provide proper incentives so that such plants can be sustained and techno-economically
viable.
vii) Smaller town, say generating < 1000 tonnes can go for composting, RDF. In further smaller
town, where waste generation is less than 100- 500 tonnes per day, they can compost and
produce RDF and send it to common facility for power generation. Even at District and sub
divisional level, centralized RDF / Compost facility can be set up.

Likewise for the present zone of study a cluster approach is being proposed by considering the
following aspects, this approach minimizes the scope of public objections, facilitates construction of
large landfill which can be managed professionally in a cost effective manner
 The waste would be processed and disposed of as per the character32ization and quantity of
waste in the respective ULB.
 Transportation Costs
 Availability of area for setting up Regional Landfill Facility
 Not In My Back Yard (NIMBY)
 Ownership of Common Facility
 Form in which waste is to be transported – Raw waste or processed rejects
The Processing technology for each cluster varies as per the quantification of waste and waste
characterization in each cluster. For selection of suitable processing technology several parameters
are considered namely Indian experience, quantity and quality of waste, capital investments, scale of
operation, recurring expenditure, environmental impact etc.

5.6 Aspects under the Cluster Approach

5.6.1 Waste Quantities

If the waste quantities generated from each of the municipality are equal i.e. all in the same range
than having a common facility in any one of the municipalities would not yield any major impact on
the costs for other municipalities as cumulatively the waste quantities would not be of such a big
quantity/volume which would result in reducing capital costs. And also associated with it is the cost
towards transportation of waste from other municipalities to this facility would also be high and may
not get circumvented with the reduction of capital costs in view of the lesser cumulative over all
capacity of the plant

Normally common facilities are located in the municipality which generates highest waste quantity
for that particular cluster. However in the event that the waste quantities in two municipalities are
very high than also location of common facility could be a problem as it would result in higher
transportations costs to the other municipality which need to transport waste

Page 46
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

5.6.2 Transportation of Waste

Cluster approach is best designed when the relative distance between municipalities is less than or
equal to 30 km. Any distances greater than 30 km would not result in any major cost benefits.
Capital costs may come lower but the operation costs would be higher and may not get
circumvented with the lower capital costs. Secondly transportation of waste over large distances
require good planning and command in operations as municipal waste is generated on daily basis
and any delays /breakdown in the system would bring in big crisis to the municipalities. Fleet
Management would become critical in such cases.

5.6.3 Area Availability

Common facilities would require more areas for establishing the integrated waste management
facilities. It would become the responsibility of the municipality where the common facility is
created to ensure that adequate areas are catered to this purpose and also for future expansions

5.6.4 NIMBY

“Not In My Back Yard” commonly known as NIMBY syndrome is very much prevalent for waste
management facilities. It’s witnessed that people do not accept any waste management facility in
the vicinity for wastes generated by them. And now for a cluster approach where common facilities
are created waste from other municipalities would reach this facility getting public acceptability is a
matter of concern. Even if the project is established, operations-essentially transportation of waste
from municipalities may be effected frequently due to obstructions from the people during
operations phase. This aspect also needs to be considered while planning common facilities.

5.6.5 Ownership of Common Facility

Common facility serves various municipalities. Ownership of the common facility is also a matter of
concern even though the project is operated by a private entity. There are certain obligations and
support to be given to the private entity for establishing and operating of the facility. Each of the
municipality may behave as it’s not their baby and the responsibility would fall under the
municipality where the common facility is located who may be willing or may not be willing to do so.

5.6.6 Form of Waste being transported

As discussed above, common facility could be for


 Both processing and disposal units together i.e. integrated facility (Or)
 Only for disposal unit.

In the former case it requires waste to be transported in raw form i.e. garbage while in the latter
case waste will be inert i.e. rejects arising from processing operations. It’s a known fact that raw
waste occupies very high volume (normally has a density of 0.45 to 0.5 kg/m3) and would require
higher number of vehicles for transportation which would have a very big bearing on the
transportation costs.

While if the waste is processed at individual municipalities where the waste is generated and only
inerts sent to common facility than the quantity to be transported also gets reduced and thereby the

Page 47
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

transportation costs also get reduced drastically. Moreover in this case delayed transportation of
waste will not impact the operations of the municipality as it’s inert and has no odour hassles.

In view of the above the benefits associated with cluster approach are both technical and financial
can be summarized as below
Technical:
 This gives greater access to technical resources and professional expertise of different ULB’s
 Use of large and sophisticated equipment (e.g. compactors)
 Stacking of waste up to greater heights that provides larger waste disposal capacity per acre
of land.
 Cost savings in disposal and treatment.
 Proper planning and development of the site will help reduce the public opposition and
NIMBY syndrome.
 Increased distances require the use of transfer stations to increase the efficiency of the
transportation systems.
 Most importantly share scarce natural resources, such as land between the ULB’s and
consequently help in provision of scientific collection, management, processing and disposal
of MSW in an efficient manner within respective zone.
 Furthermore, they facilitate the monitoring of environmental outcomes and performance
due to a reduced number of sites. The approach enables smaller ULBs to achieve compliance
with minimal financial burden.

Financial:
 Reduction in the fixed costs per unit of waste
 Cost saving due to sharing of O&M cost
 Cost Sharing of professional management
 Improved bargaining power to buy better equipment and systems at lower costs

5.7 Concept planning


In view of the above factors, a cluster approach is devised with the following proposed processing
facilities and disposal plan for Nagarkurnool District. A decentralized waste treatment facility is
proposed at all ULBs and a common landfill facility at Nagarkurnool

Table: Details of the Cluster


S. No Name of the ULB Waste Generation TPD - 2021 Proposed plants
Nagarkurnool Zone 10 TPD inerts Regional landfill
1 Nagarkurnool 15 Compost+RDF+LF
2 Achampet 15 Compost+RDF
3 Kulwakurthy 13 Compost+RDF
4 Kollapur 10 Compost+RDF

 As per the above plan each municipality should establish processing facilities in their
respective municipalities

Page 48
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

 Transport rejects / inerts arising from the processing facility to the common treatment
facility. For this purpose required logistic support needs to be established.
 Common facility for Waste disposal – in the form secured engineered landfill in the
municipality generating the highest quantity of waste for the cluster under consideration, in
this case at Nalgonda as stated above.
 MOU between the participating ULB’s with cost sharing arrangements (comprising of fixed
O&M cost, creation of ESCROW account, revision of tariff suitably from time to time, etc)
 A framework should be established whereby a Project Coordination Committee for each
cluster is constituted which comprises representatives of each participating Authority and
the Company/ Utility; and important project decisions during the project development,
implementation and operational stages are taken through this committee.

The summary of the design for these options are presented in the subsequent chapters.

5.8 Nagar Kurnool Cluster # 1


In this cluster 4 ULB’s of Nagarkurnool district are involved i.e. Nagarkurnool, Kollapur, Achempet
and Kalwakurthy. The waste is processed at the respective ULB’s and inerts / rejects only are
disposed at the Secured Landfill Facility being proposed. Hence this SLF can be termed as a Regional
Landfill Facility (RLF) as it caters to the waste disposal of the district.

Composting & Refuse Derived Fuel (RDF) >>> I N E R T S >>> Secured Landfill Facility (SLF)

Figure 5.1 Nagarkurnool Cluster

Page 49
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

CHAPTER 6. PROPOSED SOLID WASTE COLLECTION AND RANSPORTATION


PLAN

6.1 Introduction
This chapter provides Solid Waste collection system and transportation system for the ULB. The
proposed plan includes the planning, infrastructure requirements, quantities, and corresponding
cost estimates for the collection and transportation systems were made in the end of the DPR. The
proposed SWM system is broadly based on 3R Environmental Protection Rules (Recycle, Reuse, and
Recover) and is in accordance with the MSW 2016 Rules. The primary aspects of the proposed plan
include the following:

1. Compliance with Municipal Solid Waste Management & Handling Rules of 2016
2. Compulsory segregation at the source.
3. Provision of segregation infrastructure at all stages of collection and transportation.
4. Waste to be covered at all stages of handling.
5. Reduction of manual handling of waste by providing of proper PPEs to the workers.
6. 100% collection and transportation of the generated waste
7. Maximum recovery of resources by segregation of recyclables and biodegradable waste.
8. Adequate health and safety provisions for workers at all stages of waste handling
9. Regular environmental monitoring at waste processing and disposal facilities
10. Have robust compliant-handling system in place

6.2 Overview of the Recommended C&T Plan

Collection and transportation is the most important component of the SWM operations. The
efficiency of operations is mainly depends on choices of vehicle & equipment.

The suggestions are mainly for:


 Promotion of the practice of segregation and storage of waste at source in THREE bins-for
wet waste, other for dry waste and another for domestic Hazardous waste, so as to facilitate
an organised and hierarchical system of waste collection and disposal, without letting the
waste to reach the ground in the primary and secondary collection stages.
 Organization of door to door collection with community participation on cost recovery basis
and minimize the multiple handling of waste, improvement in the productivity of labour and
equipment
 Containerized secondary storage facilities phasing out open storage
 Daily transportation of waste to the Treatment Plant.
 Creation of awareness for source segregation and storage at source.
 Monitoring the system to increase the productivity

Page 50
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

6.3 Segregation and Storage of Waste at Source

Source segregation of recyclables (dry waste) and biodegradables (wet waste) will not only provide
an efficient mode for resource recovery, but will also reduce pressure and pollution at Landfill sites,
substantially and also domestic hazardous waste like batteries, expired medicines, bulbs etc. can be
stored separately, which will be lifted separately. It is understood that implementation of such
practices takes time and requires significant cooperation from the public. However, initiation should
be made and efforts should be diverted to progressively increase the segregation practices.
Community Participation indicates various actions that could be taken up to increase the public
participation for the management of Solid Waste.

6.3.1 Segregation of waste at Source

Segregation of the two different fractions of waste could be undertaken without mixing them, but
directly depositing into separate bin / bag as and when generated.
Category 1. Food & Green waste (wet waste)
Cooked/uncooked food, vegetable, fruit, meat, borne, fish waste, leaves, grass
Category 2. Recyclable & Non-bio-degradable (dry waste)
Paper, Plastics, glass, metal, ceramic, rubber, leather, rags, used cloths, wood, stone, sand, ash,
thermocol, straw & packing materials, sanitary napkins and diapers (to be packed and disposed )
Category 3: Domestic Hazardous waste
batteries, expired medicines, bulbs etc.

The efficiency of the proposed Waste


Management Plan described below is
Domestic
driven by the separation of waste at
hazardous
the primary collection level. For this Wet Dry waste
purpose, following approach needs to
be adopted by the residents as well as waste waste
Municipalities.

 The waste will be stored by the generators in two separate bins, one for bio-degradable and
one for recyclables and another for domestic hazardous waste.
 Waste collectors will collect waste on a day-to-day basis. .
 Domestic Hazardous waste will be collected separately.

6.3.2 Storage of Waste at Source

Separate storage facilities for food/biodegradables, recyclables/non-bio-degradable and domestic


hazardous waste should be encouraged and to ensure that no waste goes to ground and a system of
‘Single handling’ is developed. Residents will be made aware to segregate waste at the source and
store it in separate bins, prior to the collection and transportation by the operator. A 3-bin system of
storage of waste is suggested by MoEFC in its solid waste management guidelines. However, such a
system of segregation in the initial stages of waste management is difficult for the community to
practice. However, a single bin system could be upgraded to a 2-bin system progressively. In the

Page 51
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

single bin system all the wastes are to be kept in a single bin.

Table 6-1: Elements of Storage

S. No Source Capacity of bins


1. Households 15 lit bins of 3
2. Residential complex Each house with 15 lit bins of 3
Common bins of 120 lit of 3
3. Commercial Establishments 60-120 lit bins of 2 types of bins
4. Bulk Generators 120lit – 240 lit bins
5. Market places 600 – 1100lit
It is proposed one supply of bins by Municipality to all the residents for encouraging segregation at
source.

Table 6-2: Requirements of Bins at Municipality

S. No No. of households Capacity Qty for each house Total

1. 6730 15 lit 2 13460


Segregation of waste at source will be introduced along with door-to-door waste collection. Hotels,
offices, shops and restaurants need to keep adequate number of bins to facilitate easy handling and
transfer of waste to secondary storage points

6.4 Planning of Collection and Transportation System


The collection and Transportation system covers following components
 Door to door collection of waste from source
 Secondary Storage of waste
 Secondary Transportation
The proposed plan for collection and transportation by considering existing waste management
system is as follows:

6.4.1 Primary Collection of Waste

Door to door collection services includes collection of waste from households and commercial
establishments, markets and other waste generating sources. The range of vehicles used for primary
collection, generally are tricycles/pushcarts, auto-tippers, and sometimes small compactors
depending on the area.

It is necessary to provide a daily service to all households, shops and establishments for the
collection of putrescible organic/food/bio -degradable waste from the doorstep because of the
hot climatic conditions . This service must be regular and reliable – recyclable material can be
collected at longer regular intervals as may be convenient to the waste producer and the waste
collector, as this waste does not normally decay and need not be collected daily. At present
door to door collection of waste from households are by Tricycles. It is proposed to continue the
same system on daily basis by introducing Autos in the system for narrow lanes.

Page 52
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

The door to door collection of waste shall be done on a day to day basis between 5:30am to
1:30pm. The ULB shall ensure that infrastructure is made available for undertaking this activity in
compliance with MSW Rules 2016. Each waste collector may be given a suitable vehicle with a bell
affixed or a whistle may be provided in lieu of a bell. Each waste collector shall be given a fixed area
with a route map for collection of waste.

Table 6-3: Door to door Collection from Households

S. No Details Existing system Proposed system

1 Vehicles Door to door collection of Two compartment Auto-tipper to


waste from Households by carry segregated waste. Should
Tricycles. Current cover 80% of households.
infrastructure is not
sufficient and not covering 20% of households cover by
all households daily. tricycles including slums. Tricycles
with 6 bins of 60lit, 4 for wet
waste and 2 for dry waste
2 Storage Storage at generation Storage with segregation – 3 bins
without segregation
3 Frequency Alternate days Daily
4 Timings 5:30AM – 1 PM 6 AM – 2 PM
5 Trips 1-2 trips 3 Trips
6 Households Auto - Covering 400-500 Auto : 800- 1000 H.H
households Tricycles : 200-300 H.H
Tricycle – 200 H.H
7. User fee Not in practice Rs.35-50 per household
collection
8. Crew 2 persons per Auto 3 people including driver for auto.

Auto-Tipper Tricycle
 Capacity – 1.75  60 lit bins of 4/6
 4 wheeled
 Two compartments – one for wet and
another for dry waste
 Hopper with hydraulic arrangement

Page 53
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Door step collection – Commercial Establishments:


At present, Commercial establishments like hotels, schools, Hospital and markets etc. are covering
by Tractors. Waste is being stored road side or at their bins lifting by tractors and transporting to
dumpsite. It is proposed to encourage all commercial establishments to store their waste in bins at
their premises to lift and also shall have separate bins for wet and dry waste. It is proposed to use 4
wheeled Motor vehicles for collection of waste from bulk generators.

Table 6-4: Door to Door Collection from Commercial Establishments

S. No Details Existing system Proposed system


1 Vehicles Tractors Autos /Tractors
2 Storage Road side and partial storage Storage at source level -120 lit –
at generation 240 lit based on their generation
3 Frequency Daily Daily
4 Timings 9 AM – 3PM 10 AM – 3PM
5 Trips 2-3 2-3 trips
6 Efficiency 91% 100%
7. User fee collection Not there User fee from big establishments
8. Crew 1 Driver and 4 crew 1 driver and 2 crew

Vegetable Markets:
S. No Details Existing system Proposed system
1 Vehicles Tractors Autos
2 Storage Road side and partial storage Storage at 1100 lit bins at market
at generation place
3 Frequency Daily Daily
4 Timings 9 AM – 3PM 9AM – 3 PM
5 Trips 1 1
6 Efficiency 90% 100%

Page 54
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Table 6-5: Infrastructure Required

1 Households 6730 Nos


2 Waste Quantity 12.67 TPD
Residential
4 No.of HH cover by Tricycles 200 HH
5 No. of TRICYCLES covered HH @20% 12 HH
6 Backup @15% 2 Nos
7 No.of HH covered by Autos 800 HH
8 No.of autos required to cover @ 80% of HH 5
9 Backup @15% 1 Nos

6.4.2 Street-sweeping
In order to improve the system, all the roads and lanes having habitation or commercial activities
may be covered on a day to day basis. This may be done by employing one person per 500 m
including commercial & important areas, one person per 500 m in medium density areas and 750 m
in WBM roads i.e., low density areas
The worker engaged in street sweeping shall be provided with long handle broom, metal trays, Gum
boots, gloves, shovels and uniforms. The sweepers should work in pairs, carrying out the following:
 Sweeping two ‘single beat’ lengths
 Collecting the sweeping in container cart.
 Depositing the sweeping in the nearby container
 Cleaning the container stations with in the beat length
 Kerb-side collection from shops/establishments along the road/street

Table 6-6: Street Sweeping Requirements

S. No Details Qty Units


1 Length of the Road 131.87 Km
2 Total waste generation from Road sweeping 0.03 Tons
3 Daily sweeping – main roads 28.3 Km
4. Road length covered by one sweeper 500 m
5. No.of sweepers required 56 Nos
6. Alternate days 8.1 km
7. Once in 3day 1.7 km
8. Weekly once 0.4 km
9. One sweeper can sweep per day 750 m
10. No. of sweepers required 37
11. Total sweepers required 93 Nos
12. Total no. of sweepers with weekly relieve 102 Nos
13. No. of brooms 102 Nos
14. No. of Shovels 102 Nos

Page 55
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

S. No Details Qty Units


15 Wheel barrows@ 1 for 2 sweepers with 10% backup 51 Nos
16 Transportation – tractor 1 No

6.4.3 Drain cleaning

Total length of drains is about 88 km. The total quantity of waste generated from the drain cleaning
is about 0.02 MT per day.
Table 6-7: Drain Cleaning Requirements
S. No Length Waste generation MT No. of vehicles required
1 88 km 0.02 1 TRACTOR

6.4.4 Secondary Storage

The main objective of the secondary collection system is to store the


waste. Temporarily prior to its transportation to Treatment Plant. It is
proposed to use storage bins for sweeping waste, drain silt and
temporary market places which is nearly 10% of the total waste. It is
proposed to use 1100 lit capacity bins for storage of market waste and
Litter bins of 100lit capacity for commercial areas for 750m of total road
length.

SNO Type of Bin Capacity Qty


1 1100 lit 0.5 3
2 100 0.01 149

It is suggested to use waste sanitizing agents and insect repellents to prevent the menace of
breading of flies and mosquitoes at the secondary storage points.

6.4.5 Domestic Hazardous Waste collection Centre


Domestic hazardous waste stored at household level would be collected separately and transport to
designated Domestic hazardous waste collection centers.

Table 6-8: Domestic hazardous waste centers


S. No component Area Qty.
1 Domestic hazardous waste deposit centres 20 sq m 1
2. Storage – Bins 600 lit 2

6.4.6 Secondary Collection and Transportation


Waste from Households, commercial establishments and other bulk generators will be lifted by
tractors.

Page 56
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Table 6-9: Secondary Collection and Transportation

S. No Details Existing system Proposed system


1 Vehicles Tractors Tractors and Autos
2 Storage Road side and partial storage Storage at source level and
at generation community storage for sweeping &
market waste
3 Frequency Daily Daily
4 Timings 8AM to 3PM 8am to 1pm and 6 PM TO 10 PM
5 Trips 2 4

6.5 Infrastructure Required for Achieving 100% Collection and Transportation System
The existing vehicles and equipment available with Corporation is as follows:

Table 6-10: Existing vehicles with ULB

Name of the Year of Condition of the


S. No Total no Remarks
vehicle purchase equipment
1 Tricycle 2014 20 Running 12 working
8 under repair
2. Tractors 2014 2 Running

Table 6-11: Requirement of vehicles and Equipment

S. No Vehicle/Equipment Existing Required Shortfall


1 Tricycles 12 12 0
2. Auto-tippers 0 5 5
3 Tractors 2 2 0
4 1.1 cum bins 0 2 3
5 Litter bins 0 149 149
6 600lit for domestic hazardous 2 3
waste
7 Wheelbarrows 0 51 51

The above infrastructure/vehicles are proposed based on primary collection and secondary
collection.

The manpower requirement for driving the vehicles and lifting the garbage is based on shifts. The
total work force required in the primary and secondary collections are formulated in the below
table.

Page 57
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Table 6-12: Required Staff for SWM

Vehicles No. of Vehicles Staff per vehicle Shifts Total staff


Tricycles 12 1 1 12
Autotippers 5 3 1 15
Sweepers 93.00 1 1 93
Tractors 3 5 1 15
Total field Staff 135
With weekly off 149

Required tools & Equipment


Each worker will be provided with a broom and a dustpan for waste collection and adequate
Personnel Protective Equipments (PPE).
 Number of brooms required – 102
 Number of dustpans required - 102
 Number of pair of gloves - 149
 Number of pair of boots - 149
 Number of uniform – 298(A uniform for a worker will include two sets of uniform for
summers and two sets for winters).

The total infrastructure cost estimates required for the above is covered in the subsequent chapters

6.6 Workshop Facility for Vehicle Maintenance


The Municipality must have adequate workshop facilities for the maintenance of their fleet of
vehicles and containers, etc. The workshop, public or private, should have adequate technical staff,
spares and preventive maintenance schedules to ensure that at least 80% of the vehicles remain on
the road each day and the down time of repair/maintenance is minimized to the extent possible.
Spare assemblies should be kept available which could be given as replacements until necessary
repairs are carried out. The following items are proposed in the Workshop.
 Vehicle washing
 Tyre yard
 Repair center with necessary tools and equipment
 Parking

Page 58
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

CHAPTER 7. DESIGN AND PLANNING OF TREATMENT PLANT

7.1 Integrated Waste Treatment Facility


NagarKurnool Municipality is generating approximately 12 tons of municipal solid waste
(MSW) per day, which is mainly disposed in the open dumpsite without treatment.

7.1.1 Site Description


At present there is no disposal site allotted for the ULB. Waste is being disposed temporarily
at Sandhaipally shivar. A designated land to be identified by ULB to setup waste treatment
plant.

7.1.2 Area Statement


As per the proposal, it is proposed to set up Integrated Waste Treatment facility at
Nagarkurnool . Below is the area statement broadly showing the area required against each
component at the integrated waste treatment plant. Below given area is tentative and
minimum area required will change at the time of execution

Table 7-1: Area Statement


S. No Facility Area in Acres
1 Compost & RDF Plant 0.50
2 Landfill phase I & II – 10 years 2.50
3 Other Supporting infrastructure, roads, Recyclables storage, Tanks etc. 2.00
4 Green belt 1.50
Total Area Phase 1 6.50

7.2 Land Reclamation from Old Dumpsites


ULB has to identify new land to setup Treatment plant. Hence Land reclamation is not
addressed.

7.3 Planning and Design of Treatment Plant

7.3.1 Introduction

Designing any waste management facilities, the following points to be taken into
consideration
 Waste quantities generated,
 Design period,
 Waste characteristics of the proposed city.

The Treatment process and suitable technology required for NagarKurnool ULB is explained

Page 59
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

in below chapters.

7.3.2 Identification of Suitable MSW Treatment Technology


The most important objective of municipal waste management is a safe disposal of the
waste, generated daily. This would involve the following activities:
 Separation of recyclable fractions and recycling the same
 Beneficial utilization of organic fraction of the waste
 Disposal of inerts into a scientifically designed landfill

The disposal of waste involves processing to separate or utilize the waste fractions organic
and inorganic, of which the recyclables are sent for recycling whereas the organics which
dominate the proportion go to aerobic composting, vermi-composting or waste to energy
conversion. These different options require many inputs for decision making processes and
would involve different capital investments. A careful consideration of waste quantity
generated is also an important part of this decision making.

Table 7-2: Processing Technologies


Influencing Environmental
Technology Limitations Benefits
Parameters Concerns
Composting  Segregation of  Receiving  Reduces organic  Final product
organics from unsegregated waste fraction of manure can
MSW waste MSW contaminate
soil if not
 Quantity of  No yield  Stabilizes organic tested for
organic matter consistency fraction toxic elements
before sale
 Moisture  Slow Process  Potential usable
Content product as  Emissions of
 Sound output particulate
 Market Demand marketing
matter when
arrangements  Potential of
 Location of required composting
moving /
facility handling the
operations with
 Sensitive other waste waste
process – streams  Odour
requires good
problems
segregation  Reduces organic
and waste to landfill
maintenance thereby reducing
the production
of leachate and
gases from
landfill

 Highly useful

Page 60
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Influencing Environmental
Technology Limitations Benefits
Parameters Concerns
product for crop
improvement

 Value addition to
waste resource

 Sustainable
approach

Bio-  Moisture  Higher capital  Completes  Gas handling


Methanization / content cost natural carbon
Anaerobic cycle  Fire & safety
Digestion  Volatile /  Not suitable measures
organic matter for waste with  Recovery of
less energy &  Proper
 C/N ratio biodegradable production of operation of
matter fully stabilized drying Bed
 Segregation of
organic manure
organic waste  Non availability  Leachate
of segregated  Control / collection &
 Quantity of treatment
waste in the reduction of
organic matter from sludge
municipality Green House Gas
drying beds
 Market Demand emissions like
 Lack of methane
financial
resources with  Complete
ULB’s and destruction of
Municipal pathogens
corporations. through
anaerobic
 Requires waste digestion - No
segregation disease
efficiency transmission by
vectors

 No pre-
processing /
post-processing
rejects

 Reduced burden
on landfills

 Conversion
efficiency 60% to

Page 61
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Influencing Environmental
Technology Limitations Benefits
Parameters Concerns
70%

 Clean
combustion,
compact
burning, high
thermal
efficiency & good
degree of control

 Environment
friendly because
of firewood
savings reduction
in CO2 emissions

 Can be done on a
small scale

 Generation of
gaseous fuel

 Free from odour,


fly menace,
visible pollution

 Production of
biogas and high
grade soil
conditioner

 Very low power


requirement
unlike aerobic
composting,
where sieving
and turning of
waste pile for
supply of oxygen
is necessary

 Modular
construction of
plant and closed
treatment needs

Page 62
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Influencing Environmental
Technology Limitations Benefits
Parameters Concerns
less land area

Pelletization /  Segregation of  Competitive  RDF can be  Air pollution


Refuse Derived Organics from with large processed to half from emission
Fuel MSW mass burn the calorific of smaller
plants value of coal quantities of
 Quantity of organics,
Organic Matter  Requires  Lower level of particulates,
secure markets heavy metals in and metals
 Moisture for Fuel RDF
Content Processing  Water
involves high  RDF can be co- pollution due
 Market Demand fired with other
power to leachate
fuels in a variety
 Location of the consumption
and of industrial
facility
maintenance boilers

 More space  Process is self-


requirement sustaining with
for fuel value addition
Production
 Resource
 Can cause recovery for
damage boilers economic gain
and pipe work
 Low risk
technology

 Low cost option


for MSW
treatment and
processing

Incineration  Calorific Value  Excessive  Achieves  Emissions


moisture & maximum particulates,
 Moisture inert content in volume SOx, NOx,
Content waste affects reduction emissions,
net energy chronated
 Organic /  Incineration is a
recovery compounds
Volatile Matter standard ranging from
fixed carbon  Auxillary fuel hygienic HCl to organo
support may operation
 Total inerts compounds
be necessary compared to such as dioxins
to sustain open burning and heavy
combustion metals.
 Heat generated

Page 63
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Influencing Environmental
Technology Limitations Benefits
Parameters Concerns
 High capital can be utilized  Toxic metals
which can for production of may
safely be steam / hot concentrate in
burned (i.e., water / ash; fumes
vegetation electricity – from low
cardboard, revenue temperature
paper) may be generation incineration of
more useful if mixed
recovered for  Less land is municipal
required and
mulching & soil refuse.
minimal burden
improvement
on landfills  These fumes
 Residual ash & will contain a
metal waste  Most suitable for number of
require higher calorific
toxic
disposal waste, etc compounds,
 Relatively e.g. from
 Overall burning of
efficiency is noiseless and
odourless. chlorinated
low for small plastics,
power stations  Thermal energy solvents etc.
recovery for These could be
 Indian MSW
direct heating or a hazard to
has low
power people living
calorific value;
generation. and working in
hence
close
supplementary  Can be located proximity and
fuel is required within city limits, are generally
for reducing cost of undesirable in
combustion, waste the
hence higher transportation environment.
fuel cost.
Care and strict
management
of the waste
to be burned
in order to
minimize
contamination
with
undesirable
waste types
will be

Page 64
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Influencing Environmental
Technology Limitations Benefits
Parameters Concerns
required.

Pyrolysis  Calorific value  Requires  Efficient  Air Emissions


extensive pre- electricity include acid
 Moisture treatment to generation gases, dioxins
Content be able to through and furans,
handle MSW combustion of nitrogen
 Fixed carbon
gas through oxides,
 High capital
 Total inerts engines. sulphur
cost and dioxide
 Organic / expensive  Potential to particulates,
Volatile matter O&M. recycle a large cadmium,
proportion of mercury, lead
 Segregation of  Requires residues and hydrogen
Organic waste extensive pre- depending on sulphide.
treatment to the process.
 Quantity of handle MSW  Some of the
organic matter  Smaller units residues may
 High viscosity more acceptable
 Market Demand of pyrolysis oil
be hazardous
and part of an in nature.
may be integrated
problematic for system.
its
transportation  Capable of being
and burning integrated with
other processes
 Net energy such as the
recovery may output from MBT
suffer in case / Refuse Derived
of waste with Fuel (RDF)
excessive production.
moisture
 Reductions in
metal
volatization and
particulates
compared with
MSE combustion
Technologies

 Apart from
generating
power from the
waste, the slurry
produced from

Page 65
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Influencing Environmental
Technology Limitations Benefits
Parameters Concerns
bio-methanation
technology acts
as a good
fertilizer.

 The quantity of
waste gets
reduced by
nearly 60 to 90%
depending upon
the waste
composition.

 The quantity of
residues is low,
typically 3% of
the processed
MSW. The
bottom ashes are
inert material
which could be
used as paving
material.

 The energy can


be utilized as
power, heat, or
combined heat
and power, or as
process steam.

 Process if cleaner
than
incineration.

 Atmospheric
pollution may be
dealt superior
way techno
economically.

Gasification  Calorific value  Economic  Converts larger  Air emissions


performance - fraction of
 Organic / costlier organics into fuel

Page 66
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Influencing Environmental
Technology Limitations Benefits
Parameters Concerns
Volatile matter  Requires very gas
rapid heat
 Segregation of  Clean way to
transfer
organic waste handle fuel
feedstocks that
 Quantity of have many
organic matter impurities
 Market demand

 Moisture
content

 Fixed carbon

 Total inerts

Landfill  Existing and  Land area  Least cost  Can pollute


future waste requirements option. surface runoff
quantities during rainfall
 Significant  The gas
 Waste transportation produced can be  Soil and
characterization cost to landfill utilized for ground water
power aquifers may
 Waste  Methane generation or as get polluted by
segregation utilization may domestic fuel for leachate in
not be feasible direct thermal absence of
 Waste collection for remote applications. proper
and sites collection &
transportation  Reduced GHG treatment
 Cost of pre- emissions.
 Site selection / treatment to
system.
location upgrade the  Spontaneous
gas may be
 Leachate ignition due to
high spontaneous
emissions
methane
 Lack of
 Potential emissions.
financial
methane gas
resources with  GHG may
 Lining for landfill corporations / escape into
urban local the
 Quantities of bodies atmosphere in
new waste in
absence of
case of existing  Lack of
inefficient gas
landfills conducive
recovery
policy with

Page 67
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Influencing Environmental
Technology Limitations Benefits
Parameters Concerns
state govt in process.
terms of land
allotment,
garbage
supply, power
generation &
evacuation
facilities, etc.

In view of the above technologies, most suitable technology for treatment of waste is
identified by taking into account waste characteristics, quantity of waste generated and
future population growth. We have proposed composting for organic waste with dry waste
RDF bailing along with recyclables recovery process.

Detailed treatment process with material balance is explained below

7.3.3 Material Balance

The generated MSW in NagarKurnool city and the waste reaching to the processing facility
may not be same. It will depend on the efficiency of collecting the waste. However by
implementing the good MSW practices in NagarKurnool the efficiency of collecting MSW
may also increases. As per the records the total MSW generated in NagarKurnool city is
around 12 TPD at present. The plant is designed for the waste projected quantities in the
year 2021 for 15 TPD with rejects transport to landfill facility.

In this chapter, the design of integrated waste management facility is presented in detail.
The recyclable unit has been designed to process the recyclables into by products. The inerts
(rejects) would be disposed to the landfill whereas the organic material (compostable in
nature) would be sent to the compost plant and the light combustibles (RDF fluff) would be
utilized to produce energy.
Below is the material balance with process flow and treatment technology adopted is
explained

Page 68
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Figure 7-1: Material balance

Table 7-3: Material Balance

Tonnage
Component Percentage (%)
(TPD)
Compost 2.5 17%
RDF 4.75 32%
Rejects to landfill 3 20%
Moisture Loss 3.5 23%
Recyclables – glass , plastic covers, metals etc. 0.25 2%
Recyclables collected at DRCs in city 1 7%
Total 15 100%
0 To landfill or fill low lying
Drain Silt
areas
Total 15

7.3.4 Dry waste Collection Centers (DRCC):-


It is proposed to setup DRCC’s at city area to collect recyclables from dry waste. It is proposed, all
the dry waste collected shall be routed through DRCCs. The recyclables like plastic covers, PET
bottles, paper etc.., shall be segregated, bailed and stored in different compartments. The remaining
dry waste shall be transported to treatment facility. The number of DRCCs required shall depend on
quantity of recyclables generated in the ULB,

Page 69
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Below is the proposed infrastructure at DRCC:


 A minimum of 150 Sqm area required for each DRCC’s
 A bailing machine to bail recyclables at each DRCC’s

Note: The cost allocated for DRCC shall used to setup new facility or upgrade the existing DRCCs in
the ULBs

7.3.5 Design of Pre-sorting & RDF Plant


The waste reaching the integrated waste management facility is mixed waste, hence, needs
to be segregated before its treatment to produce energy/compost. As our proposed
collection and treatment methodology wet waste and dry waste from
households/commercials will be reaching separately to the treatment plant.

a) Waste Receiving Platform: -

The waste receiving at the treatment plant will be unloaded into the RCC waste platform
after weighing and inspection of the waste. Below are the main functions on the waste
receiving platform:

 The bulky material like huge boulders, tyres, coconut trunks and other heavy materials
are sorted out manually and sent to landfill.
 We shall propose manual sorting hand picking of recyclables like plastic covers , glass ,
metals etc., on the platform and stored separately for reselling in the market
 After this the left-out waste mostly combustibles like paper , textiles, coconut shells, pet
bottles, wooden logs/boxes, etc., is fed into shredders to reduce the size of the materials
and then further process to RDF bailing.

b) Shredders Used for Homogenization: -

Shredders are used to reduce the size of the waste down to 100mm. Size reduction helps in
easy packing of RDF and thereby reducing cost of transportation. Shredders of 1TPH
capacity shall be sufficient for this quantity of waste generation plants.

Page 70
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Figure 7-2: Typical Shredders

c) RDF Bailing & Storage: -

The fractions from shredder generally called Refuse Derived Fuel (RDF) Fluff. It will have a
calorific value in the range of 2000 - 2500 kcal/kg with 15-20% moisture and 15-20% ash
which can be incinerated in a boiler of the Power Plant. RDF produced shall be transported
to the nearby Power Plant for incineration or shall be providing a go down for storage of
RDF material for at least 15 days.

The RDF generated will be stored and sold to nearby existing power plant operators or sell
to nearby Cement plants within the range of 100Kms from plant.

Figure 7-3: Typical RDF Bailers

d) Typical RDF Properties: -

MSW collected from different sources has different calorific values. However, after drying
and separation of non-combustible fraction, the RDF produced shall have an average

Page 71
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

calorific value of 2000- 2500 kcal / kg with particle size of the size of about 100 mm
acceptable for combustion in the Boiler of a Power Plant. The physical properties of RDF
fluff produced shall have the following properties

Physical Properties of RDF Bale


 Shape :- Irregular
 Size :- 100mm x 100mm
 Bulk Density :- 100kg/m3 -200 Kg/m3

Proximate analysis
 Moisture : 10 % - 20 %
 Ash content : 10 % - 20 %
 Volatile matter : 40 % - 60 %
 Fixed carbon : 10 % - 20 %

Ultimate analysis
 Moisture : 10 % - 20 %
 Mineral matter : 15 % - 25 %
 Carbon : 35 % - 40 %
 Hydrogen : 5 % - 8 %
 Nitrogen : 1 % - 1.5 %
 Sulphur : 0.2 % - 0.5 %
 Oxygen : 25 % - 30 %

Combustion Properties
 Gross Calorific Value of RDF (Avg.) : 3,000 kcal / kg
 Ash Fusion Temperature
o Initial Deformation temperature : 860 o C
o Softening temperature : 950 o C
o Hemispherical temperature : 1040 o C
o Fluid temperature : 1100 o C

 Chloride Content : 0.04 %

Elemental Ash Analysis (% of Oxides)


 Silica : 53.10 %
 Alumina : 11.18 %
 Iron Oxide : 4.87 %
 Titanium dioxide : 0.89 %
 Calcium Oxide : 13.15 %
 Magnesium oxide : 2.90 %

Page 72
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

 Sodium oxide : 5.79 %


 Potassium oxide : 1.56 %
 Sulphur trioxide : 2.55 %
 Phosphorous pentoxide : 1.43 %

e) Construction Specifications and Functions of all the Pre-sorting & RDF Units

The Presorting unit consists of waste receiving platform, presorting shed and RDF unit
consists of RDF process shed and RDF storage go down.

Parameter General Requirements


Waste receiving Open to Sky
platform Concrete platform with proper slope shall be provided to prevent
leaching into the ground and to provide hard surface to facilitate
machine movement.
Retention period is 3 days
1.2 to 1.5m high external brick wall shall be provided to avoid wastes
being blown away by the wind and prevent spillage outside.
The drain will be provided outside the wall. There will be an opening
provided in the bottom of the wall to drain the leachate into the drain.
The opening is of 30cm x 20cm size covered by wire mesh structure so
that only liquid can pass through.

Presorting shed/ RDF Roofing is required to protect from rain & Sun
Process shed Concrete platform with proper slope shall be provided to prevent
leaching into the ground.
The Facility will be equipped with hopper, feeding conveyor, shredders,
rejects conveyors and transfer conveyors to be transferred to RDF
baling unit.
RDF Godown Roofing is required to protect from rain & Sun
Concrete platform with proper slope shall be provided for workability.
Storage capacity is for 15 days to store RDF

f) Design of Presorting/RDF Plant

The following are the design concepts adopted to arrive at the sizes of various components
of pre-sorting plant.

Table 7-4: Waste Receiving Platform


Description Quantity
MSW Incoming waste in to the plant in TPD – Dry waste 7 TPD

Page 73
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Description Quantity
Duration 3 days
Total quantity of waste for 3 days 21 MT
Density of MSW in ton/cum 0.8
Volume of Waste in cum 26 cum
Stacking Height of waste on windrow plat form in meters 2.5 m
Area required to stack the each day waste on windrow plat form in sq m/day
0.8 sq m/cum
(with base (15m x10m) and top (5m x0m))
Area required for windrow platforms in sq m 21 Sq m
Add extra for working space movement 25%
Total Area required 26 Sq m
Dimensions of platform say 10 m x 3 m

Presorting/RDF shed:- Size of the shed proposed for presorting section is - 15m x 10m

The above dimensions are arrived based on equipment length, no of lines and quantity
handled.

Storage godown:- Size of the shed proposed for storing RDF & Recyclables - 10m x 10m.

Note:- The above given dimensions are minimum size required for each operation. The
actual Size of the above operations will change as per the site condition & area
availability. Drawings attached for reference.

Table 7-5: List of Processing Machineries & Equipments (Mechanical)


S. No
Equipment Capacity Purpose
No s.
Pre Sorting & RDF specification Proposed single lines with 8 hrs
for each line working
1 Feed hopper 1 For homogeneous waste transfer
onto conveyors.
2 Z conveyors 1 1 TPH For conveying Raw waste to manual
sorting stations
3 Shredders 1 1 TPH Reducing the size of the waste for
easy screening.
4 Chain belt Conveyor 1 1TPH For conveying shredded material to
bailing unit
5 Baler 1 1 TPH To bale the combustible material for
easier transportation
Table 7-6: Mobile Equipment for Presorting and RDF Plant Operations

Page 74
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

S. No Name of the Equipment Nos.


1 Front End Loader 1
2 Tippers to transport rejects to landfill 1

7.3.6 Design of Compost Plant

The Wet waste collected from households shall be input material for compost plant.

Composting is a process of microbial degradation where organic matter is broken down by a


succession of organisms in a warm, moist aerobic environment (controlled conditions).

Composting is a form of recycling. The composting process of organic waste helps in


decreasing the amount of solid waste that must be sent to a landfill thereby reducing
disposal costs. Composting also yields a valuable product that can be used by farmers,
landscapers, horticulturists, government agencies and property owners as a soil amendment
or mulch. The compost product improves the condition of soil, reduces erosion and helps
suppress plant diseases.

Composting is an age old practice and the word compost is as old as agriculture itself. The
solid wastes of plant and animal origin are utilized for conservation of carbon and
mineralization.

a) The Compost Production Process

Composting is a process involving bio-chemical conversion of organic matter into humus


(Lignoproteins) by mesophilic and thermophilic microorganisms. A composting process
seeks to harness the natural forces of decomposition to secure the conversion of organic
waste into organic manure. Composting can be done in two ways:
a) Aerobic Composting.
b) Anaerobic Composting.

Aerobic composting is more advantageous than anaerobic composting because of


 Rapid decomposition, normally completed within 6 to 8 weeks resulting in
reduction of area required.
 Process is exothermic and the heat generated helps in destruction of harmful
pathogens, eggs of disease carrying vectors and nullification of weed seeds.
 Production of foul smelling gases like methane, hydrogen sulphide is
minimized.
 Nutrients are fairly preserved.

In order to accelerate and control the aerobic composting a specially formulated biological

Page 75
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

inoculum will be used to treat the organic waste, which is the key element in our
technology. The inoculum will be subject to continuous improvement in composition

b) The processes involved in composting are as follows:


 Organic waste is delivered in a windrow.
 Biological Inoculums is sprayed on the waste in required quantities
 Water is sprayed on the waste or by addition of biological inoculums
 Each windrow is turned on 6th and 11th, 16th & 21st days outside to the center
to provide aeration. This also destroys insect’s larvae.
 Turning is carried out by using front end loaders etc.
 On 28th day windrow is broken down
 Since material is source segregated and only wet waste receives to compost
platform it is suggested to avoid coarse segregation of waste for rejects.
 After this 28th day waste is been sent to monsoon shed for further curing for 2
weeks
 The material after curing is send to 4mm perforations fine screen. The +4mm
fractions are send to
 Screened compost is to be stored for 15 days to ensure stabilization

The schematics of composting process are as follows:

Figure 7-4: Flow of compost process

The organic material present in MSW can be converted into a stable mass by aerobic
decomposition. Aerobic microorganisms oxidize organic compounds to carbon dioxide and
oxides of nitrogen and carbon from organic compounds used as a source of energy, while
nitrogen is recycled. Due to temperature reactions, temperature of mass rises.

Page 76
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

The final product so produced will be black in colour, fine powdery in nature, has an earthy
aroma and is completely free from pathogenic organisms and weed seeds. This product is
the one, which has undergone sanitization and stabilization. This ensures pH and C/N ratio
at the required levels.

Important factors responsible for a scientific decomposition over a specific period of time
are as follows:

Carbon Nitrogen Ratio


The decomposition of organic matter is effected by the presence of carbon and nitrogen.
Decomposition of organic matter is brought about by living organisms, which utilize the
carbon as a source of energy and the nitrogen for building cell structures. More carbon than
nitrogen is needed but if carbon is too high, decomposition decreases. In the soil, another
factor enter into the series of nitrogen cycles, occurring when carbon is in great excess, it is
the presence of nitrogen in the soil in a form available to bacteria. In case too great a ratio,
it will result in living microbial cell’s making use of the available soil nitrogen in the proper
proportion. This condition is known as “Robbing’ the soil of nitrogen and has the effect of
delaying the availability of nitrogen as a fertilizer for growing plants. A C/N ratio of 20 has
been widely accepted as the upper limit at which there is no danger of robbing the soil of
nitrogen.

The optimum C/N ratio for composting therefore cannot be optimum one for the soil, since,
the living organisms utilize about 30 parts of carbon for each part of nitrogen an initial C/N
(Available quantities) ratio of 30:01 would seem most favorable for rapid composting.

Moisture Content
Aerobic decomposition can proceed at any available moisture content from 30% to 100%, if
aeration can be provided.

In practical aerobic composting, high moisture content must be avoided because water
displaces air from interstices between the particles and thereby give rise to anaerobic
conditions. On the hand too low moisture content deprives the organisms of the water
needed for their metabolism.

The maximum moisture content for satisfactory aerobic composting will vary with the
material used. Investigation indicates that the moisture content of the municipal refuse fall
in the range of 40 to 60% which is most satisfactory range for aerobic composting. Additives
of various types are used with materials such as night soil, sewage sludge, garbage slop,
which contain excessive amounts of moisture. When the moisture content is too low (below
40%) it may be corrected by adding water to it.

Page 77
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Temperature
Proper temperature is a very important factor, particularly in the aerobic composting
process. High temperature is essential for the destruction of pathogenic organisms and
undesirable weed seed. The optimum temperature range is between 50°C to 70° C, around
40° C usually being the most satisfactory. The temperature increase in the mass leads to
sanitization where harmful pathogens, weed seeds are killed. This is also an important one
in the composting process.

Aeration
Aeration is necessary for thermo-phillic aerobic composting in order to obtain the rapid
decomposition, fast decomposition that is characteristic of the process and also is useful in
reducing high initial moisture content in composting materials. Several different aeration
techniques have been utilized with varying degrees of success. Turning the material is the
most common method of aeration when composting is done in stacks. Hand turning of the
compost in piles or pits is most commonly used for small villages and farms. Mechanical
turning is most economical in large municipal installations. The most important
consideration in turning compost apart from aeration is to ensure that the material on the
outside of the pile is turned into the centre, when it will be subjected to high temperature.
In hand turning with forks, this can be readily accomplished-e.g., piles or windrows on top of
the ground are simply reconstructed with the materials from the outer layers placed on the
inside of the new piles.

In case of composting in pits, or trenches, the material can be moved from one pit to
another for aeration or if a little space is left at the end of the pit at the initial filling, the
material can be turned within the pit. The loss of volume of the material during the
stabilization period will facilitate turning within the pit. Mechanical equipment for turning
windrows in large composting operation has been developed extensively as a result of the
increased interest in composting as a method of refuse disposal.

The important criterion for the high degree of aeration is for the avoidance of anaerobic
conditions, maintenance of high temperature and the control of flies.

pH Value
Decomposition will be faster at a neutral pH range because most microorganisms grow
faster under these conditions. Under aerobic conditions, there will be a drop in pH-value
initially which later begins to rise resulting in a slightly alkaline in the final stage.

Alkaline characteristics in the decomposing stage conditioned with high temperature leads
to loss of nitrogen through volatilization of ammonia. This occurs mostly when composting
materials have a low C/N ratio. Organic matter with pH-value of 5.5 to 8 is suitable for

Page 78
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

decomposition.

Use of Inoculum
Special inoculum containing several pure strains of developed, laboratory-cultured micro-
organisms, which are essential in the decomposition of organic matter, can be used for
accelerated decomposition and quality improvement.

Microorganism like:
 Bacillus sp.
 Trichoderma sp.
 Aspergillus sp.
 Phanerochaete sp.

Use of inoculum like consortium of degrading microorganisms / cow dung solution has been
recommended mainly to reduce period of decomposition to around 40 to 45 days and also
to prevent foul smell and leachate generation.

7.3.7 Construction Specifications and Functions of All the Compost Plant facilities

The Composting Plant apart from Tipping floor & presorting shall be consisting of the
following facilities and components:
1. Windrow Platform
2. Monsoon shed
3. Refinement Section
4. Godown

Parameter General Requirements


Windrow Platform Open to Sky
Concrete platform with proper slope shall be provided to prevent
leaching into the ground and to provide hard surface to facilitate
machine movement.

Retention period is 28 days


1.2 to 1.5m high external brick wall shall be provided to avoid wastes
being blown away by the wind and prevent spillage outside.

The drain will be provided outside the wall. There will be an opening
provided in the bottom of the wall to drain the leachate into the drain.
The opening is of 30cm x 20cm size covered by wire mesh structure so
that only liquid can pass through.

Monsoon Shed Roofing is required to protect from rain.

Page 79
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Parameter General Requirements


Height clearance of 5.5m is required for dumping, spreading, mechanical
aeration, and proper ventilation

Concrete platform with proper slope shall be provided to prevent


leaching into the ground and to provide hard surface to facilitate
machine movement.

Retention period is 15 days


1.2 to 1.5m high external brick wall shall be provided to avoid wastes
being blown away by the wind and prevent spillage outside.

The drain will be provided outside the wall. There will be an opening
provided in the bottom of the wall to drain the leachate into the drain.
The opening is of 30cm x 20cm size covered by wire mesh structure so
that only liquid can pass through.
Refinement Section Roofing is required to protect from rain & Sun

Concrete platform with proper slope shall be provided for workability.


Vibro screen (4mm) rejects material above 4mm and density separator
segregates metals (ferrous and non-ferrous), pebbles, sand and all
undigested but same sized contaminants by weight.
Godown Roofing is required to protect from rain & Sun
Concrete platform with proper slope shall be provided for workability.
Storage capacity is for 7 days.

7.3.8 Design of Compost Plant

The following are the design concepts adopted to arrive at the sizes of various components
of compost plant.

Table 7-7: Windrow Platform


Description Quantity
MSW Incoming waste in to the plant in TPD 8 TPD
Duration 28 days
Quantity of waste after 28 days assuming 30% reduction 6 TPD
Total average quantity of waste for 28 days 190 MT
Density of MSW in ton/cum 0.5
Volume of Waste in cum 381 cum
Stacking Height of waste on windrow plat form in meters 2.5 mtrs
Area required to stack the each day waste on windrow plat form in sq m/day
0.6 sq m/cum
(with base (30m x15m) and top (20m x5m))
Area required for windrow platforms in sq m 228 Sq m

Page 80
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Description Quantity
Add extra for working space movement 40%
Total Area required 320 Sq m
Dimensions of Windrow platform 35 m x 10 m

Monsoon Shed:-
Description Quantity
MSW Incoming waste in to the plant in TPD 5.5 TPD
Duration 14 days
Quantity of waste after 8 days assuming 8% reduction 5 TPD
Total average quantity of waste for 8 days 74 MT
Density of MSW in ton/cum 0.5
Volume of Waste in cum 148 cum
Stacking Height of waste on windrow plat form in meters 2.5 mtrs
Area required for windrow platforms in sqm 59 Sqm
Add extra for working space movement 40%
Total Area required 83 Sqm
Dimensions of Monsoon shed 35 m x 2.5m

Refinement Section:- Size of the shed - 10m x 10m


Storage go down:- Size of the shed proposed for storing 2.5 TPD for 7 days is - 10m x 2m

Note:- The above given dimensions are minimum size required for each operation. The
actual Size of the above operations will change as per the site condition & area
availability.

7.3.9 List of Processing Machineries & Equipments (Mechanical)

The organic waste received is routed to composting plant and decomposing the waste for a
period of 28 days and screening after 15 days to separate minute particles of glass, plastic,
metals has been provided. The reject area and the course manure area are set apart. The
rejects from the 4mm fine screen shall be diverted to landfill site.

Equipments are used to turn waste at regular intervals and used to shift the waste for
feeding to the machinery. Rejects are pushed and the finished material is also moved to
bagging area. The front end pay loaders are essential for above activities.
Table 7-8: Equipments Required For Compost Plant
S.
Equipment No Capacity Purpose
No
Windrow management
1 Front End Loader 1 For windrow formation & turning

Page 81
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

S.
Equipment No Capacity Purpose
No
Slurry Pump Spraying the leachate and inoculum slurry on
2 1
the windrows

SECONDARY SECTION Proposed 1 lines with 8 hrs working


(Refinement )
Drag Chain conveyor to distribute the digested material to next
1 1 1 TPH
screens
Bucket Elevator to lift the digested material vertically to feed
2 1 1 TPH
into next equipment
Trommel- 4mm/vibro to screen digested material through 4mm
3 1 1 TPH
sieve screen
Chain belt conveyor- Z To carry <4mm screened material
4 1
type
Chain Belt conveyor- L to carry screened oversized ( >4mm) material
5 1
type
Grinder to grind digested Organic material coming out
6 1
of the Reject conveyor
Chain belt conveyor- Z to transfer the ground Organic material
7 1
type
Gravity separator with to remove heavy impurities mainly sand and
8 1
Aspirator glass pieces
9 Chain Belt conveyor 1 to carry the screened compost to the godown
Chain belt conveyor to carry oversized impurities coming out from
10 1
Gravity separator
11 Hydraulic Power Pack 2 to generate Hydraulic Power
REJECTS SHIFTING
1 JCB (Loader with Backhoe) 1 to load rejects into the tippers
2 Hydraulic Tippers 1 to transport rejects to the landfill site

7.3.10 Market Price of Compost

Page 82
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

The price of compost is varying from Rs l,500 to Rs.2500 per ton depending on the quality of
compost material in different parts of the country. The price of compost depends on the
quality/grade of compost, production process and place where compost sold. Total Revenue
generation is explained in below chapters.

Indicative Market Price of Compost at Various Places


Price
Place Manufacturer Plant(s) At
(Rs./Ton)
Nasik Municipal 1,750 (Loose)
Nasik (Maharashtra) Nasik
Corporation 2,050 (Packed)
Delhi Krishi Rasayan Puri & Delhi; 2500
Delhi Excell Industries Ahmedabad, Calicut etc.; 2500
Ahmedabad Exceil Industries Ahmedabad, Calicut, etc.;, 2500
Kerala Various Various 2500
Andhra Pradesh Various Various 1500 – 2500

7.3.11 Performance standards for compost

Processing of Municipal Solid Waste would be undertaken to ensure that the compost
produced after such Processing is reckoned as being Fit for Sale. The sampling procedure for
compost testing is as set out below. The compost proposed to be sold shall be placed in at
least ten heaps of almost equivalent size. One random sample from each of these heaps
shall be taken. Such random samples shall then be thoroughly mixed and a single random
sample taken and tested. In case the composition of this single random sample satisfies the
criteria set out in the table given below shall be certified as being “Fit for Sale”. Apart from
the regular procedure we ensure the samples thus collected are also analyzed in the
authorized test houses periodically.

S. No Description Standards
I Moisture, percent by weight 15.0-25.0
Ii Colour Dark Brown to Black
Iii Odour Absence of foul odour
Iv Particle Size Max. 90% material should pass
through 4.0 mm IS Sieve
V Bilk Density (g/Cu.cm) 0.7 – 0.9
Vi Total Organic Carbon, percent by weight, Minimum 16.0
Vii Total Nitrogen (as N) percent by weight minimum 0.5
Viii Total Phosphates (as P2O5) percent by weight 0.5
minimum
Ix Total Potash (K2O) percent by weight minimum 1.0
X C.N. Ratio 20:1 or less
Xi PH 6.5 – 7.5
Xii Conductivity (as dsm-1) not more than 4.0

Page 83
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

S. No Description Standards
Xiii Pathogens Nil
Xiv Heavy metal content (as mg/Kg) percent by weight,
maximum
Arsenic (as As2O3) 10.00
Cadmium (as Cd) 5.00
Chromium (as Cr) 50.00
Copper (as Cu) 300.00
Mercury (as Hg) 0.15
Nickel (as Ni) 50.00
Lead (as Pb) 100.00
Zinc (as Zn) 1000.00

CHAPTER 8. PLANNING AND DESIGN OF SANITARY LANDFILL

8.1 Introduction

Disposal of Solid Waste


Land filling shall be restricted to non-biodegradable, inert wastes and other wastes those
are not suitable either for recycling or for biological processing. Land filling shall also be
carried out for residues of waste processing facilities as well as pre-processing rejects from
waste processing facilities. Land filling of mixed waste shall be avoided unless the same is
found unsuitable for waste processing. Under unavoidable circumstances or till installation
of alternate facilities, land filling can be done following proper norms. Landfill sites shall
meet the specifications as given in schedule III of the CPHEEO manual.

The basic steps essential for the landfill designs are:


 Landfill sizing
 Site layout
 Landfill layout
 Leachate management
 Landfill gas management

8.2 Proposed landfill site description

The landfill site shall be proposed at new site identified by respective authority to setup
landfill facility along with treatment plant.

8.3 MoEF guidelines for Landfill Design

Main aspects covering the landfill Design & Construction are:

Page 84
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

 To minimize the possibility of contaminating surface and ground water.


 To have control over gaseous emissions.
 To maximize resource productivity.

Leachate control by liner system within a landfill involves prevention of percolation of


leachate from waste in landfill to the subsoil by a suitable protective system (liner system).
The liner system is a combination of drainage layer and barrier layers. As per CPHEEO
manual a competent liner system should have low permeability, should be robust and
durable and should be resistant to chemical attack, puncture and rupture. A liner system
comprises of combination of barrier materials such as natural clay, amended soils and
flexible geo membrane made of HDPE.

As suggested by MoEF a composite liner of two barriers made of different materials, placed
in immediate contact with each other provides a beneficial combined effect of both the
barriers. The liner system suggested by MOEF is a geo membrane layer over clay or
amended soil barrier. A drainage layer and leachate collection system is placed over the
composite liner system. The effectiveness of barrier layer basically depends on the hydraulic
conductivity of the clay/amended soil liner and density of the geomembrane against
puncture. The clay/amended soil liner is effective only if it is compacted properly and geo
membrane liner is effective only if it has the density or mass per unit area (minimum
thickness is specified) is sufficient enough against punctures.

Table 8-1: Layer Configuration Is Proposed for the Bottom Of the Landfill
As per MSW Rules’2000
Layer No. Material Description Thickness
Layer 1 Barrier soil layer comprising of clay or amended soil with 100 cm
permeability coefficient less that 1 x 10-7 cm/sec
Layer 2 High density polyethylene (HDPE) geo membrane 1.5 mm
Layer 3 Drainage layer 30 cm
Total Thickness 130 cm

The cross-section of the bottom liner system is given below

Page 85
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Figure 8-1: Base Liner System of Landfill


Property Value
1 Thickness 1.5mm
2 Density 0.94 gm/cc
3 Roll Width X Length 6.5 X 171mm
4 Tensile Strength
A Tensile Strength at Yield 23 N/mm
B Tensile Strength at Break 43 N/mm
C Elongation at Yield 13%
D Elongation at Break 700%
E Secant Modulus (1%)
5 Toughness
A Tear Resistance (initiation) 187 N
B Puncture Resistance 530 N
6 Durability
A Carbon Black  2%
B Oxidation induction time in Mins > 100
C Accelerated Heat Ageing Negligible Strength
Changes after 1
month at 1100C
7 Chemical Resistance
A Resistance to Chemical Waste Mixture 10% Strength Change
Over 120 days
B Resistance to Chemical Reagents 10% Strength Change

Page 86
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Property Value
Over 7 days
8 Environmental Stress Crack Resistance 1500hrs
9 Dimensional Stability 2%
10 Seam Strength 80% or more (of
Tensile Strength)

8.4 Design of Landfill and Landfill Sizing

As discussed earlier, NagarKurnool treatment facility has been designed as centralized


landfill facility. The Inerts from Achampet ,Kalwaurthy and Kollapur treatment plant are
transferred to the landfill facility.

The table below shows the quantity of inerts going to landfill each year.

Total
Inerts
Ngarkurnool Achampet Kollapur Total per
Tonnage in Tonnage Kalwakurthy Tonnage Tonnage annum
Year MT in MT Tonnage in MT in MT in MT Percentage in MT
2018 13.24 12.60 12.45 8.71 47.00 20% 3431
2019 13.54 13.15 12.84 8.89 48.42 20% 3535
2020 13.84 13.72 13.24 9.08 49.88 20% 3641

Page 87
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

2021 14.15 14.32 13.66 9.27 51.39 20% 3752


2022 14.47 14.94 14.08 9.46 52.96 20% 3866
2023 14.79 15.59 14.52 9.66 54.57 20% 3984
2024 15.12 16.27 14.98 9.87 56.24 20% 4105
2025 15.46 16.97 15.45 10.07 57.96 20% 4231
2026 15.81 17.71 15.93 10.29 59.74 20% 4361
2027 16.16 18.48 16.43 10.50 61.58 20% 4495
2028 16.52 19.29 16.94 10.72 63.48 15% 3475
2029 16.89 20.13 17.47 10.95 65.44 15% 3583
2030 17.27 21.00 18.02 11.18 67.47 15% 3694
2031 17.66 21.92 18.58 11.42 69.57 15% 3809
2032 18.05 22.87 19.16 11.66 71.74 15% 3928
2033 18.46 23.87 19.76 11.90 73.98 15% 4051
2034 18.87 24.90 20.38 12.15 76.30 15% 4178
2035 19.29 25.99 21.01 12.41 78.70 15% 4309
2036 19.72 27.12 21.67 12.67 81.18 15% 4445
2037 20.17 28.30 22.35 12.94 83.75 15% 4585
2038 20.62 29.53 23.05 13.21 86.40 10% 3154
2039 21.08 30.81 23.77 13.49 89.15 10% 3254
2040 21.55 32.15 24.51 13.77 91.99 10% 3358
2041 22.03 33.55 25.27 14.06 94.92 10% 3465
2042 22.52 35.01 26.06 14.36 97.96 10% 3576
96262

The quantity of inert material proposed for the landfill design for 25 years period is 0.96
lakh tones.

From the table it can be observed that the percentage of inerts have been proposed from
20% to 10% due to introduction of innovative technologies like brick making from inerts, use
of fly ash in roads or used to fill low lying areas or soil cover etc.

8.5 Landfill design parameters & Volume Calculations

Below is the landfill design volume calculations based on the size of the area available at
site. In the layout the area allotted for landfill has been earmarked. Landfill will be
developed phase wise manner and below is the calculations shown phase wise.

Bund Details :
Ht. of Main Bund : 3.0 m
Excavation BGL : 1.5 m Avg.
Top Width of Bund : 3.0 m
Berm Width : 4.0 m
No. of Berms : 1.0 nos
SLF Slopes :

Page 88
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Main Bund Outer Slope : 2 : 1


Main Bund Inner Slope : 3 : 1
Slope of Dump Above 3 : 1
Bund Top :
LF Final Slope : 20 : 1

Dump Dimensions :
Area Perimeter EL
Total Landfill Area : 10000 sqm 410 rmt @+ 100.00 m
LF Garland Drains : 406 rmt @+ 100.00 m
Landfill Dimensions : @ BBL = 2356 sqm 214 rmt @+ 98.50 m
Landfill Dimensions : @ GL = 3400 sqm 250 rmt @+ 100.00 m
Landfill Dimensions : @ BL = 5974 sqm 322 rmt @+ 103.00 m
Landfill Dimensions : @ ABL = 2044 sqm 202 rmt @+ 108.00 m
4 m wide Berm - Landfill @ ABL = 1300 sqm 170 rmt 108.00 m
Dimensions : @+
Landfill Dimensions : @ ABL = 0 sqm 0 rmt @+ 110.00 m

Dump Cap Volume :

2356.00 + 5974.00

BBL: Vol - I x 4.0 = 16660 cum


2

5974.00 + 2044.00

ABL: Vol - 2 x 6.0 = 24054 cum


2

1300.00 + 0.00

ABL: Vol – 3 x 2.0 = 1300 cum


2

Volume of waste : = 42014 cum


Assuming Waste Density : = 0.85 t/cum
Quantity of waste : = 35712 tonnes

From the above calculations 35429 tones can be landfilled in 2.6 Acres. This area is sufficient to
landfill 10 years of inerts waste. But initially landfill shall be developed phase wise manner for 5
years only. The total area required for this landfill phase wise manner is show in below tables.

Page 89
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Area
required
Years Phase in Acres
2018-22 Phase-1 1.23
2023-27 Phase-2 1.30
2028-32 Phase-3 1.23
2033-37 Phase-4 1.43
2038-42 Phase-5 1.24
Total Area Required 6.43

Table 8-2: Phase wise Landfill Area statement


Note: The land required for landfill shall be identified by concern ULB authorities for future
disposal of inerts .

8.6 Assessment of Leachate Quantity


Leachate refers to the liquid that has passed through or emerged from solid waste and
contains dissolved and suspended materials removed from the solid waste. The leachate
generation is primarily a function of precipitation and it is directly proportional to rainfall
intensity and surface area. Leachate is basically generated by the following two means,
 From active landfill area
 After closure of landfill site

Leachate quantity estimation from landfill:

Leachate quantity can be estimated for Landfill and the leachate network is envisaged in
such a way that leachate from the processing facility and landfill will be conveyed to the
centralized treatment plant to be treated to meet disposal standards.

Formula
I = P – PCR/O – AET +/- S
Where,
I- Rate of Infiltration
P- Precipitation
PCR/O- Coefficient of Runoff
AET - Actual Evapo-Transpiration
S- Soil Moisture Content Retention Capacity
Empirically,
For Capped portion of landfill: I= 0.01 P
For Uncapped Portion of landfill: I= 0.7 P
Landfill with temporary cover: I= 0.3 P

Page 90
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Using the above formulae leachate quantity is assessed.

As per the records the average annual rainfall in Vishakhapatnam is 975mm.

Formula: I = P – PCR/O – AET +/- S

Where,
I - Rate of Infiltration
P - Precipitation
PCR/O- Coefficient of Runoff
AET - Actual Evapo-Transpiration
S – Soil Moisture Content Retention Capacity

Empirically,
For Capped portion of landfill: I= 0.01 P
For Uncapped Portion of landfill: I= 0.7 P
Landfill with temporary cover: I= 0.3 P
Average total precipitation per year = 700 mm/year
= 0.0058 m/day
= 6.8E-08 m/sec
Total area of the landfill = 10522 Sq m
Area of the landfill
Operated landfill = 631.33 Sq m
Closed landfill = 9469.98 Sq m
Temporary closed landfill = 420.89 Sq m

Volume of the leachate for:


Operated landfill = 2.6 Cum/day
Closed landfill = 0.6 Cum/day
Temporary closed landfill = 0.7 Cum/day
3.9
Leachate generation per day = 4.0 Cum

Leachate Treatment is explained in detail below sections:

8.7 Design of leachate collection system

The primary function of Leachate Collection System is to collect and convey leachate out of
the landfill unit and to control the depth of the leachate above the liner. The leachate
collection system should be designed to meet the hydraulic performance standard of
maintaining less than 30cm depth of leachate or head above liner, as suggested by USEPA

Page 91
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Manual. Flow of leachate through imperfections in the liner system increases with an
increase in leachate head above the liner. Maintaining a low leachate level above the liner
helps to improve the performance of the composite liners.

The main components of leachate collection system are drainage layer and conveyance
system. Leachate conveyance system is a network of pipes by which the leachate is
collected through perforated HDPE pipes and collected in a sump. The drainage shall be
provided as per the standards recommended by MSW Rules, 2000. The other design
parameter which governs the leachate collection is the spacing between the pipes.

8.8 Spacing of Pipes

As suggested by USEPA Manual, the pipe spacing may be determined by the Mound Model.

In the Mound Model, the maximum height of fluid between two parallel drainage pipes is
equal to

Where, C = Q/k
hmax = Maximum Hydraulic Depth (30 cm)
L = Distance between the Pipes
k = Permeability of Drainage Layer (0.01)
α = Slope (2%)
To calculate the inflow rate basically Darcie’s equation would be used;
Q = K*I*A
Q = inflow rate
K = Permeability of Drainage Layer (0.01) I = Gradient (2% or 0.02)
A = Area
Estimating inflow rate for unit area;
Q = (0.01) X (0.02) X (1 X1) = 0.002
Again applying this to Mound Model;
C = 0.002 / 0.01 = 0.02
Thus applying other inputs also the equation solves for L = 5.12 m (adopt 5 m)

Page 92
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

8.9 Landfill gas Collection and Management System

As only process comprising mainly plastics are sent to landfill the waste going to landfill can
be categorised as inert and gas generation would be very minimal or negligible. The quantity
of gas generated from the landfill can be estimated with the help of method suggested in
CPHEEO Manual (Volume of Gas Generated, V = C X W X [P/100] m 3/year; C = Coefficient of
Generation (6 m3/ton/year); W = Weight of Waste; P = Percentage of Organic Component).

V = C X W X [P/100] m3/year
C = Coefficient of Generation = 6 m3/ton/year
W = Weight of Waste = 3431 Tons/Annum
P = Percentage of Organic Component = 05
Volume of Gas generated = 1030 m3/year

8.10 Design of landfill cover and sequence of its laying

A final landfill cover is usually composed of several layers, each with a specific function. The
surface cover system must enhance surface drainage, minimize infiltration, support
vegetation and control the release of landfill gases. The landfill cover to be adopted will
depend on the gas management system. The landfill cover proposed is in line with the
recommendations of by the MoEF and CPHEEO and consists of the following components:
 Top cover layer of 450mm thick comprising of 300mm thick top soil and 150mm of good
vegetation supporting soil
 Drainage layer with 300mm thick
 Clay Liner with 600 mm of thickness
 450mm thick gas collection.

Page 93
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Figure 8-2: Landfill Top Liner Sequence

8.11 Landfill Gas Evacuation System

The gas management strategies should fallow one of the fallowing three plans.
 Controlled passive venting
 Uncontrolled release
 Controlled collection and treatment

For all MSW landfills, controlled passive venting is recommended. Only for small (less than
100 tons per day) shallow (less than 5m deep) and remotely located landfills, should
uncontrolled release be allowed. Landfill gas monitoring will be adopted at all sites and
remedial measures (such as flaring) undertaken if gas concentrations are above acceptable
limits. Controlled collection and treatment/use will be adopted only after the feasibility of
such a system is established and proven by an agency having experience in this area.

Figure 8-3: Landfill Pattern


8.12 Landfilling Operations

The solid waste generated shall be sent to the landfill at any point of time. The sampling
procedure and testing will be standardized in consultation with the Independent engineer
and will be closely, regularly monitored.

Secured Landfill is provided to dispose of solid waste material. The most important design
feature of a landfill apart from other constructional aspects is its volume, which depends on
the area available, and other environmental aspects which limit the depth and height of the
landfill. The design further deals with the prevention of infiltration of the leachate into the
ground water by proper lining and under drainage system to collect the leachate and pump
the same for the treatment and disposal.

Page 94
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Main aspects covering the landfill Design & Construction are:


 To eliminate the possibility of contaminating surface and ground water.
 To have control over gaseous emissions.
 To maximize resource productivity.

The development of the landfill site shall be undertaken as proposed in the plan. This
includes the following activities
 Daily waste inspection
 Daily waste segregation.
 Daily waste spreading/placement.
 Waste compaction and leveling.
 Daily covering of waste with soil.
 Traffic movement within the site.
 Collection and handling of Leachate.
 Treatment and disposal of leachate.
 Collection and handling of Landfill Gas (LFG).
 Maintenance of surface water drainage system.
 Excavation/import and transportation of covering (earth) material for daily
covering.
 Stock piling of covering materials.
 Soil compacting.
 Transportation of construction and demolition waste.

Provision for daily cover, final cover, intermediate cover


Daily and intermediate covers of soil will be placed over the wastes on a regular basis to
ensure that odour generation is minimized. Waste is covered at the end of each working day
with soil or alternatively a daily cover by means off geo-textiles, geo-membrane, etc. Most
importantly, the leachate generation is also reduced. It is a conventional practice to level
and compact the waste as soon as it is discharged at the working areas.

Due to the high cost, and difficulty of obtaining approval for Landfill sites, it is desirable to
explore all options to maximize the use of airspace to extent the life of operating facilities.
Better compaction is a valuable tool in achieving this objective.

Compaction offers many benefits including, enabling the maximum amount of waste to be
emplaced within the space available, reducing the impact from litter, flies, vermin, birds and
fires and minimizing short-term settlement. The waste should be compacted to a density of
about 0.9 to 1.1 tonnes/m3 is the optimum.

Daily Cover / Intermediate cover / final cover

Page 95
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

The soil of 4 to 6 inches should be applied on the waste coming in. Waste will be covered at
the end of each working day with a daily cover. If a stretch of waste is not to be filled over in
the immediate future (for example - for one week), it will be covered with a thicker interim
cover. Prior to the commencement of monsoon season, an Intermediate cover of 40-65 cm
thickness of soil should be placed on the landfill with proper compaction and grading to
prevent infiltration during monsoon. The landfill cover system will extend above the
elevations denoted in drawing.

The total height of the waste when completed filled to the planned height; the Landfill will
be capped as per the MSW 2000 Rules. Passive Gas vents will be suitably placed in this layer
so that the small quantity of gas that is formed would be released to flare. The possibility of
having large quantity of landfill gases is very less as the waste going into the landfill would
be of inert nature. 450mm thick soil layer would be placed for vegetation.
The drainage layer of gravel 300mm would help in draining of the excessive water entering
the topsoil layer. A separate drainage outlet provided for such water by way of drainage
chutes.
8.13 Vegetative Cover

The main aim of the vegetative cover is to see that topsoil cover is not eroded. In order to
do so, the MSW 2000 Rules, suggest a vegetative cover that should be provided over the
completed site in accordance with the following specifications:
 Selection of locally adopted non-edible perennial shrubs which are resistant
to drought and extreme temperatures
 Shrubs grown should be such that their roots do not penetrate more than 30
mm. This condition shall apply till the landfill is stabilized.

Selected plants should have ability to thrive on low-nutrient soil with minimum nutrient
addition.

Gas vents – The quantity of gas generated is quite low. One vent is provided.

8.14 Construction of Landfill

A. Laying of bottom liners & Sub layers

The base liner at the landfill will be a composite liner comprising of the section below:

 The base of the landfill shall be a minimum of 2 m above the highest groundwater
level.
 Clay liner of 1000mm thick of low permeability of 10-7cm/s is placed at the base of
the landfill.
 HDPE liner of 1.5 mm thick will be laid as per the design considering the height of the

Page 96
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

landfill.
 300m drainage layer for leachate collection system
 A geo-textile barrier shall be placed over the drainage media to ensure only liquid
percolates into the drainage layer and thus ensuring that the drainage media does
not get clogged.
 The base of the landfill shall be effectively graded to attain a clear slope of 2%
towards the Leachate collection sump.
 A network of perforated lateral HDPE pipes of requisite size as per design and header
pipe shall be placed in the landfill for effective collection of any Leachate generated
in the landfill as per the standards.
 The Leachate collection pipes shall be embedded in a drainage media of 300 mm for
effective collection of Leachate and final discharge in to Leachate sump.
 Daily and intermediate covers of soil shall be placed over the wastes on a regular
basis to ensure that odour generation is minimized. This also facilitates easy
movement of waste dumping trucks into the landfill. It further minimizes the bird
menace if any by way of minimizing the exposure of waste. These layers also
minimize rain water infiltration into the Land Fill.
 The land filling is generally taken up in a phased manner (Cells) to facilitate phased
closing and for each year in this core.
 When each cell is completed an intermediate cover is laid out.
 When all the cells are full, capping of the landfill is taken up at the recommended
slope and with the recommended layers. This capping is provided to ensure
o Prevention of Infiltration of rain water into the landfill during post closure period.
o To eliminate the possibility of explosions due to accumulated gases in the landfill by
suitably providing for passive gas venting systems
o To provide aesthetics.

 When the final levels are arrived a cover is provided comprising of


i) Gas collection layer of 450 mm thick
ii) Barrier layer of clay 600mm thick
iii) Drainage Layer with thickness of 300 mm.
iv) Over this shall be placed a layer of 300 mm soil and 150 mm top soil for
vegetation growth to improve aesthetics in the area and also for minimizing soil
erosion.

B. Clay Liner

While the clay is being compacted, measures should be taken to avoid the formation of
cracks and fissures. A thick layer helps to maintain the integrity of the liner against
desiccation cracks. It is advisable to compact the clay liner using a sheep foot roller, in lifts
not exceeding a maximum compacted thickness of 30 cm, and the above parameters

Page 97
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

(proctor density and moisture content) should be monitored for each lift.

C. QA/QC – Clay Liner / HDPE Liner

The clay liner should be tested periodically prior to placement of Geo membrane-HDPE liner
for adherence to prescribed standards. Testing methods used to characterize proposed liner
soils should include grain size distribution, Atterberg limits, and permeability. The quality
control of the HDPE liners will be ensured by the following:

Prior to acceptance of the liner from the manufacturer/supplier, it would be verified that it
meets the required specifications tested by an independent laboratory for the lots of
materials procures. The installed HDPE liner should meet the following criteria against the
test methods.

Table 8-2: Criteria For HDPE Liner And Test Methods


S. No Property Value Test method
1 Thickness Density 1.5mm (60 mil) ASTM D5199,
0.94 gm/cc D5994.D1593
2 Roll Width 7 m wide

3 Tensile Strength (a) Tensile Strength at yield (b) 24 kN/m 42kN/m ASTM D638
Tensile Strength at Break (c) Elongation at Yield 15% 700%
(d) Elongation at Break

4 Toughness: (a) Tear Resistance (initiation) (b) 200 N ASTM D1004


Puncture Resistance (c) Low Temperature 480 N -94°F ASTM D5494 ASTM
Brittleness D746
5 Durability: (a) Carbon Black (b) Carbon Black 2% A-1 ASTM D1603
Dispersion (c) Accelerated Heat Ageing Negligible Strength ASTMD3015
Changes after 1
month at 110°C.

6 Environmental Stress Crack Resistance 1500hrs ASTM D1693

7 Dimensional Stability ±2% ASTM D1204


8 Seam Strength (Shear) 80% or more ASTM D4437
(of tensile
strength)

D. Monitoring wells

The main purpose of monitoring wells is for periodic monitoring of the quality of ground

Page 98
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

water in and around the landfill facility. The monitoring wells shall be two nos. in the
upstream and two nos. in the downstream directions of ground water flow. The cross-
section of a monitoring well is shown in Figure 8-48-4.

Figure 8-4: Details of monitoring well

8.15 Supporting infrastructure

A Typical layout has been developed showing all the below supporting infrastructure at
proposed new site. All the drawings of each infrastructure has been developed and annexed
separately for reference.
 Gate
 Guard Room
 Weighbridge and scale room
 Admin building, lab & rest rooms
 Electrical panel room & DG
 Vehicle workshop
 Storage shed
 Vehicle wheel wash
 Wash rooms
 Presorting & RDF Unit
 Compost process unit
 Landfill phase 1
 Leachate Pond
 Roads & drains

Page 99
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

 Boundary wall
 Greenbelt

Page 100
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

CHAPTER 9. PROJECT COSTING

9.1 Introduction
The cost estimates for integrated solid waste management system for NagarKurnool
Municipality is worked out based on the detailed study done by Feedback Infra and its
assessment of the MSW management operations in NagarKurnool. The existing
infrastructure available with the Municipality has been taken into account and costing for
up-gradation of the system is worked out. The additional investments thus required to
increase the efficiency of the system and to meet the norms prescribed by SWM Rules 2016

9.2 Total Capital Cost of the project

As discussed in earlier chapters, it has been proposed an Integrated Waste Treatment


facility for NagarKurnool ULB.

The Total Project Cost for NagarKurnool ULB has been presented below in detail.

Table 9-1 Total Project Cost Break-Up


S. No. Item Description Amount in Rs Cost Sharing of
Lakhs ULB
1 MSW collection & Transportation 69.42 100%
2 MSW Treatment Plant (Compost & RDF) along with 413.19
associated civil structures & common Infrastructure 100%
3 Cost sharing of Landfill (Phase I) at Regional 68.48
Landfill 28%
4 Price Adjustment @ 5% 27.56
5 Tender Premium @ 5% 27.56
6 Contingencies @ 2% 11.02
7 Information education & communication activities 2.76
@ 0.5%

Total Project Cost 619.99

Cost breakup for each individual components of Capital cost is shown below in detail

9.3 Capital Cost of MSW Collection & Transportation

Cost for Collection and transportation has been arrived taking into account existing
infrastructure at respective ULBs and thus shortfall with contingences has been proposed to

Page 101
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

improve the collection efficiency. As per CPHEEO manual 15% contingencies shall be
proposed.

Total New
Requirement Unit
Existing Required Total price
Vehicles with Price
in Nos in Nos in Rs
Contingencies In Rs
in Nos
One Time supply of waste 13460 150 2019000
storage bins to house holds
Primary Collection
Tricycles 12 12 0 23000 0
Auto tippers 0 5 6 510000 3060000
Waste storage Bins
Bins-1100 ltrs 2 2 28500 57000
Bins-600 ltrs 2 2 18500 37000
Litter Bins 149 149 4879 726971
Deposition Centre for 1 350000 350000
Domestic Hazardous Waste
(16 Sq m)
Secondary Transportation
Tractors 2 1 0 850000 0
Compactors 0 0 0 2700000 0
Equipment for Street Sweeping
Wheel Barrows 51 8750 446250
Brooms 102 100 10200
Metal trays 102 200 20400
Uniforms 297 500 148500
Caps 149 50 7450
Boots 149 300 44700
Masks 149 50 7450
Gloves 149 50 7450
Total Cost of vehicles in Rs 6942371
In Rs Lakhs 69.42

9.4 Operation & Maintenance cost of MSW Collection & Transportation


The O&M cost incurring for waste transportation has been taken into account for each and
every individual component as shown below in detail

Page 102
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

1 Diesel
Mileage
Distance in Total Diesel Cost Per
Vehicle Nos Trips Travelled Km/Ltrs Liters/Day day @ Rs 62/ltr
Auto Tipper 5 3 20 10 30 1860
Tractors 1 4 20 5 16 992
Compactors 0 0 0 0 0 0
2852
Total Diesel Cost Per Annum 1040980

2 Manpower- C&T
No of Total Cost
Nos Per Month Months Per Annum
Drivers - Auto tippers 5 12500 12 750000
Helpers 10 9000 12 1080000
Drivers - Tractors 1 12500 12 150000
Helpers 5 9000 12 540000
Drivers – Compactors 0 12500 12 0
Helpers 0 9000 12 0
Tricycle operators 12 9000 12 1296000
Sanitary Inspectors 1 25000 12 300000
Sanitary Supervisors 2 18000 12 432000
Mechanics 1 12000 12 144000
Electrician 1 12000 12 144000
Fitter 1 12000 12 144000
Total Manpower Cost- C&T 4980000

3 Manpower - Sweeping
No of Total Cost
Nos Per Month Months Per Annum
Sweepers 102 9000 12 11016000
Total Manpower Cost- Sweeping 11016000

Total Cost Per


4 Repair and Maintenance Nos Cost Per month
Annum
Tricycles 16 500 96000
Bins 153 150 275400
Vehicles @ 6% per
Annum on Capital Cost 234600
Total Repair & Maintenance Cost 606000

Page 103
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Admin & other Misc


5 Expenses per Annum 200000

Total O&M Expenses for Collection & Transportation System in Rs 17842980


In Rs Lakhs 178.43

9.5 Capital Cost of Integrated Treatment Facility (Compost & RDF)

As described earlier, it is proposed to develop integrated treatment plant facility for


NagarKurnool ULB. The proposed treatment technology has been discussed in earlier
chapters. The cost component for each individual component is explained below in detail

9.5.1 Cost of Civil infra for treatment plant & Site Development Works for Integrated
facility
Sl.
Description of Item Nos Qty Units Unit Rate Amount
No
1 Site clearance 1 26,400.00 sqm 2.90 76,560.00
2 Security cum Office 1 45.50 sqm 15,000.00 682,500.00
3 Scale Room & Weigh Bridge 1 15.43 sqm 22,847.63 352,575.52
4 Weigh bridge Platform 1 54.00 sqm 7,360.76 397,481.11
6 Electrical Panel Room & DG 1 62.58 sqm 14,916.80 933,493.34
7 Under Ground Sump (25 kl) 1 27,900.00 Liters 9.00 251,007.90
8 Vehicle Wheel Wash 1 64.00 sqm 7,696.30 492,563.20
9 Compost Plant & RDF
A Tipping Floor
B Presorting & RDF Shed
C Windrow platform 1 1,250.00 sqm 6,403.25 8,004,066.71
D Monsoon shed
E Screening Shed
F Compost Storage shed
11 Recyclable Stores shed 1 100.00 sqm 14,559.10 1,455,910.00
12 Dry Resource collection 1 150.00 sqm 8,500.00 1,275,000.00
Centers
13 Leachate Collection Pond 1 375.00 sqm 1,401.20 525,451.85
14 Boundary Wall 1 650.00 rmt 5,711.18 3,712,267.43
15 Truck Parking 1 750.00 sqm 1,250.00 937,500.00
16 Car Parking 1 100.00 sqm 5,000.00 500,000.00
17 Road - 7.0 m Wide (BT) 1 3,500.00 sqm 1,219.55 4,268,425.00
18 Storm Water Drain 2 300.00 rmt 3,162.81 1,897,687.76
19 Transformer Yard 1 100.00 sqm 1,500.00 150,000.00
20 Green Belt 1 5,000.00 sqm 175.00 875,000.00
21 Bore Well (Process Water) 1 1.00 nos 150,000.00 150,000.00

Page 104
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

22 Monitoring Bore Well 3 1.00 nos 175,000.00 525,000.00


23 Plumbing & Sanitary works 1 1.00 LS 75,000.00 75,000.00
24 Electrical Works (Internal) 1 1.00 LS 1,632,000.00 1,632,000.00
Grand Total Amount in INR : 29,169,485.62
Grand Total Amount in Lakhs : 291.69

All the above civil costs have been estimated with TS SSR 2016-17

9.5.2 Cost of Equipment & waste handling for Waste treatment facility.

Unit Total
Cost in Amount
S. No Item Description No Lakhs in Lakhs
I Presorting & RDF Process
1 Shredders 1 15 15
2 RDF Bailing machine 1 5 5
3 Other Misc 1 1 1
4 Bailing machine at DRCC 2 2 4
Total Presorting & RDF 25

1
II Compost screening Equipment -4mm fine screen TPH LS 20

III Waste Handling Vehicles

1 Front End loaders with back hoe 1 28 28


2 Tipper 1 15 15
3 PPE & Fire safety 1 5 5
Total Waste Handling Vehicles 48

IV Other Equipments
1 Transformer & Switch yard 1 15 15
2 DG Set 1 5 5
3 Weigh Bridge Equipment 1 6.5 6.5
26.50
Grand Total of Process Equipment with Waste handling In Rs
vehicles Lakhs 121.50
Total Cost of Integrated Waste Treatment facility In Rs
Lakhs 413.19

Page 105
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

9.5.3 Operation and Maintenance of Waste treatment plant

No of
Working Units Amount in
1 Power Capacity Hrs per day Unit Cost Rs/Year

Shredder & RDF Bailing 10 6 60 8 175200


Composting Unit 10 6 60 8 175200
Other plant area , street
lighting, buildings etc 5 6 30 8 87600
Total Power Cost Per Annum 438000

2 Diesel
Diesel
Mileage Cost Per
Working in day @ Rs
Vehicle Nos Hrs Ltrs/hr Total Liters/Day 62/ltr
Front End loader 1 6 5 30 1860
Tippers 1 20 1240
3100
Total Diesel Cost Per Annum 1131500

3 Manpower
No of Total Cost Per
Nos Per Month Months Annum
Plant In-charge 1 50000 12 600000
Production Supervisors 0 20000 12 0
Site Accountant 0 25000 12 0
Store Keeper 1 15000 12 180000
Office Assistants 0 10000 12 0
Mechanic 1 20000 12 240000
Electrician 1 20000 12 240000
Operators 1 18000 12 216000
Drivers 2 12000 12 288000
Watch and Ward 1 8000 12 96000
Workmen 5 6000 12 360000
Total Manpower Cost 2220000

Cost Per Total Cost Per


4 Inoculum & additives TPD Rs per Ton day Annum
8.00 20 160 58400.00

Page 106
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Repair and Maintenance


@ 3% on Equipment Per 364500.00
5 Annum

Admin Expenses per


6 Annum 300000.00

Total O&M Expenses for


Treatment Plant in Rs 4512400.00
In Rs Lakhs 45.12

9.6 Capital Cost of Landfill Facility at Integrated Treatment facility

9.6.1 Cost of landfill facility

The landfill shall be developed in phase wise manner. Below costs of landfill is given for first 5 years
of operation. The next phase of each 5 years shall be developed for 20 years to cater the inerts for
25 years. The area required for each phase is given in chapter 8.

S.
Description of Item No Qty Units Unit Rate Amount
No
I Sanitary Landfill
1.1 Landfill 1 5,250.00 sqm 1,784.96 9,371,024.73
1.2 Capping 1 3,918.79 sqm 1,303.02 5,106,265.18
1.3 Leachate collection sump 1 14.00 cum 12,960.26 181,443.67
14,658,733.59
Equipment for Landfill
1 Front End loaders with back 1 No’s 2,800,000.00 2,800,000.00
hoe
2 Tippers 1 No’s 1,500,000.00 1,500,000.00

3 Landfill Compactor 1 No’s 5,500,000.00 5,500,000.00


Total Landfill Equipment 9,800,000.00
24,458,733.59
Total Cost of Landfill Facility In Rs Lakhs 244.59
ULB Share 28% In Rs Lakhs 68.48

Page 107
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

9.6.2 Operation & Maintenance of Landfill Facility

No of Amount
Working Units per in
1 Power Capacity Hrs day Unit Cost Rs/Year
Common area , street
lighting, buildings etc. 10 6 60 8 175200
Total Power Cost Per Annum 175200

2 Diesel
Diesel
Cost Per
Working Mileage in day @ Rs
Vehicle Nos Hrs Ltrs/hr Total Liters/Day 62/ltr
Landfill Compactor 1 3 12 36 2232
Front End loader 1 3 5 15 930
Tippers 1 10 620
3782
Total Diesel Cost Per Annum 1380430
3 Manpower
No of Total Cost Per
Nos Per Month Months Anum
Landfill Incharge 1 25000 12 300000
Landfill Supervisors 1 15000 12 180000
Drivers 3 12000 12 432000
Workmen 3 6000 12 216000
Total Manpower Cost 1128000

Consumables like
daily cover , PPEs etc
4 cost per Annum 50000.00
Repair and
Maintenance @ 3%
on Equipment Per
5 Annum 294000.00
Ambient Air
monitoring & Ground
water monitoring
6 Cost Per Annum 100000.00
Total O&M Expenses
for Landfill in Rs 3077630.00
In Rs Lakhs 30.78
ULB Share 28% In Rs lakhs 8.62

Page 108
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

9.7 Financial Framework

9.7.1 Objective of Swachh Bharat Mission


Swachh Bharat Mission (SBM) was launched on 2nd of October, 2014 with a vision to achieve a clean
India as a tribute to the father of the nation, Mahatma Gandhi, on his 150th birth anniversary, in
2019. SBM is being implemented by the Ministry of Urban Development (M/o UD) and by the
Ministry of Drinking Water and Sanitation (M/o DWS) for urban and rural areas with a given set of
guidelines for improved sanitary services and capacity building initiatives.
 Elimination of open defecation
 Eradication of Manual Scavenging
 Modern and Scientific Municipal Solid Waste Management
 To effect behavioral change regarding healthy sanitation practices
 Generate awareness about sanitation and its linkage with public health
 Capacity Augmentation for ULB’s
 To create an enabling environment for private sector participation in Cap-ex (Capital
Expenditure) and Op-ex (operation and maintenance)

9.7.2 Swachh Bharat Mission Components


The Mission has the five following components:
 Household toilets, including conversion of insanitary latrines into pour-flush latrines;
 Community toilets
 Public toilets
 Solid waste management
 IEC & Public Awareness
 Capacity building and Administrative & Office Expenses (A&OE)

9.8 Funding Pattern for the Project


As solid waste management is important component of the missions, funding provision for the
Municipal Solid Waste Management in NagarKurnool can be made under Swatch Bharat Mission. As
per the guidelines for Swatch Bharat Mission (Urban), as provided by MoUD-GOI; States will
contribute a minimum of 25% funds for SWM projects to match 75% Central Share. Following table
elaborates the funding pattern for the proposed solid waste management scheme for NagarKurnool
Urban local body

9.9 Source of Finance

Table 9-2: Funding Pattern


S. No. Item Description Amount in Rs ULB Share
Lakhs
1 MSW collection & Transportation 69.42 100%
2 MSW Treatment Plant (Compost & RDF) along with 413.19
associated civil structures & common
Infrastructure 100%

Page 109
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

3 Cost sharing of Landfill (Phase I) at Regional 68.48


Landfill 28%
3 Price Adjustment @ 5% 27.56
4 Tender Premium @ 5% 27.56
5 Contingencies @ 2% 11.02
6 Information education & communication activities 2.76
@ 0.5%

Total Fund Required Cost 619.99

Financing Plan
Government of India (GOI- 20%) 124.00
State Government (GOI- 25%) 155.00
ULB share with their sources (55%) 340.99
Total Fund Required Cost 619.99

9.9.1 Financing Capital cost of the scheme


The total long term funds required to finance the cost of the scheme aggregates to Rs 6.19 Crores.

The above requirement of funds is proposed to be met by 20% grants from the Swachh Bharat
Mission, 25% from State Government and the balance funds is proposed to be generated through
various other sources of fund which are, but not limited to:
 Private Sector Participation
 Additional Resources from State Government/ULB
 Beneficiary Share
 User Charges
 Land Leveraging
 Innovative revenue streams
 Swachh Bharat Kosh
 Corporate Social Responsibility
 Market Borrowing
 External Assistance

9.10 Municipal Financial Strength

The review of NagarKurnool Municipal finance indicates that the Municipality has two sets of
revenue
 own sources and
 External sources.
The own source of revenue includes components such as Property tax, user charges, other taxes
except the property tax and non-tax own source revenue. Currently there is no user charges levied
on SWM. The Taxes other than property tax include advertisement tax, taxes on animals, carriages &
carts, water charges, market fees, encroachment fee, developmental charges, licenses fees. Non tax
comprises of rents from markets, selling of scrap and used paper by the ULB, hire charges (e.g. road
roller) etc.

Page 110
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

The components under external sources include Plan grant from State and Central Government,
Non-Plan Grant/compensation, receive the funds from Central and State Government for the
physical infrastructural developments in terms of roads, water supply, sanitation, drainage, buildings
and lightening.

Below is the Revenue budget of NagarKurnool ULB for last 5 years.

Year Income Expenditure


2011-12 30.17 29.71
2012-13 280.04 129.22
2013-14 322.71 425.40
2014-15 832.08 1006.66
2015-16 600.7 402.39

As explained earlier, O&M expenses incurring for ULBs may not be sufficient to meet with municipal
revenues. An addition to above revenues additional revenues & Tipping fee explained below are
required to sustain proposed model to increase the efficiency of SWM in the ULB.

9.11 Revenue Stream

The revenue stream identified for the project includes (i) user fee from various categories of waste
generators viz. households, hotels, restaurants, shops, vegetable/fruit market, institutes, banquet
hall etc. (ii) sale of compost (iii) sale of recyclables.

Two revenue sources under MSW management are sale of compost and sale of recyclables, though
some revenue can be generated by way of collection from the generators of waste. However, all
revenue options put together does not generate income enough to meet operation and
maintenance expenses, therefore, tipping fee has to pay by the ULB to Private Operator.

User fee: The right to collect the user fee towards Solid Waste Management shall remain with the
private Operator. The Private Operator shall not demand or collect fee from the users as per the
proposed user charges to be notified by the Municipality

9.12 Revenue generation from Households & Other commercial Establishments.

The Municipality will collect user charges from households, shops, hotels, banquet halls, restaurants
and guest houses. The households will be charged Rs. 30 in the first year. The user charges hall
gradually increases every year. The expected user fee collection efficiency is assumed to be 70% in
the first year which shall increase to 75 to 80%% in the later stages of the project

User Charges Total User


S. No Type of Waste Generators Number Rate Per charges Per
Unit/Month Annum

Page 111
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

1 Households 6730 30 2422800


2 Shops/Malls/Complexes 300 100 360000
3 Hotels 30 200 72000
4 Institutions 39 200 93600
5 Veg. Markets small 2 1000 24000
6 Hospital/Clinic 15 200 36000
7 Convention Halls 2 500 12000
8 Worship 3 100 3600
9 Meat Shops small 20 50 12000
Total User Chares Collected Per Annum in Rs 3008400
Total User Chares Collected Per Annum in Rs in Lakhs 30.08
Assuming 70% Collection efficiency in First Year 21.06

9.13 Revenue generation from Sale of Compost & RDF

It is proposed that the Private Operator for the Compost plant shall be responsible independently for
Production and sale of the compost. As the sale of compost has been taken into consideration as
one of the revenue sources for the private operator, the operator shall be encouraged to develop
suitable market and strategy for the sale of compost. The private operators can develop a detailed
plan including market map, compost storage, agents, bulk buyers, transportation road network etc.It
is estimated that compost plant will produce 5MT (2018) of compost per day which can be sold at
the rate of Rs.1.5 per kilograms. Revenue per annum from sale of compost is given in table below

Rate of
Total Revenue
S. No Description of Item TPD Compost
per Annum
per Ton
Compost generated in First year of
1 operation 3 1500 1642500
Total Revenue generated in Rs Lakhs 16.43

Rate of
RDF per Total Revenue
S. No Description of Item TPD Ton per Anum
RDF generated in First year of
1 operation 4.75 500 866875
Total Revenue generated in Rs Lakhs 8.67

9.14 Revenue generation from Sale of Recyclables

Page 112
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Rate of Total
Recyclables Revenue
S. No Description of Item TPD per Ton per Anum
Total sellable recyclables collected
1 in First year of operation 0.25 2500 228125
Total sellable recyclables collected
1 in from DRCC Centers 1 2500 912500
1140625.00
Total Revenue generated in Rs Lakhs

9.15 Total Revenues

Total Revenue per


S. No Description of Item Anum

Revenue from User charges collected from households and


1 Commercial establishments 2105880
2 Revenue from sale of Compost 1642500
3 Revenue from sale of RDF 866875
4 Revenue from sale of Recyclables 228125
5 Revenue from sale of Recyclables DRCC Centers 912500
Total Revenue generated in Rs 5755880
Total Revenue generated in Rs Lakhs 57.56

9.16 Tipping Fee calculation

I Tipping Fee for Collection & Transportation of waste Rs in Lakhs per Annum
O&M Cost for ULB Municipality
Operation and maintenance cost of Collection &
1
Transportation from first year of operation 178.43
2 Add for Contingencies @ 2% 3.57
Total O&M Cost –A 182.00

Revenues from the user charges from first year of operation to


3
ULB 21.06
Revenues from the sale of recyclables from first year of
4
operation to ULB from DRCC Centers 9.13
Total Revenues B 30.18

Total O&M Cost including revenue (A-B) 151.81


Total Waste Quantity per Annum in 2018 4380

Tipping Fee per MT for C&T 3466.09

Page 113
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

The tipping fee for C&T including revenue from user fee and recyclables is Rs 3466/MT

II Tipping Fee for waste treatment plant operator Rs in Lakhs per Annum
O&M Cost for ULB Municipality
1 Operation and maintenance cost for Treatment plant 45.12
Operation and maintenance cost share for Regional landfill
2 facility 8.62
3 Add for Contingencies @ 2% 1.07
Total O&M Cost –A 54.82

4 Revenues from the sale of Compost 16.43


5 Revenues from the sale of RDF 8.67
6 Revenues from the sale of Recyclables 2.28
Total Revenues B 27.38

Total O&M Cost including revenue (A-B) 27.44


Total Waste Quantity per Annum in 2018 4380

Tipping Fee per MT for Processing and disposal for


Treatment plant operator 626.51

The Tipping fee estimated at Rs 626/MT for plant operator including revenue from the sale of
compost RDF & Recyclables.

Proposed Structure and assumptions: -


 Collection and Transportation shall be carried out by ULB and Processing and Disposal
Facility to be maintained by Private Operator
 Processing and Disposal Facility shall be maintained by single operator
 One-time capital cost for the development of integrated facility shall be borne by the
municipality
 The user fee collection efficiency is assumed to be 70% in the first year and to be increase
gradually up to 90%.
 The user fee collected from households and commercial establishments shall be considered
the revenue generation of ULB.
 It is assumed that the revenue from recyclable waste shall be given to sanitary workers. In
case, the revenue is retained by the municipality, effective expense is calculated
 The private operator shall be compensated on the basis of Tipping Fee by the ULB.
 The revenue generation from sale of compost and recyclables to be retained by Private
Operator.
 Increment rate of 5 % to be taken for tipping fee for subsequent years
 Increment rate of 5 % to be taken for revenue generation from commercial establishments
and compost plant for subsequent years
 Increment rate of 2% to be taken for revenue generation from recyclable waste for
subsequent years

Page 114
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

 Increment rate of 5% on fuel charges, 10% on salary and wages, 2% on packing cost, 7% on
consumables and 2% on repair & maintenance for subsequent years.

Below are the options given for project structuring and financing. ULB can also raise funds from
financial institutions to part finance its share. The exact financing pattern and share of the respective
financing institutions would however be decided by the Competent Authority approving the financial
plan for financing.

9.17 Project Structuring

9.17.1 Possible PPP Options

A. Design-Build (DB) or Build-Transfer (BT)

Under this model, the private partner designs and builds the facility in accordance with the
requirements specified by the government. Once completed, ownership and responsibility
for operation and maintenance are transferred back to the public agency.

Strengths Weaknesses
Access to private sector expertise. Loss of owner control
Possibilities for financial savings and Difficulty and increased cost of changing
Innovation in design. contract or including additional features
into design
Flexible procurement procedures potential for more A more complex award procedure
efficient
Construction
Reduced construction time If life-cycle approach not taken, there is
the possibility of higher operating and
maintenance costs, which may offset the
benefits of lower capital costs to the public
sector
Transfer of risk from public to private sector
single point of accountability
Fewer construction claims

B. Design-Build-Operate (DBO) or Build-Transfer-Operate (BTO)

Here, ownership of the facility is transferred back to the public sector upon completion of
construction. However, the public body then leases it back to the private company for a
specified period, usually a long-term lease, giving the private organization the opportunity
to recover its investment and generate a reasonable rate of return.

Page 115
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Strengths Weaknesses
Access to private sector expertise. In the event of default of performance or
Potential cost savings. bankruptcy, it is potentially extremely
Ownership of the asset remains in the public sector. difficult to terminate the contract or
Contracting out of operations may potentially limit any remove the private company.
provincial or Central taxes.
Authority over levels of service and fees charged are
retained by the public agency.
It avoids legal, regulatory and tort liability issues (in
contrast to the BOT model below).
Government retains control over service standards,
operational performance and asset maintenance.
There is the possibility to terminate the relationship if
agreed upon levels of service or performance
standards are not met.
Potential savings in the areas of design, construction
and architecture, as well as operation.

C. Build-Operate-Transfer (BOT) or Build-Own-Operate-Transfer (BOOT)

Under this model, a private partner is awarded a franchise by the government to finance,
design, build, operate, maintain and charge fees on the service for a specified time period.
Once the franchise relationship is concluded, ownership of the asset returns to the public
sector.

Strengths Weaknesses
Private sector financial resources are maximized. Transfer of operations and financial
responsibility back to the public sector may
occur at a time when operating costs are
increasing.
It ensures that the facility constructed is the Loss of public sector control over capital,
most efficient and effective possible, based on construction, and initial operations.
life-cycle costs.
It enables the private sector body to assume If the initial contract is not well drawn up, the
responsibility for operations for a arrangement may be unable to address future
predetermined duration. difficulties.

The community can benefit from the Unless the public sector subsidies the costs of
development of the project without incurring service use, fee levels can be set by the private
sizeable debts, or having to make a large, entity.
upfront expenditure

The private sector entity assumes responsibility Compared to the BTO model, there is less public

Page 116
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Strengths Weaknesses
for all start-up problems control over the service

Possible cost savings arise from access to private In the event of default of performance or
sector experience, management, labour, bankruptcy, it is potentially extremely difficult to
equipment and innovation terminate the contract or remove the private
company.
Risk to the public sector is reduced, as this is
shared with the private company

D. Design-Build-Finance-Operate/Maintain (DBFO, DBFM, or DBFO/M) or Build-Own-


Operate (BOO)

Under this structure, the private organization finances, designs, builds, operates and
maintains the project. It is paid by the government throughout the duration of the contract,
according to the services delivered and whether these meet specified standards of
performance. There is no requirement that the private company will transfer ownership of
the facility back to the public body.

Strengths Weaknesses
The public sector plays no role in either provision There is no guarantee that the private company
or operation of the facility. will operate the service in the ‘public good’.
It allows public sector regulation of the private Unless the service is specifically regulated, the
sector’s delivery of a ‘regulated’ or ‘monopolistic’ public sector cannot set or adjust its price.
service area.

The service can be operated by the public sector All federal, provincial and municipal tax
in the most efficient manner, both in the short regulations apply.
and long term.
The public sector does not have to put up capital Due to the lack of competition, it is
to finance the project. necessary to develop rules and regulations
concerning operations and pricing.
Private facilities generate public revenues in the
forms of income tax and property tax.
The long-term nature of the arrangement gives
the private developer an incentive to invest large
amounts of capital.

E. Wrap Around Addition (WAA)

Here the private partner is contracted to construct an addition to an already existing public
asset or facility. It may then operate that addition for a specified period of time or until
there has been a reasonable return on the investment.

Page 117
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Strengths Weaknesses
The public sector does not have to find the It may be difficult to incorporate at a later date
capital to finance the upgraded service. any future upgrades of the facility not included in
the original contract.
The private partner assumes the financial risks. Altering existing contracts with the private
partner can be expensive.
The public sector gains the construction Perceived loss of control.
expertise of the private entity.
There is the potential for fast-tracked Contract awarding procedures become more
construction, using techniques such as design- complex.
build.
Procurement processes can be more flexible.
Construction can be made more Efficient.
The time period needed for Implementation can
be reduced.

F. Lease-Develop-Operate (LDO) or Buy-Develop-Operate (BDO)

Under this model, a private sector organization purchases a facility from the public sector,
modernizes or improves it, and then assumes operational responsibility under a contract
with the local government. It is expected that the private partner will invest in
modernization and then be given a specified period of time in which to realize a return on
the investment.

Strengths Weaknesses
The local government benefits from a significant Loss of control of the service or Infrastructure,
cash infusion when the Private company buys either perceived or actual.
the facility.
Capital for financing the upgrade is provided by There is potential difficulty in valuing assets for
the private rather than Public sector. sale or lease.
Both parties gain opportunities for Increased Issues may arise if selling or leasing Public assets
revenue. that have received grant funding.
Users benefit from improved services and In cases of private company failure, the local
facilities. government may need to revert to providing the
service or facility.

The public sector has access to the construction It may be difficult to incorporate at a later date
expertise of the private Organization. any future upgrades of the facility not included in
the original Contract.
There is the potential for fast-tracked
construction, using techniques such as design-
build.
Procurement processes can be more Flexible.
The time period needed for Implementation can

Page 118
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Strengths Weaknesses
be reduced.

Among these different approaches to structuring PPPs, there are variations in regard to the
extent of participation by the private sector in public service provision, the different
amounts of risk transferred to the private partner, varying natures of assets and facilities,
and in the different arrangements for ownership of these. The degree of private
involvement required by a particular project is determined by the public agency. Factors
influencing this decision include the project’s goals and objectives, the level of control the
government requires, and the PPP consortium’s ability to provide the service needed. Such
decisions will also be constrained by the existence of regulation and legislation affecting the
arrangement, and the need to attract private resources and generate future revenue.

9.17.2 Project Financing Options

Scheme for financial support to Public Private Partnerships in Infrastructure (Viability Gap
Funding):

The Government of India recognizes that there is significant deficit in the availability of
physical infrastructure across different sectors and that this is hindering economic
development; whereas the development of infrastructure requires large investments that
cannot be undertaken out of public financing alone, and that in order to attract private
capital as well as the techno-managerial efficiencies associated with it, the Government is
committed to promoting Public Private Partnerships (PPPs) in infrastructure development;
and the Government of India recognizes that infrastructure projects may not always be
financially viable because of long gestation periods and limited financial returns, and that
financial viability of such projects can be improved through Government support. Now,
therefore, the Government of India has decided to put into effect the following scheme for
providing financial support to bridge the viability gap of infrastructure projects undertaken
through Public Private Partnerships.

This scheme will be called the Scheme for Financial Support to Public Private Partnerships
(PPPs) in Infrastructure. It will be a Plan Scheme to be administered by the Ministry of
Finance. Suitable budgetary provisions will be made in the Annual Plans on a year-to- year
basis.

In this scheme, unless the context otherwise requires:

Eligibility

In order to be eligible for funding under this Scheme, a PPP project shall meet the following

Page 119
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

criteria:
o The project shall be implemented i.e. developed, financed, constructed, maintained and
operated for the Project Term by a Private Sector Company to be selected by the
Government or a statutory entity through a process of open competitive bidding;
provided that in case of railway projects that are not amenable to operation by a Private
Sector Company, the Empowered Committee may relax this eligibility criterion.
o The PPP Project should be from one of the following sectors:
a. Roads and bridges, railways, seaports, airports, inland waterways;
b. Power;
c. Urban transport, water supply, sewerage,
d. solid waste management and other physical infrastructure in urban areas;
e. Infrastructure projects in Special Economic Zones; and
f. International convention centers and other tourism infrastructure projects;
o The Empowered Committee may, with approval of the Finance Minister, add or delete
sectors/sub-sectors from the aforesaid list.
o The project should provide a service against payment of a pre-determined tariff or user
charge.
o The concerned Government/statutory entity should certify, with reasons:
a. That the tariff/user charge cannot be increased to eliminate or reduce the viability
gap of the PPP;
b. That the Project Term cannot be increased for reducing the viability gap; and
c. That the capital costs are reasonable and based on the standards and specifications
normally applicable to such projects and that the capital costs cannot be further
restricted for reducing the viability gap.

Government Support

The total Viability Gap Funding under this scheme shall not exceed twenty percent of the
Total Project Cost; provided that the Government or statutory entity that owns the project
may, if it so decides, provide additional grants out of its budget, but not exceeding a further
twenty percent of the Total Project Cost.

Viability Gap Funding under this scheme will normally be in the form of a capital grant at the
stage of project construction. Proposals for any other form of assistance may be considered
by the Empowered Committee and sanctioned with the approval of Finance Minister on a
case by-case basis.

Viability Gap Funding up to Rs. 100 Crore (Rs. One hundred Crore) for each project may be
sanctioned by the Empowered Institution subject to the budgetary ceilings indicated by the
Finance Ministry. Proposals up to Rs. 200 Crore (Rs. Two hundred Crore) may be sanctioned
by the Empowered Committee, and amounts exceeding Rs. 200 Crore may be sanctioned by

Page 120
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

the Empowered Committee with the approval of Finance Minister.

Unless otherwise directed by the Ministry of Finance, the Empowered Institutions may
approve project proposals with a cumulative capital outlay equivalent to ten times the
budget provisions in the respective Annual Plan.

In the first two years of operation of the Scheme, projects meeting the eligibility criteria will
be funded on a first-come, first served basis. In later years, if need arises, funding may be
provided based on an appropriate formula, to be determined by the Empowered
Committee, that balances needs across sectors in a manner that would broad base the
sectoral coverage and avoid pre-empting of funds by a few large projects.

Approval of project proposals

Project proposals may be posed by a Government or statutory entity which owns the
underlying assets. The proposals shall include the requisite information necessary for
satisfying the eligibility criteria.

Projects based on standardized/model documents duly approved by the respective


Government would be preferred. Stand-alone documents may be subjected to detailed
scrutiny by the Empowered Institution.

The Empowered Institution will consider the project proposals for Viability Gap Funding and
may seek the required details for satisfying the eligibility criteria.

Within 30 days of receipt of a project proposal, duly completed as aforesaid, the


Empowered Institution shall inform the sponsoring Government/ statutory entity whether
the project is eligible for financial assistance under this Scheme. In case the project is based
on stand- alone documents (not being duly approved model/standard documents), the
approval process may require an additional 60 (sixty) days.

In the event that the Empowered Institution needs any clarifications or instructions relating
to the eligibility of a project, it may refer the case to the Empowered Committee for
appropriate directions.

Notwithstanding the approvals granted under this scheme, projects promoted by the
Central Government or its statutory entities shall be approved and implemented in
accordance with the procedures specified from time to time.

In cases where viability gap funding is budgeted under any on-going Plan scheme of the
Central Government, the inter-se allocation between such on-going scheme and this scheme

Page 121
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

shall be determined by the Empowered Committee.

9.17.3 Procurement process for PPP Projects

The Private Sector Company shall be selected through a transparent and open competitive
bidding process. The criterion for bidding shall be the amount of Viability Gap Funding
required by a Private Sector Company for implementing the project where all other
parameters are comparable.

The Government or statutory entity proposing the project shall certify that the bidding
process conforms to the provisions of this Scheme and convey the same to the Empowered
Institution prior to disbursement of the Grant.

9.17.4 Appraisal and monitoring by Lead Financial Institution

Within four months from the date on which eligibility of the project is conveyed by the
Empowered Institution to the concerned Government/statutory entity, the PPP project shall
be awarded in accordance; provided that upon application made to it by the concerned
Government/statutory entity, the Empowered Institution may extend this period by not
more than two months at a time.

The Lead Financial Institution shall, within three months from the date of bid award, present
its appraisal of the project for the consideration and approval of the Empowered Institution;
provided that upon application made to it by the concerned Government/statutory entity,
the Empowered Institution may extend this period by not more than one month at a time.

The Lead Financial Institution shall be responsible for regular monitoring and periodic
evaluation of project compliance with agreed milestones and performance levels,
particularly for the purpose of disbursement of Viability Gap Funding. It shall send quarterly
progress reports to the Empowered Institution which will make a consolidated progress
report once every quarter for review by the Empowered Committee.

9.17.5 Disbursement of Grant

A Grant under this scheme shall be disbursed only after the Private Sector Company has
subscribed and expended the equity contribution required for the project and will be
released in proportion to debt disbursements remaining to be disbursed thereafter.

The Empowered Institution will release the Grant to the Lead Financial Institution as and
when due, and obtain reimbursement thereof from the Finance Ministry.

The Empowered Institution, the Lead Financial Institution and the Private Sector Company

Page 122
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

shall enter into a Tripartite Agreement for the purposes of this scheme. The format of such
Tripartite Agreement shall be prescribed by the Empowered Committee from time to time.

9.17.6 India Infrastructure Project Development Fund (IIPDF)

To support the development of credible and bankable PPP projects, a revolving fund with an
initial corpus of Rs. 100 Crores has been set up in the Department of Economic Affairs,
Ministry of Finance, GoI during 2007-08, to be offered to the private sector. The India
Infrastructure Project Development Fund (IIPDF) provides financial support for quality
project development activities. The Sponsoring Authority will thus be able to source funding
to cover a portion of the PPP transaction costs, thereby reducing the impact of costs related
to procurement on their budgets.

Eligibility:
o The proposals for assistance under the Scheme would be sponsored by Central
Government Ministries/Departments, State Governments, Municipal or Local Bodies or
any other statutory authority.
o To seek financial assistance from the IIPDF it would be necessary for the Sponsoring
Authority to create and empower a PPP cell to not only undertake PPP project
development activities but also address larger policy and regulatory issues to enlarge the
number of PPP projects in Sponsoring Authorities’ shelf.
o The PPP project should be from the sectors that are eligible for viability gap funding
under the Government of India’s scheme for Financial Support to PPPs in infrastructure
or any other sectors with the approval of the Finance Minister.
o The IIPDF is available to the Sponsoring Authorities for PPP projects for the purpose of
meeting the project development costs which may include the expenses incurred by the
Sponsoring Authority in respect of feasibility studies, environmental impact studies,
financial structuring, legal reviews and development of project documentation, including
concession agreement, commercial assessment studies (including traffic studies,
demand assessment, capacity to pay assessment), etc required for achieving Technical
Close of such projects, on individual or turnkey basis, but will not include expenses
incurred by the Sponsoring Authority on its own staff.
o The IIPDF will be available to finance an appropriate portion of the cost of consultants
and Transaction Advisors on a PPP project where such consultants and Transaction
Advisors are appointed by the Sponsoring Authority either from amongst the
Transaction Advisors empanelled by Department of Economic Affairs or through a
transparent system of procurement under a contract for services.

The IIPDF will fund up to 75 percent of the project development expenses to the Sponsoring
Authority as an interest free loan. 25 percent will be co-funded by the Sponsoring
Authority. On the successful completion of the bidding process, the project development

Page 123
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

expenditure would be recovered from the successful bidder. However, in the case of failure
of the bid, the loan would be converted into grant. In case the Sponsoring Authority does
not conclude the bidding process for some reason, the entire amount contributed would be
refunded to the IIPDF.

To seek project development funding from the IIPDF, the Sponsoring Authority will apply to
the PPP cell in DEA through the Memorandum for Consideration accompanied with the
Preliminary Report of the project (in six copies). The MFC would provide justification for
understanding detailed feasibility studies to be taken up for financing out of the corpus of
the Fund in the prescribed Proforma. The proposals that do not envisage VGF can also be
submitted for funding. Proposals for funding under these Guidelines would cover the entire
gamut of PPP projects.

Page 124
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

CHAPTER 10. INFORMATION,EDUCATION AND COMMUNICATION


(IEC)

10.1 Introduction:

IEC & Public Awareness on waste


management is an extremely important
component for any successful Solid Waste
Management programme, in addition to
‘proper legislation, technical support and
funding. This has also been a key strategy
under the Swach Bharath Mission of Govt of
India. This targets the “Behavioral Change
communication” to ensure that waste
management is mainstreamed with the
general public at large. It also covers issues
of proper management of municipal waste.
The focus of the program is on the households, commercial establishments, etc.
Sensitization of community towards efficient waste management and its related health and
environmental consequences is the key because a clean community is a direct reflection of a
clean city / town.

Goals of IEC Program


1. To raise the awareness among the people about
importance of cleanliness, solid waste management
2. To Motivate people positive behavioral changes
3. To propose source segregation
4. To promote principle of 3 R’s

3 R’s:
One of the goals behind IEC is to make principle of 3 R’s
as a part of life at every stage of waste management. The
3 – R’s (Reduce, Re-use and Recycle) have produced demonstrative cost effective methods
in handling of urban waste and also in conservation of resources.

The solid waste management hierarchy has been globally recognized as per the following
illustrative diagram.

Page 125
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Enhancing Reuse & recycling and minimization of generation with source segregation are
essential to the success of any Solid waste management program. It hinges on voluntary
participation from the members of community (waste generators) and requires a robust
awareness program on a continual basis.

MSW has got a direct relationship with pollution of air, water, soil and sanitation, hence it is
extremely essential to impart a need based education and awareness to various levels of
society.

Strategy of IEC:
Following steps needs to be followed for development of effective Strategy for IEC:
 Need Assessment
 Goal Setting
 Framework of IEC
 Development of IEC activities
 Development of Dissemination Plan
 Evaluation of Dissemination plan

10.2 Identification and Orientation of Resident’s Welfare Committees:

Management of solid waste and its effectiveness is primarily dependent on the attitude, co-
operation and participation of the local community. People in all walks of their day-to-day
activities generate waste, which however, can be collected only once or maximum twice in a
day. The other critical aspect of waste management is the location of waste management
facilities such as dumper bins or the disposal site. There have been number of cases where in
the community has objected to the location of these facilities in their neighbourhood.
Popularly known as ‘Not in My Back Yard (NIMBY) Syndrome’, it is the general perception of
the public that location of any of these solid waste facilities will create the problem of health
and hygiene. In light of the above facts, it becomes imperative that a successful
implementation of any solid waste management system will need effective cooperation and
co-ordination of the local community in various aspects of waste collection, transportation
and disposal.

The steps involved in implementing and ensuring community participation will comprise of
the following activities;
 Identification of Resident Welfare Associations (RWAs) whose members can
contribute expertise or resources and can share the responsibilities of planning and
implementing the program.
 Identification and mobilisation of Non-Governmental Organisations or other social
welfare groups in the city

Page 126
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

 Identification of areas of SWM where community participation is elicited like


schools, institutions, offices, commercial areas, common community areas (parks),
etc.
 Orient the citizens, key personalities, social activists, politicians and local corporators
towards environmental education and solid waste management
 Conduct sanitation campaigns in various parts of the city emphasising on areas
where their co-operation / participation is sought
 Carry out mass media campaigns on various aspects of solid waste management

It is also important to identify areas where the active involvement of community


participation is elicited and work out the modalities of the same. Some of the areas that
have emerged from experience elsewhere in the country, in which the community can
contribute to waste management, are,
 Avoid indiscriminate throwing of waste by residents, shop keepers, etc on the streets
 Segregate and store the waste at source
 Hand over the waste to the sanitary workers
 Understanding the importance of dumper bins at various localities of the city and
their criticality in the efficient management of waste and therefore co-operating
while the shifting of dumper bins
 Understanding the importance of Reduce, Reuse, Recycle and Recovering of various
recyclables in the waste and their utility.

Once the above is explained to the representatives of RWA’s the same will be conveyed to the
community directly or through various means of technology, so that a sense of community
‘ownership” is developed. People involved in planning and implementing a project will feel
that the program belongs to them. Community ownership helps to ensure greater
participation on collection day as well as community pride about the outcome of the
program.

10.3 Identification and Mobilisation of NGOs or Social Welfare Groups NGO


Involvement

The success of IEC is largely depending on the voluntary participation of the community at
large. The local government, the developer and Non-Government Organizations (NGO’s) etc
have a large role to play in this regard. In recent years it can be observed that NGOs have
taken up initiatives to work with local residents to improve sanitation. They have been
playing an active role in organizing surveys and studies in specified disciplines of social and
technological sciences. In the field of garbage management, such studies are useful in
identifying areas of commercial potentials to attract private entrepreneurs. They can play an
important role in segregation of waste, its collection and handling over to local authorities.

Page 127
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Many NGOs are committed to improve SWM practices to protect the environment and have been
very active in this field, hence are successful in creating awareness among the citizens about their
rights and responsibilities towards solid waste and the cleanliness of their city. These organizations
promote environmental education and awareness in schools and involve communities in the
management of solid waste. They may be persuaded to actively support the new strategies
recommended in this report and associate in public awareness campaigns. Any organization willing
to perform independently in conducting programs for sections of public on the new SWM strategies
should be encouraged to do so through direct support or through use of the corporation resources /
facilities.

A few visuals to capture mass awareness programs in Hyderabad

The corporation can involve NGO’s as ‘pressure groups’ which can bridge the gap between
government and civic society in waste management. The NGO programmes can be tailor
made to suit the requirement of the city, so as it serves the purpose of

 Creating mass awareness, ensuring public participation in segregation of recyclable


material and storage of waste at source. The awareness programs should be suitably
designed to take the concept of SWM and source segregation into the community
through audio-video means and through folklore methods so that the message
percolates deep down into the society.
 Provide employment through organizing door-to-door collection of waste.
 Ensure public participation in community based primary collection system.
 Encourage minimization of waste through in-house backyard composting, vermi-
composting and biogas generation.
 Most of the slum pockets can be covered by staging street plays to educate the slum
dwellers and general public.

Page 128
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

10.4 Use of Schools and Colleges

Children are powerful communicators and most of the information received at schools is
sure to influence their parents
and the respective households.
To get more response to the
efforts in MSW management,
the corporation may motivate
schools in the city to display
posters, messages in the class
rooms, school campus and if
possible take rallies early
mornings carrying placards,
banners which convey brief
messages against littering and
illicit dumping of waste in the
city. The strategy should be
channelized into each lane and by lane so as the message is received strongly by the people.
Large number of schools if involved simultaneously would be an added advantage to
publicize the big picture in a short duration and more effectively. Important environmental
events like environment day, earth day, water day, etc can be utilized as platforms to gather
children along with their parents to convey this message.

10.5 Orientation of Key Personalities, Social Activists and Policy Makers Involvement of
Professional Communicators

If messages are not conveyed in the right way, they may not yield the desired results.
Professional inputs are necessary in developing a strategy for effective communication of
strategies. If key community leaders / personalities participate in the planning process, they
can help build community acceptance and support for the project. In addition, local officials
will know the mood and interests of the community and can help avoid or overcome
sensitive issues.

Most large advertising agencies have Social Marketing experts to convey civic messages
effectively. They can be contacted at the city level to create suitable messages with catchy
titles for various uses, preferably free or at cost as a public service, so as these messages get
the “best buy” tag by getting publicized through well-known personalities.

Page 129
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Involving Commercial Sponsors


Firms and organizations can be encouraged to adopt certain areas of waste management
and sponsor the cleanliness drive. An incentive mechanism can be introduced to reward the
Good Samaritans or the associations championing the program in the communities and
contributing towards civic cleanliness.

Waste Management & Corporate Social Responsibility: CSR has


become an integral part of operations in any organization
because CSR is a responsibility of an enterprise for their impact
on the society. Hence, options may be explored in getting
sponsorships from the CSR funds of organizations or check
in fitting waste management into CSR, because it reduces
the impact on the environment and contributes to
employment and development of green economy. This
will in-turn enhance the brand image and reputation
of the sponsoring organization. Therefore, CSR can
become a communicating and dialogue arm of
sustainable waste management in the city.

10.6 Conduct Sanitation Campaigns

People’s attitudes influence not only the characteristics of waste generation, but also the
effective demand for waste collection services. Attitudes may be positively influenced
through awareness-building campaigns and educational measures on the negative impacts
of littering, improper segregation at source, inadequate waste collection with regard to
public health and environmental conditions, and the value of effective disposal. While many
current initiatives lead to visually cleaner areas, it does not encourage sustainable practices
that reduce littering and illegal dumping in the long run. More emphasis is required on
awareness creation relating to the implementation of the waste hierarchy. As such, waste
minimisation and waste separation at source needs to be encouraged to enhance reuse and
recycling activities. Willingness to pay for waste services will also improve with increased
awareness as a result of increased insight into the benefits of waste services, as well as the
actual cost thereof.

Such campaigns should also inform people of their responsibilities as waste generators and
of their rights as citizens to waste management services. Corporation should undertake
massive public awareness campaigns on sanitation and establishing its link to public health,
hygiene and the environment through various means including - radio, social media,
documentaries, plays, workshops, etc. For this purpose a dedicated environmental
awareness section is required which can function with the Medical and Health Section in the

Page 130
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

corporation whose prime responsibility is to continuously undertake awareness campaigns


and drive home the point like
 Clean-up campaigns in schools;
 Printing of pamphlets on different topics;
 A waste message in the municipal newsletter / newspaper;
 Celebration of environmental days/events;
 Training and workshops for generators of waste;
 An hour slot per month on the local radio station to discuss different environmental
issues and answer queries;
 Display slogans on transport vehicles and containers to encourage the public to keep
their town/ city clean.
 Door to door education: This involves the deployment of some of the community
members (who were given training themselves before going out) to go to people’s
houses talking to them about environmental issues, including waste management,
especially illegal dumping.
 Introduce innovative ways of attracting the involvement of stakeholders, wherever there
is incentive people will participate. However, the focus should be on preventing littering
and not incentives for cleaning after littering. The latter might drive a wrong behaviour.
 Promote Reuse and Recycling techniques by instructing operators producing domestic
and non-domestic products, food as well as non-food to seriously endeavour to use re-
usable packaging materials so that after the delivery of goods, the packaging materials
could be collected back and used over and reused again.
 Direct operators to promote incentive and product discount to consumers for the return
of packaging or bottling materials in good condition, to the waste producers or retailers
to promote re-use. The cost of packed articles and article without the packaging material
could be kept different with a choice to the consumers to take the article without the
packaging material at low cost.
 Should suggest manufacturers to introduce the Multi-use bottling practices. Hard-to-
recycle packaging like PET bottles metalised plastic films and multi-film packs must be
phased out unless producers take responsibility for their recall and recycling or re-use.

Promotion of viewing the waste as a resource, thereby encouraging economic


competitiveness through resource efficiency. Efforts should be made to encourage
collection of such re-usable material through waste collectors, waste producers, NGOs and
private sector instead of allowing reusable waste to land up at the disposal sites. Bottles,
cans, tins, drums, cartons can be reused and excess packaging materials can be recycled.

10.7 Media Campaigning and Environmental Awareness

Information Hot-line

Page 131
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

The key to success of any public-education, awareness and motivation program is to provide
maximum means of communication for the public to interact, promptly and conveniently
with the policy-makers and to seek clarification / share ideas or give suggestions which can
be constructively used in the waste management program. A telephone hot line or Post Box
number for written communications could be an ideal way to have inputs from people. This
should be manned during working hours (or even later) by polite, responsive and dynamic
persons who are well informed and have a liking for the subject at all times. These
communication channels (one or more) can be set up and monitored by using suitable in-
house staff or linking it to the environmental awareness section.

This awareness wing should be financially independent by allocating appropriate budget for
the associated activities, as below
 Publicity through local cable network may be 20 times a day on alternate days in the
first year and twice a week in the following year.
 Advertisement in all local newspapers twice in the first quarter and to be repeated
once in a quarter subsequently.
 Distribution of pamphlets and display of banners over a period of one year.
 Organize one street play in every slum through NGOs for one year.
 Organize 4no’s of rallies by students per year for two years.
 Awareness training to municipal staff. 1/2 day for sweepers & 1 day for supervisors.
 Awareness campaigns through group meetings over a period of one year

Use of Cable TV and Cable channels


This is a very powerful medium and can be used to
advise citizens not to litter and instead keep two
bins for the storage of waste at source, one for
biodegradable waste and another for recyclable
waste. Citizens may also be advised to cooperate in
handing over their waste to the waste collector on a
day to day basis as per the collection arrangements
and timings prescribed by the municipality. This
network can also publicize the contact numbers of
the officials for addressing their grievances on Solid Waste Management.

Use of Hoardings/banners
Special Hoardings/banners may be put in the town covering messages seeking public
participation. Alternatively, all Municipal-licensed Hoardings should have a space reserved
for civic messages. This will add a "socially-aware" image to the advertisers and will not
reduce the usefulness of the hoarding to them at all. The messages can be those developed
by advertising agents to promote any of the recommendations of this new waste-
management policy. The Hoardings should also publicize the hot-line numbers etc.

Page 132
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Advertisements in Newspapers
Advertisements may be given in local
newspapers from time to time to create public
awareness. Local newspapers can also be
requested to start a regular Suggestion Box on
the city page to improve Solid Waste
Management services in the town. They may
also be requested to give coverage to
successful initiatives that have overcome such
problems in a constructive way.

Issue of handbills
Council may get handbills printed with
photographs showing the new system of waste
management and advise the people to
cooperate in making their town clean and
healthy. Such handbills could be prepared
from the professionals for effective delivery of
message. Council can use newspaper delivery
services for distribution of handbills besides
distributing the same through health
department network.

Use of networking websites and instant message sharing technologies


Council may use the emergence of latest message sharing technologies like whatsapp,
facebook, twitter, etc., to disseminate information, take complaints and address the
grievance of the general public.

The subject of Solid Waste Management has remained neglected for the past several
decades with the result that the level of service is highly inadequate and inefficient. For
improving the Solid Waste Management (SWM) services it is essential to adopt modern
methods of waste management methods with right choice of technologies, which can work
in the given area successfully. Simultaneously, measures to be taken for institutional
strengthening and internal capacity building so that the efforts made can be sustained over
a period of time and the system put in place can be well managed. For sustainability of
waste management practices in any given area, training and capacity building of the
employees and everyone responsible for Solid Waste Management in the Urban Local
Bodies is the most important aspect without which the effective waste management would
be unattainable.

Page 133
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

In Solid Waste Management (SWM) the people, partnerships, coalitions, resources and skills
are essential to its successful implementation and hence all these are included under the
large umbrella of the term “capacity”.

10.8 Capacity Building Methods

There are many approaches to providing capacity building services, like:


 Providing access to repositories of information and resources (for example,
databases, libraries and web sites)
 Trainings (public, customized or on-line)
 Consultation (for example, facilitating, expert advice and conducting research)
 Publications
 Web based forum for interaction among different players

10.9 Capacity Building in Solid Waste Management

The approach to capacity building in SWM should be not only about technology and
economics but also about:
 Understanding the administration systems for waste management and related
activities (multidisciplinary and cross-sectoral).
 Understanding the need for human resource development to achieve better results
in SWM.
 Focus on building sound institutions and good governance for attaining improved
SWM. Delineating strategies for sustenance of achievements.

10.10 Strategic Framework for Capacity Building

The following diagram illustrates the capacity building framework in general. The framework
is premised on four core areas: (i) situation analysis (ii) creating the right vision and mission
(iii) drawing up the correct strategy and corresponding action, and (iv) measures for
sustainability.

10.11 Training Needs

The plan should invariably indicate the target group or agencies to be capacitated for
effective implementation. The major key factor for any training is depend on identification
of target groups, for effective waste management implementation there are various
groups/levels of people in the community who are major target groups.

Page 134
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

The following are major target groups:


Senior level officers-Decision makers
 Middle level officers-Managers and
technical staff
 Junior Level –Technical staff
 Unqualified ground-level staff
 Elected members
 Members of NGOs and private participants
if any

Appropriate training programmes have to be organized for staff on the concepts of SWM,
health, environmental, legal implications and functional aspects depending on the
knowledge levels and their organizational positions. Every person involved for the SWM in
ULBs has to be well-versed with the process, methods of SWM implementation.

10.12 Proposed Course Contents for Training


Training needs should be identified for various
levels including top and middle management,
supervisors and ground staff. The training should
be customised to the level of competence and
awareness of the manpower involved in the SWM
system. Training needs could be identified at each
organizational level. A training calendar could be
devised with course content depending on the need assessment.

General contents of the training courses at various levels are outlined below.

The suggested general course content for training the various levels of people in the SWM
system is as given below:
 Introduction to SWM
 Sources and types of solid waste, waste generation rates density, composition
 Ill-effects waste generation and improper disposal in terms health and
environmental aspects
 Importance of SWM
 Salient features of the Municipal Waste (Management & Handling ) Rules 2000
 Practices in other parts of the country through audio visual presentations, films
 Waste reduction and material recovery

Page 135
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

 Importance of segregation & storage, primary collection systems


 Rag picker activity and the role of informal sectors
 Role of governing bodies
 Planning an efficient sweeping and collection system,
 Tools and Equipments for SWM
o Transfer depots, container collection,
o Transportation- vehicle selection, alternatives for collection vehicles, vehicle
routing
o Processing options, composting, market for compost
o Sanitary land filling,
o Statutory and environmental requirements, site selection and procurement,
site development, operation, monitoring and closure of sites
o Role of community, NGOs and their participation
o Private Sector participation
o Technical and Financial aspects of SWM
o Institutional aspects of SWM and their strengthening
o Management Information System of SWM

As per the training need assessment and the targeted audience. The training content has to
be updated regularly and frequently so that latest developments could be included in the
material.

The training programmes for the workers could be conducted in an informal manner and in
the local language.

10.13 Management Information System


Good management is the key for effective
implementation and success of Solid Waste
Management. This requires collection of critical
information which is not just for keeping the
records up to-date but used effectively for taking
corrective measures as well as proper planning
for future. Existing information has to be
collected to have an overall idea of the prevalent
situation and develop an effective management
system for the future. Information that
highlights any deficiency in the existing system
can be used in taking corrective measures and
such information has to be collected at regular intervals to monitor the system.

Page 136
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Geographic Information System (GIS) and MIS has to be integrated into the SWM system.
Similarly, citizen interface could be maintained by frequently seeking their feedback and
suggestions.

Information that needs to be recorded and studied includes relevant information of the
department for planning process as well as specific information related to employee
performance, effectiveness of the training programmes, availability, adequacy, operation
and maintenance of the equipments and vehicles involved in SWM, the performance of the
processing plants, information related to landfill sites etc.

A list of items on which the data should be collected and kept on record for planning
purpose and monitoring the activities done by various sections of SWM has to be prepared
and be utilized by the local bodies. A check list/format would be developed for data
collection for the records and information. (Sample format attached)

The following information needs to be collected and updated from time to time:

1. Profile of the Town


a Area of the town/city;
b Population of the town/city;
c Decadal growth of population;
d Number of wards, their area and population
e Ward-wise information in regard to
o Population density in different wards;
o No, of Households, shops and Commercial Establishments
o Vegetable/fruit/meat/fish markets
o Number of Hotels & Restaurants
o Number of Hospitals and Nursing Homes
o Number of Industries
o Number of slum pockets /their population
o Road length and width
o Percentage of area covered with under-Ground sewage system
o Percentage of area having surface Drains
o Percentage of area having no drainage Facility
2. WASTE GENERATION
a Seasonal variations in daily waste generation
b Total quantity of waste produced annually during last 3 years
c Breakup of the quantity of wastes generated
o Household, shops and establishment waste;
o Vegetable and food market waste;
o Meat, fish and slaughter house waste;

Page 137
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

o Construction & demolition waste


o Hospital waste
o Industrial waste
d Average quantity of waste produced each day.
e Average number of carcass removed each day
3. STAFF POSITION
a Number of sanitation workers deployed in the city for the collection of waste
b Number of sanitation workers deployed for the transportation of waste
c Ward-wise allocation of sanitation workers
d Sweeper-population ratio in each ward
e Sweeper-road length ratio in each ward
f Sweeper-supervisor ratio in each ward
4. OTHER MANPOWER INVOLVED
1. Contract workers
2. NGO / CBO - Voluntary workers
3. Private players and their detailed information
4. Welfare Measures for workers like Uniforms, Housing, Healthcare, Loan for
education.
5. WASTE STORAGE DEPOTS
a Number of sites designated/notified for temporary waste collection (Dust bins/open
sites etc.)
b Type and size of Dustbin/open site provided in each ward.
c Ward-wise Quantum of waste generated each day
6. TRANSPORTATION
a Number of vehicles available with the local body for the transportation of waste, their
type, size and age.
b Number of trips made by each vehicle in one shift.
c Number of vehicles used in:
o First shift
o Second shift &
o Third shift
d Quantity of waste transported in each shift.
e Total quantity of waste transported each day.
f Percentage of waste transported each day.
7. COMPOSITION OF WASTE GENERATED
a Total quantity of Organic Waste
b Total quantity of Inorganic Waste
c Toxic Material Content
d Recyclable waste
8. WASTE PROCESSING AND DISPOSAL

Page 138
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

a Number of waste processing and disposal sites in the city.


b Their distances from the Centre of the city.
c The area of these sites
d The quantity of waste treated/disposed of at each site
f The expected life of each land filled site
9. FINANCIAL ASPECTS
a Operating cost
o Cost of collection per ton/day
o Cost of transportation per ton/day
o Cost of disposal per ton/day
b Allocation of revenue and Capital budget for SWM Vis a Vis the City Corporation's
budget

10.14 Monitoring of SWM Services:

For the day-to-day monitoring of SWM services, the following data may be collected,
compiled and analyzed.

10.14.1 Daily Reports

Daily reports of the following to be sent by supervisors to higher officials

(1) Collection of waste


 Number of sweepers required to report for duty
 Number of sweepers actually reporting for duty
 Number of sweepers absent
 Areas left unattended
 Arrangements made or proposed to be made for clearing the backlog

(2) Inspection by supervisors for street sweeping & primary collection


 Number of persons under his supervision
 Number of persons supervised during the day
 Number of cases where performance found satisfactory
 Number of cases where performance was not up to the mark
 Action taken or proposed to be taken
 Complaints received and attended

(3) Inspection of cost recovery services such as Hotels, Hospitals, commercial streets
and offices
 Number of cost recovery sites
 Number of sites inspected

Page 139
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

 Deficiencies noticed
 Complaints received and attended
 Action taken or proposed to be taken

(4) Inspection of Bulk Community Waste Storage Sites:


 Number of sites in the area under his charge
 Number of sites inspected
 Number of sites found well maintained
 Number of sites found ill maintained or needing repair or replacement
 Action taken
 Number of unauthorized waste disposal sites or sites identified during field
visits.
 Action taken

(5) Inspection of secondary waste collection points


 Number of sites in the area
 Number of sites inspected
 Number of sites found well maintained
 Number of sites found ill maintained or needing repair or replacement
 Action taken
 Number of unauthorized waste disposal sites or sites identified during field
visits
 Action taken

(6) Inspection of silt removal sites & building waste disposal sites
 Number of silt removal sites inspected
 Number of sites found satisfactory
 Number of sites where silt was found lying outside the man hole or surface
drain
 Number of construction sites/construction waste disposal sites visited
 No of sites where construction waste where there was unauthorised dumping
 Action taken
 Daily Report to be sent by Zonal Engineers

(7) Transportation of waste


 Number and type of vehicles and equipment required to report for duty
 Number and type of vehicles and equipment which actually reported for duty
 Breakdowns reported during the day and action taken
 Number of trips made to the disposal site by each vehicle
 Number of bins cleared during the day

Page 140
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

 Number and locations of bins left un-cleared and


 Arrangements made or proposed to be made for clearing the backlog

(8) Quantities of waste transported


 Number of vehicles deployed during the day or night
 Number of trips made
 Quantity of waste transported
 Number of vehicles which did not make adequate trips
 Number of vehicles which carried less garbage
 Action taken or proposed to be taken against defaulters

There should be route maps and duty charts with each of the supervisory staff, who should
check whether work on site is going as per schedule and whether vehicles and manpower
are giving their optimum output. Mobile phones or other communication networks essential
for effective communication and monitoring of services should be provided to Zonal
Engineers & supervisors.

(9) Inspection of Processing Sites:


 Whether the plant was functional during the week
 Whether it received the garbage as prescribed regularly
 Whether the site is properly maintained and waste stacked properly.
 Quantity of Bio organic fertilizer / desired material produced
 Quantity of production sold during the week
 Quantity of end product in stock
 Any irregularity noticed
 Action taken

(10) Inspection of Waste Disposal Site:


 Name of the site inspected
 Whether all the staff were present on duty during the week
 Whether the required machinery was available on site on all the days
 Whether the approach road and internal roads are properly made
 Whether the weigh bridge is functional and properly used
 Quantity of waste received at the site on the days during the week
 Whether the entire waste was spread, compacted and covered on the same
day.
 Whether communication facilities such as telephone, wireless etc., remained
functional during the week.
 Whether shelter and drinking water facility is adequate
 Deficiencies noticed

Page 141
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

 Remedial action taken or proposed to be taken

(11) Training Programme Monitoring


 Topic of the training
 Date of training programme
 Type of training programme
 Targeted organization level
 No. of attendees
 Feedback from the attendees

(12) Complaint Redressal Mechanism


 Name of the complaint cell
 Ward/Location of the complaint cell
 Nature of complaint
 Details of the complaint
 Action taken

10.14.2 Monitoring and Evaluation of Daily Reports

Monitoring & Evaluation Monitoring and


evaluation (M&E) of activities provides with
better means for learning from past experience,
improving service delivery, planning and
allocating resources, and demonstrating results
as part of accountability to key stakeholders. It
also help as a tool for focused improvement and
to identify key issues.

Tools such as Performance Indicators, Formal surveys, Rapid Appraisal Methods,


Participatory Methods, Cost-benefit and cost-effectiveness analysis, Impact Evaluation etc
could be used for monitoring and evaluation. The output as well as outcome will be
thoroughly monitored using the appropriate tool. This will help proper evaluation of the
capacity building activities and taking corrective action, as found required.

Page 142
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

CHAPTER 11. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN

11.1 Objective
The purpose of the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is to minimize the potential
environmental impacts from the project and to mitigate the consequences. EMP reflects the
commitment of the project management to protect the environment as well as the
neighboring populations. The potential environmental impact envisaged from the project is
studied on the following environmental components.

 Air pollution from the vehicular movement, DG set and Power generation
 Fugitive emissions during the construction phase
 Water pollution due to the Leachate generation
 Noise Generation

11.2 Environmental Management Plan


Preparation of Environmental Management Plan is required for the formulation and
monitoring of environmental protection measures during and after construction of the
proposed project. The plan should indicate the details as to how various measures proposed
to be taken for mitigation of adverse impacts if any from the proposed project.

The following sections describe the Environmental Management Plan for the proposed
Integrated Municipal Solid Waste Management Facility during the construction as well as
the operation phases.

11.1.1 Construction Phase


Construction activity involves site levelling and construction of admin building, windrows
platform, Municipal Solid Waste storing Sheds, Leachate Treatment Plant etc., are
envisaged. However during construction activities if any dust is generated, it will be
controlled by using water spraying on roads and other dust generating sources. No
additional sanitation facilities are required as most of the labours will be hired from local
villages. The effect of noise on the nearby habitation during construction activities will be
negligible as the nearest habitat is more than 0.5 km from the project site. However
construction labour would be provided with noise protection devices like ear muffs, and
occupational safety ware. Moreover it is recommended that all noise generating
equipments are to be stopped during night time.

Page 143
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

11.1.2 Operation Phase


The facility has always aimed at sustainable development and in this context only it has
implemented several measures to curtail pollution to maximum extent. This is achieved by
deploying technologies like full-fledged proper stack height for dispersion of DG set
emissions, Leachate treatment plant. Proposed Integrated Municipal Solid Waste
Management Facility has a dedicated green belt area and is also proposing to have acoustic
enclosures for lowering the noise levels coming out from the DG set and other noise
generating equipment.

11.3 Air Pollution Control


The sources of air emission identified from the proposed Integrated Municipal Solid Waste
Management facility during construction, operation stage, paper recycling process and
Construction and Demolition(C&D) Waste Processing. DG set, vehicular emissions and
Methane Gas Flaring during operation stage are expected. Due to the proposed power plant
particulate matter, sulfur dioxide, and oxides of nitrogen and fugitive dust are expected.
Following mitigation measures are taken to overcome the air pollution emissions.

Table 11-1: Air Pollution Control Measures


S. No. Air pollutant Source Control
1 SO2, NOx DG sets Adequate stack height, acoustic enclosure
2 Dust, SO2, NOx Vehicles Black carpeted roads shall be maintained
properly to reduce dust.
3 SPM Processing of Particulate Matter controlled by providing highly
C&D Waste efficient (99.9%) Electrostatic Precipitators (ESPs)
to limit outlet concentration to 115mg/Nm3.

The other control measures for reducing dust emission should include the following good
house-keeping practices:
 Covering open operations to prevent dust entrainment by the wind
 Construction of wind breaking walls
 To reduce the drop height of dusty material
 Regular cleaning and wetting of the ground within the premises
 Establishment of a green belt along the periphery of the crushing area and roads to
arrest the spread of particulate matter arising from vehicular movement inside the
area
 Construction of metalled road paved within the premises;
 Fine dust accumulated in the crushing area should be periodically removed and
placed in dumps covered with tarpaulins to arrest the spread of dust;
 Conveyor chutes should be provided at the discharge points;

Page 144
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

 Fine powder should be collected at the ground level and disposed of immediately;
and
 As an occupational safety measure, all the workers should be provided with
approved dust masks to prevent dust from entering into the respiratory system.

The following methods of abatement will be employed for the air pollution control from the
proposed power plant.

a) Reduction of emission at source


To control the major pollutants envisaged from the proposed power plant the following
methods of abatement will be employed for the air pollution control.
 Particulate matter will be controlled by providing highly efficient (99.9%)
electrostatic precipitators (ESPs) to limit outlet concentration to 100 mg/Nm 3.
 Chimney with appropriate height need to be proposed for adequate dispersion
of sulfur dioxide;
 Emission of NOx will be controlled through low NOx burners;
 Adequate dust suppression system (water spray system) and dust extraction
systems will be installed in the waste handling and storage areas, and transfer
points;
 Green belt will be provided around the plant boundary. Plantation along the
internal roads will be undertaken;
 All the internal roads will be concreted/asphalted to reduce the fugitive dust due
to vehicular movement; and

b) Stack Gas Monitoring


The emissions from the stack will be monitored continuously for exit concentration of sulfur
dioxide, oxides of nitrogen and particulate matter. PM levels if found exceeding the limit,
necessary control measures will be taken to bring them back within standards. Sampling
ports would be provided in the stacks according to CPCB guidelines.

c) Ambient Air Quality Monitoring


The concentration of SPM, RPM, SO2, NOx and CO in the ambient air within the project
boundaries and outside the project boundaries (adjoining villages) would be monitored.

d) Meteorological Observations
The dry bulb temperature, wet bulb temperature, wind speed, wind direction, cloud cover,
rainfall and solar radiation will be recorded daily.

Page 145
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

11.4 Odour Control

The odour nuisance is spread over a radius of 0.75 km to 1.0 km at proposed facility
surroundings. Due to the proposed facility the waste may be treated in a planned manner so
that the odour can be minimized. The odour management is more critical issue in landfills.
The principles which need to be adopted are to minimize the number of sources of odour
generation which exist in site. To undertake direct management of odour generating
sources that give rise to odour problems.

The mitigation of odour can be achieved by the followings:

a) Using Deodorants for control of odour at compost plant


The deodorants may work effectively on the below mentioned points.
 Reducing ammonia odors in the bedding lanes
 Controlling moisture content of the MSW on the windrow
Improving integrity/longevity, Reducing NH3 CO2 & Other Greenhouse gases,
 Absorbing nitrogen & improving manure compost, and improving air quality &
reducing groundwater contamination.

b) Daily cover and compaction at the tipping face


Once waste has been deposited at the working area of a landfill (the ‘tipping face’) it is
usually made flat with a bulldozer and compacted by large machines with specialized
studded steel wheels, called compactors. The operating area of a landfill is covered
progressively through the day with a layer of earth, clay or a similar material. This cover
helps minimize blown litter and odour from fresh waste. Instead of using soil as daily cover
by using heavy duty hessian, plastics and foams the odour nuisance can be minimized.

c) Landfill engineering and liners


The containment landfill sites have to be ‘lined and designed to prevent the uncontrolled
escape of gas and leachate to the environment. The materials used are usually of
compacted clay, plastics or composites. Liners are engineered on the base, sides and, the
top of a landfill site (called capping) after waste has been deposited.

d) Leachate management and treatment


Leachate will contain potential pollutants since it has been in contact with waste. It gives an
offensive odour. Hence the required capacity of Leachate Treatment Plant should be
proposed.

e) Restoration, aftercare and environmental monitoring

Page 146
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

The Proposed landfill site must have an environmental monitoring regime. To detect the
leachate quantity which escapes into the ground and pollutes the ground water table and to
detect the gas escapes from the landfill. The function of this sampling is to ensure that the
containment liner is not leaking.
 By avoiding parking full waste vehicles on site overnight
 By providing vacuum venting on leachate sumps and drains
 Direct recycling leachate from sumps to sub cover rein filtration in bioreactor landfills or
to sewer
 Providing close monitoring and maintenance of gas harvesting systems and flares;
Avoiding excessively clayey final cap material or other material prone to desiccation or
settlement cracking, or provide for a moist biologically active attenuation capacity in the
vegetation layer.
 Washout of vehicles and their substructure to reduce on road vehicle odour
 Avoidance of odour masking agents which merely reinforce noticeable odour
occurrence.

11.5 Landfill Gas Management

Land fill gas is generated as a product of waste biodegradation. In land fill, Organic waste is
broken down by enzymes produced by bacteria in a manner. Considerable heat is generated
by these reactions with methane, carbon dioxide, nitrogen, oxygen, hydrogen sulphide and
other gases as by products. Methane and carbon dioxide are the principle gases produced
with almost 50-50% share. When methane is present in the air in concentrations between 5
to 15 %, it is explosive. Landfills generate gases with a pressure sufficient enough to damage
the final cover and largely have the impact on vegetative cover. Also because only limited
amount of oxygen are present in a land fill, when methane concentration reach this critical
level, there is a little danger that the land fill will explode. The quantity of gas generated
from the landfill is estimated with the help of Landfill Gas Emissions (Land GEM) model. The
proposed gas collect ion and flaring system is shown in Figure.

For venting system number of vents required can be estimated by following formula,
Number of Vents Required, N = V / R
V = Volume of Gas Generated
R = Rate of Gas Release per Vent

Since landfill site at proposed facility is supported by compost plant gas generation is
anticipated to be very less. The principal components of landfill gas are Methane (CH4) and
Carbon dioxide (CO2) and USEPA has identified another 47 type of toxicants and carcinogens
liberate from the landfill. For landfill site at proposed facility a gas venting system with
flaring arrangement is proposed.

Page 147
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Figure 11-1: Gas Flaring System

11.6 Water Pollution Control & Management

The wastewater generated from the proposed facility comprises of composting windrow,
closed landfill and operating landfill cell. The leachate generated from the process area shall
be collected into leachate collection sumps and conveyed to the effluent treatment plant.
The total wastewater generated from the proposed Integrated Municipal Solid Waste
Management facility is as follows:

Table 11-2: Waste water Generation Details in m3/day


Wastewater in
Sl. No Utility Remarks
m3/day
1 Domestic Wastewater 1
2 Leachate from Windrow of Compost 3 Will be reused on windrows and
Plant excess sent to evaporation pond

3 Leachate from Landfill 4 Solar Evaporation pond


Total 8

11.7 Leachate Management Plan


The main sources of leachate generation is from MSW laid on windrow platform and due to
the infiltration of rain water in to the land fill area contributes leachate from the proposed
integrated facility. Leachate generation from the compost plant will be maximum during the
first week of decomposition. It may range 20% of the quantity of waste on the windrow.

The leachate generation from the windrow platform is high. However, to maintain the
moisture on the windrow it is required to sprinkle 110 liter water per ton of waste
approximately. Hence a high quantity of water is required to maintain the moisture on the

Page 148
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

windrow. It is proposed to meet the required quantity of water by recirculation the leachate
generated from the windrow.

During the monsoon season the windrow platforms will be covered with 100GSM Low
Density Polyethylene (LDPE) sheets. The leachate generating during this season will be sent
to storage tank/ leachate holding tank.

The leachate from the caped landfill can be treated by Solar Evaporation pond. The leachate
from the operated landfill is also proposed to treat in solar evaporation pond. The domestic
wastewater generated would be conveyed to the solar evaporation pond. The Figure 11.2
shows the management of wastewater/leachate and Figure 11.3 shows the sizes of the
tanks.

Figure 11-2: Leachate Management Plan

Figure 11-3: Sizes of the tanks

Page 149
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

11.8 Solar Evaporation Pond

Solar Evaporation can be effective for concentrating or removing salts, heavy metals and a
variety of hazardous materials from solution. It may be used to recover useful by-products
from a solution, or to concentrate liquid wastes prior to additional treatment and final
disposal.

In Solar Evaporation Process, the leachate is concentrated when a portion of water, is


vaporized, leaving behind saline liquor that contains virtually all of the dissolved solids, or
solute, from the original feed. In this process the evaporation can also be done by using
commercial evaporation equipment.

11.9 Sludge Management

The sludge which settles at the bottom of solar evaporation pond need to be managed. The
amount sludge generated from the solar evaporation pond is around 0.3-0.5 tons/year. The
sludge can also be sent for composting and mixed into a homogenous state to fasten up the
composting process. The dried sludge can also be directly disposed in the Landfill.

11.10 Capping of Landfill

A final landfill cover is usually composed of several layers, each with a specific function. The
surface cover system must enhance surface drainage, minimise infiltration, support

Page 150
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

vegetation and control the release of landfill gases. The landfill cover to be adopted will
depend on the gas management system.

As recommended by the MoEF and CPHEEO the final cover system must consist of a
vegetative layer supported by a drainage layer over barrier layer and gas vent layer.

Liner System Design


A composite barrier has 1.5mm High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) geo-membrane or
equivalent overlying 90cm of soil (clay/amended soil) having permeability coefficient not
greater than 1X10-7cm/sec will be proposed.

Therefore for the landfill site composite liner of following specifications has been
recommended.
 A 90cm thick compacted clay or GCL of permeability not greater than 1X10 -7 cm/sec
 A HDPE geo-membrane liner of thickness 1.5mm
 A drainage layer of 15cm thick granular material of permeability not greater than 10-2
cm/sec.

Main components of composite liner are clay/amended soil layer and geo-membrane liner
and performance of landfill largely depends on this liner system. Thus it is incumbent to
design the liner system very accurately

Clay or Amended Soil Liner


The clay or GCL is the base layer of landfill, which holds the entire system of landfill. Hence
Safety of this layer is at most important in designing liner system. Generally it is
recommended that clay material with permeability not greater than 1X10-7cm/sec laid with
proper in-situ compaction.

Geo-Membrane Liner
Geo-membranes are relatively thin sheets of flexible thermoplastic or thermopolymeric
materials. Because of their inherent impermeability, geomembranes are proposed as barrier
layer in landfill site. Even though geomembranes are highly impermeable, their safety
against manufacturing, installation, handling and other defects is essential criteria in
designing liner system.

Density of Geo-membrane Liner – Puncture Protection


Geo-membranes may contain manufacturing defects like tears, improperly bonded seams
and pinholes and may get defects during installation and handling also. So there is a
possibility of leakage of leachate through these defects. However the presence of low
permeability soil liner beneath a defect in the geo-membrane reduces the leakage by
limiting the flow rate through the defect. Flow through the defects in geo-membrane is
controlled by the size of the defect, the available air space between the two liners into

Page 151
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

which leachate can flow, the hydraulic conductivity of the clay/amended soil liner and
hydraulic head of the leachate.

To ensure the performance of the landfill site after closure leakage through the geo-
membrane should be controlled from the above defects. In this case assessment of density
of geomembrane i.e. mass per unit area (minimum thickness is fixed as 1.5mm) is essential.
As suggested by USEPA the thickness of geomembrane against puncture is determined as
per the design criteria.

11.11 Management of Flora & Fauna

A few shrubs and under trees are going to be damaged on account of the establishment of
the integrated MSW disposal facility. All of them occur in the buffer zone as well as in other
parts. Hence, there are no chances of losing any valuable biodiversity. In order to
consolidate the landfill, the proponents want to restore the old landfills with trees and
shrubs. There is no plan to introduce new exotic species except those that have become
naturalized. Preference will be given to tall and evergreen native and local trees.

Planting stocks are readily available from the social Forest Department as well as from the
local private nurseries. All plants are locally adapted and the present site can support their
growth with suitable horticultural practices. Sufficient space, resources and man power for
development and maintenance are provided in the plan.

11.12 Control of Noise Pollution

The noise generating unit in the proposed Integrated Municipal Solid Waste Management
Facility is DG set etc. The noise drops to 50 dB (A) at a distance of 500 m from the project
site. As the nearest habitat is more than 0.5 km from the project site the impact on the
general public will be minimal. However all necessary precautionary measures like ear plugs
to workers, regular maintenance of noise generating equipment will be carried out to
reduce the noise levels. The noise levels at the boundary of the plant are 55 dB (A).

Noise Pollution Management


The existing noise pollution management measures are;
 Acoustic Enclosure for all the high noise level equipments
 All the design/installation precautions as specified by the manufacturers with
respect to noise control are strictly adhered to
 High noise generating sources are insulated adequately by providing suitable
enclosures;
 Other than the regular maintenance of the various equipment, ear plugs are
provided to the personnel close to the noise generating units;
 All the openings like covers, partitions are designed properly.

Page 152
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

11.13 Environmental Control during Composting Process

 All uncovered windrow areas will be provided with an impermeable base.


Such a base will be made of concrete or of compacted clay, 50 centimeters
thick, having permeability less than 10-7 centimeters/second. The base will be
provided with 2 % slope and will be encircled by lined drains for collection of
leachate. A treatment unit will be provided to ensure that the wastewater is
discharged after it meets all the regulatory standards
 On such days when waste cannot be accepted at the compost plant due to
rains/plant maintenance, the waste will be diverted to a land fill
 The process rejects will be removed from the compost plant on daily basis.
The recyclables will be diverted to recycling vendors. The non-recyclables
should be sent to land fill.
 Temporary storage of rejects will be done in a covered area.
 Temporary storage is done an open area for 1 or 2 days
 The height of the stock piled waste will not exceed 3 m
 The storage area will have a provision for odour control, litter control, fire
control and bird control.

11.14 Occupational Health Management

There will be routine observation in health as certain sufferings are likely to appear as result
of exposure by the workers during operations of various facilities.

11.15 Medical Check-up of Workers

All the employees shall be required to undergo a medical checkup before joining the facility.
Medical checkup will be conducted on regular basis and the health conditions will be
monitored.

11.16 First Aid of Facilities

All the first aid facilities required to attend immediately for meeting emergency situations
shall be made available at the facility.

11.17 Fire Protection System

The fire protection system will protect the entire site area from fire hazards happening
accidentally.

Page 153
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

11.18 Hydrant Systems

This system comprises of a ground level water storage tank to store the anticipated
requirement of water. Two electric motor driven pumps and two diesel high pressure
pumps will be provided to pump the water to a high pressure header from where the water
is distributed to various high pressure hydrants provided at selected locations.

Necessary fire hoses terminated with spouts will be kept ready at each hydrant location to
facilitate fire-fighting. The header also caters to a multi fire system to automatically sprinkle
water through sprinklers provided.

11.19 Green Belt Development

The proposed Integrated Municipal Solid Waste management facility will allocated area for
green belt. The green belt is well developed and helps to capture the emissions, attenuate
the noise generated and improve the aesthetics.

Attempts are always being made to ensure that all open spaces, where tree plantation may
not possible, will be covered with shrubs and grass to prevent erosion of topsoil. Adequate
attention is being paid to maintenance and protection of green belt. Apart from green belt
all around the site, on the top of closed/capped landfills greenery would be developed.

11.20 Environmental Management Cell

An efficient environmental management cell exists at Integrated Municipal Solid waste


Management Facility. The Environmental Cell is headed by the Project Manager followed by
other officers and technicians. The department is the nodal agency to co-ordinate and
provides necessary services on environmental issues during operation of the project. This
environmental group is responsible for implementation of environmental management
plan, interaction with the environmental regulatory agencies, reviewing draft policy and
planning. This department interacts with Andhra Pradesh State Pollution Control Board
(APPCB) and other environment regulatory agencies. The department also interacts with
local people to understand their problems and to formulate appropriate community
development plan.

Page 154
DPR on MSWM for Nagarkurnool ULB Draft DPR

Project In-Charge

Environment & Health Fire & Safety

Leachate Treatment Security Persons


Plant Supervisor

Workers

Figure 11.4 Organization Chart

Page 155
Feedback Representative with Nagarkurnool Municipality officials
NE
W
N

SE
SW
N
E
NW

SW SE

NE
NW

SE
SW
W

N
N

E
SW SE

NE
W
N

SE
SW
·
·
·

NE
W
N

SE
SW
NE
W
N

SE
SW
NE
W
N

SE
SW
NE
W
N

SE
SW
N
W E
N

SW SE

NE
W
N

SE
SW
NE
W
N

SE
SW
Project : Detailed Project Reports (DPR), Implementation of
Municipal Solid Waste Management Projects.
Client : Commissioner & Director of Municipal Administration
(CDMA)

Design Consultant : Feed Back Infra, 15th Floor, Tower 9B, DLF Cyber City,
Phase-III, Gurugram 122 002, Haryana.
Detailed Estimation for Vehicle Work Shop (21.23 x 10.23 m) - PEB
Sl. No Description of Item Units Qty Rate Amount Remarks
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 Earthwork in excavation for structures as per cum 133.10 97.40 12,964.35
drawing and technical specifications Clause
305.1 including setting out, construction of
shoring and bracing, removal of stumps and
other deleterious material and disposal up to
a lead of 50 m, dressing of sides and bottom
and backfilling in trenches with excavated
suitable material as per Technical
Specification 305 MORD / 304 MORTH
Ordinary soil, Mechanical Means - Up to 3 m
depth

2 Providing Antitermite treatment as per IS 6315 sqm 371.34 296.80 110,213.42


(Part - 2) 2001 (Pre-constructional chemical
treatment measures) along the internal &
external vertical faces of the columns, plinth
beams, basement and top surface of the
basement filling below flooring bed as per the
specified procedure conforming to IS 6315
(Part-2) 2001 and other relevant approved
specification duly using Chlorpyriphos/
Lindane emulsifiable concentrate 20% with 1%
concentration @ 7.5 Liters/ sqm of the vertical
surface & @ 5.0 Liters/ sqm of the horizontal
surface of the substructure to a depth of 500
mm around columns & 300 mm deep around
plinth beams, basements & floor filling area
including excavation channel along the wall
& rodding etc. & cost & conveyance of all
materials to the site, cost of labour for
spraying, rodding etc. complete for finished
item of work as per the approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge

3 Plain Cement concrete (1:4:8) using 40 mm cum 41.81 4,295.30 179,581.57


metal with concrete mixture. All work up to
plinth level.
4 Construction of Coursed Rubble Masonry with cum 32.29 4,189.00 135,260.34
hard stone in foundation, plinth & super
structure up to +2.10m level including cost of
all materials, seigniorage charges, labour and
all operations for constructing masonry,
mixing cement mortar, curing etc., complete
for finished item of work.
CRS Masonry in CM (1:6)

Abstract_Vehicle Workshop Page 1 of 4


1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5 Filling with sand in trenches, sides of cum 63.00 1,085.90 68,411.70
foundations and basement with initial lead in
layers not exceeding 15 cm thick,
consolidating each deposited layer by
watering and ramming including cost and
conveyance of water to work site and all
operational, incidental, labour charges, hire
charges of T & P etc., complete for finished
item of work.
6 Supply and placing of the Ready Mix (RMC) -
Standard Design Mix Concrete grade M25 as
per IS 4926-2003 with minimum cement
content as per IS code 456-2000 using 20 mm
graded metal, from standard suppliers
approved by the department including
pumping, laying concrete, vibrating, curing
etc. complete but excluding cots of steel and
its fabrication charges, cantering, shuttering
for finished item of work.

a) Foundations, Plinth, Pedestals (Below Plinth) cum 18.21 5,692.20 103,654.86

b) Columns, Lintels, RCC Walls / Water Tanks In cum 1.46 7,098.80 10,361.26
Buildings
c) RCC Slabs, Beams cum - 5,059.00 -
7 Supply and placing of the Ready Mix (SFRC) cum 35.70 8,965.50 320,068.35
Standard Design Mix Concrete grade as per IS
4926-2003 with minimum cement content as
per IS code 456-2000 using 20 mm graded
metal, from standard suppliers approved by
the department including pumping, laying
concrete, vibrating, curing etc. complete but
excluding cots of steel and its fabrication
charges, cantering, shuttering for finished item
of work.

8 Construction of granular sub-base by cum 21.00 1,566.50 32,896.50


providing well graded / Close Graded
material, mixing in a mechanical mix plant at
OMC, carriage of mixed material to work site
up to lead of 1000 m spreading in uniform
layers with motor grader on prepared surface
and compacting with smooth wheel roller 80-
100 kN to achieve the desired density,
complete as per Technical Specification
Clause 401

9 Supplying, fitting and placing HYSD bar kg 2,219.35 55.10 122,286.35


reinforcement in foundation complete as per
drawings and technical specifications for Bars
below 36 mm dia including over laps and
wastage, where they are not welded

10 Hire charges for Centering & Scaffolding - -


Unsupported Height up to 3.66 M Steel
scaffolding pipes, jack Props, walkers, Foot
plates, brackets, steel Cantering Plates, etc.,

a) Footings cum 16.26 1,070.30 17,407.23

Abstract_Vehicle Workshop Page 2 of 4


1 2 3 4 5 6 7
b) Pedestals cum 1.95 1,558.00 3,032.03
c) Plinth Beams cum 8.07 3,336.10 26,930.17
d) Columns cum 1.46 3,098.60 4,522.65
11 23 cm wide Brick masonry for below & above cum 16.84 5,077.20 85,479.74
plinth, super-structure on ground floor in cm
(1:6) using second class traditional size bricks
including cost of all materials, seigniorage
charges, labour and all operations for
constructing brick masonry, mixing cement
mortar, curing etc., complete for finished item
of work.
Brick Masonry in CM (1:6) with 2nd class Bricks
traditional size 23 x 11 x 7 cms
12 Plastering -
a) Providing cement plaster 15 mm thick for 10 sqm 93.96 2,173.50 20,422.21
internal a single coat in cement mortar 1:4
without neeru finish to concrete or brick
surfaces, in all positions including scaffolding
and curing complete.
b) Providing external cement plaster 20 mm thick 10 sqm 72.01 3,794.00 27,320.37
in 2 coats with cement mortar base coat in
CM (1:6), 16 mm thick and top coat in CM
(1:4), 4 mm thick with Debora sponge finishing
to concrete or brick surfaces, in all positions
including scaffolding and curing complete.

13 Filling with useful available excavated earth cum 71.11 272.60 19,385.80
(excluding rock) in trenches, sides of
foundations and basement with initial lead in
layers not exceeding 15 cm thick,
consolidating each deposited layer by
watering and ramming including cost and
conveyance of water to work site and all
operational, incidental, labour charges, hire
charges of T & P etc., complete for finished
item of work. (APSS NO. 309 & 310)
Earth filling (ordinary soil) Available soil

14 Removal of unsuitable / Unserviceable soil cum 61.99 78.70 4,878.59


including excavation, loading and disposal
up to 1000 m lead but excluding compaction
ground supporting embankment subgrade
replacement by suitable soil, which shall be
paid separately as per Clause 303.5.2 as per
Technical Specification Clause 302.3.11 MORD
/ 301 MORTH

15 Painting For Walls -

Abstract_Vehicle Workshop Page 3 of 4


1 2 3 4 5 6 7
a) Painting to new walls with 2 coats of ready 10 sqm 93.96 1,181.90 11,105.13
mixed oil bound washable distemper of
approved brand and shade over a base coat
of appropriate primer of approved brand,
making 3 coats in all to give an even shade
after thoroughly brushing the surface to
remove all dirt and remains of loose
powdered materials, including cost and
conveyance of all materials to work site and
all operational, incidental, labour charges etc.
complete for finished item of work as per SS
911 for internal walls

b) Painting to new walls with 2 coats of water 10 sqm 72.01 1,152.70 8,300.52
proof cement paint of approved brand and
shade over a base coat of approved cement
primer grade I making 3 coats in all to give
an even shade after thoroughly brushing the
surface to remove all dirt and remains of loose
powdered materials, including cost and
conveyance of all materials to work site and
all operational, incidental, labour charges etc.
complete for finished item of work as per SS
912 for internal walls

16 PEB : sqm 262.50 4,887.50 1,282,968.75


Fabrication, Supply and Installation of Steel
Structures for sheds including all materials,
labour, hire charges of machinery, two coats
of epoxy paint over one coat of approved
steel primer, etc., complete for finished item
of work .
17 Base Plat and Anchor Bolts Labour Charges nos 10.30 1,250.00 12,871.06

Grand Total Amount in INR : 2,620,322.96


Total area in sqm : 217.18
Per sqm cost in INR : 12,065.05

Abstract_Vehicle Workshop Page 4 of 4


Project : Detailed Project Reports (DPR), Implementation of
Municipal Solid Waste Management Projects.
Client : Commissioner & Director of Municipal Administration
(CDMA)

Design Consultant : Feed Back Infra, 15th Floor, Tower 9B, DLF Cyber City,
Phase-III, Gurugram 122 002, Haryana.
Abstract Estimation for Presorting/RDF/Compost Plant (50.00 x 25.00 m) - PEB
Sl. No Description of Item Units Qty Rate Amount Remarks
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 Earthwork in excavation for structures as per cum 592.02 97.40 57,662.75
drawing and technical specifications Clause
305.1 including setting out, construction of
shoring and bracing, removal of stumps and
other deleterious material and disposal up to
a lead of 50 m, dressing of sides and bottom
and backfilling in trenches with excavated
suitable material as per Technical
Specification 305 MORD / 304 MORTH
Ordinary soil, Mechanical Means - Up to 3 m
depth

2 Providing Antitermite treatment as per IS 6315 sqm 1,762.07 296.80 522,982.38


(Part - 2) 2001 (Pre-constructional chemical
treatment measures) along the internal &
external vertical faces of the columns, plinth
beams, basement and top surface of the
basement filling below flooring bed as per the
specified procedure conforming to IS 6315
(Part-2) 2001 and other relevant approved
specification duly using Chlorpyriphos/
Lindane emulsifiable concentrate 20% with 1%
concentration @ 7.5 Liters/ sqm of the vertical
surface & @ 5.0 Liters/ sqm of the horizontal
surface of the substructure to a depth of 500
mm around columns & 300 mm deep around
plinth beams, basements & floor filling area
including excavation channel along the wall
& rodding etc. & cost & conveyance of all
materials to the site, cost of labour for
spraying, rodding etc. complete for finished
item of work as per the approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge

3 Plain Cement concrete (1:4:8) using 40 mm cum 185.93 4,295.30 798,644.46


metal with concrete mixture. All work up to
plinth level.
4 Plain Cement concrete (1:2:4) using 20 mm cum 47.63 5,339.10 254,290.65
metal with concrete mixture. All work up to
plinth level.

Abstract_Compost Plant Page 1 of 4


1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5 Construction of granular sub-base by cum 125.00 1,566.50 195,812.50
providing well graded / Close Graded
material, mixing in a mechanical mix plant at
OMC, carriage of mixed material to work site
up to lead of 1000 m spreading in uniform
layers with motor grader on prepared surface
and compacting with smooth wheel roller 80-
100 kN to achieve the desired density,
complete as per Technical Specification
Clause 401

6 Construction of Coursed Rubble Masonry with cum 118.21 4,189.00 495,164.93


hard stone in foundation, plinth & super
structure up to +2.10m level including cost of
all materials, seigniorage charges, labour and
all operations for constructing masonry,
mixing cement mortar, curing etc., complete
for finished item of work.
CRS Masonry in CM (1:6)

7 Earth filling (ordinary soil) Barrowed soil: cum 375.00 593.10 222,412.50
Filling with approved material obtained from
borrow pits (excluding rock) in trenches, sides
of foundations and basement with initial lead
in layers not exceeding 15 cm thick,
consolidating each deposited layer by
watering and ramming including cost and
conveyance of water to work site and all
operational, incidental, labour charges, hire
charges of T & P etc., complete for finished
item of work.

8 Supply and placing of the Ready Mix (RMC) -


Standard Design Mix Concrete grade M25 as
per IS 4926-2003 with minimum cement
content as per IS code 456-2000 using 20 mm
graded metal, from standard suppliers
approved by the department including
pumping, laying concrete, vibrating, curing
etc. complete but excluding cots of steel and
its fabrication charges, cantering, shuttering
for finished item of work.

a) Foundations, Plinth, Pedestals (Below Plinth) cum 53.38 5,692.20 303,843.94

b) Columns, Lintels, RCC Walls / Water Tanks In cum 2.84 7,098.80 20,125.10
Buildings
c) RCC Slabs, Beams cum - 5,059.00 -
9 Supply and placing of the Ready Mix (SFRC) cum 212.50 8,965.50 1,905,168.75
Standard Design Mix Concrete grade as per IS
4926-2003 with minimum cement content as
per IS code 456-2000 using 20 mm graded
metal, from standard suppliers approved by
the department including pumping, laying
concrete, vibrating, curing etc. complete but
excluding cots of steel and its fabrication
charges, cantering, shuttering for finished item
of work.

Abstract_Compost Plant Page 2 of 4


1 2 3 4 5 6 7
10 Supplying, fitting and placing HYSD bar kg 4,497.12 55.10 247,791.31
reinforcement in foundation complete as per
drawings and technical specifications for Bars
below 36 mm dia including over laps and
wastage, where they are not welded

11 Hire charges for Centering & Scaffolding - -


Unsupported Height up to 3.66 M Steel
scaffolding pipes, jack Props, walkers, Foot
plates, brackets, steel Cantering Plates, etc.,

a) Footings cum 31.59 1,070.30 33,810.78


b) Pedestals cum 3.78 1,558.00 5,889.24
c) Plinth Beams cum 18.01 3,336.10 60,079.82
d) Columns cum 2.84 3,098.60 8,784.53
12 23 cm wide Brick masonry for below & above cum 26.28 5,077.20 133,404.45
plinth, super-structure on ground floor in cm
(1:6) using second class traditional size bricks
including cost of all materials, seigniorage
charges, labour and all operations for
constructing brick masonry, mixing cement
mortar, curing etc., complete for finished item
of work.
Brick Masonry in CM (1:6) with 2nd class Bricks
traditional size 23 x 11 x 7 cms
13 Plastering -
a) Providing cement plaster 15 mm thick for 10 240.00 2,173.50 52,164.00
internal a single coat in cement mortar 1:4 sqm
without neeru finish to concrete or brick
surfaces, in all positions including scaffolding
and curing complete.
b) Providing external cement plaster 20 mm thick 10 143.00 3,794.00 54,254.20
in 2 coats with cement mortar base coat in sqm
CM (1:6), 16 mm thick and top coat in CM
(1:4), 4 mm thick with Debora sponge finishing
to concrete or brick surfaces, in all positions
including scaffolding and curing complete.

14 Filling with useful available excavated earth cum 369.21 272.60 100,645.83
(excluding rock) in trenches, sides of
foundations and basement with initial lead in
layers not exceeding 15 cm thick,
consolidating each deposited layer by
watering and ramming including cost and
conveyance of water to work site and all
operational, incidental, labour charges, hire
charges of T & P etc., complete for finished
item of work. (APSS NO. 309 & 310)
Earth filling (ordinary soil) Available soil

15 Removal of unsuitable / Unserviceable soil cum 222.81 78.70 17,535.38


including excavation, loading and disposal
up to 1000 m lead but excluding compaction
ground supporting embankment subgrade
replacement by suitable soil, which shall be
paid separately as per Clause 303.5.2 as per
Technical Specification Clause 302.3.11 MORD
/ 301 MORTH

Abstract_Compost Plant Page 3 of 4


1 2 3 4 5 6 7
16 Painting For Walls -
a) Painting to new walls with 2 coats of ready 10 240.00 1,181.90 28,365.60
mixed oil bound washable distemper of sqm
approved brand and shade over a base coat
of appropriate primer of approved brand,
making 3 coats in all to give an even shade
after thoroughly brushing the surface to
remove all dirt and remains of loose
powdered materials, including cost and
conveyance of all materials to work site and
all operational, incidental, labour charges etc.
complete for finished item of work as per SS
911 for internal walls

b) Painting to new walls with 2 coats of water 10 143.00 1,152.70 16,483.61


proof cement paint of approved brand and sqm
shade over a base coat of approved cement
primer grade I making 3 coats in all to give
an even shade after thoroughly brushing the
surface to remove all dirt and remains of loose
powdered materials, including cost and
conveyance of all materials to work site and
all operational, incidental, labour charges etc.
complete for finished item of work as per SS
912 for internal walls

17 PEB : sqm 500.00 4,887.50 2,443,750.00


Fabrication, Supply and Installation of Steel
Structures for sheds including all materials,
labour, hire charges of machinery, two coats
of epoxy paint over one coat of approved
steel primer, etc., complete for finished item
of work .
18 Base Plat and Anchor Bolts Labour Charges nos 20.00 1,250.00 25,000.00

Grand Total Amount in INR : 8,004,066.71


Total area in sqm : 1,250.00
Per sqm cost in INR : 6,403.25

Abstract_Compost Plant Page 4 of 4


Project : Detailed Project Reports (DPR), Implementation of
Municipal Solid Waste Management Projects.
Client : Commissioner & Director of Municipal Administration
(CDMA)

Design Consultant : Feed Back Infra, 15th Floor, Tower 9B, DLF Cyber City,
Phase-III, Gurugram 122 002, Haryana.
Abstract Estimate for Detailed Estimation for Electrical Panel Room
(6.23 x 5.23 m) and DG Platform (5.00 x 6.00 m)
Sl. No Description of Item Units Qty Rate Amount Remarks
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 Earthwork in excavation for structures as per cum 64.62 97.40 6,293.70
drawing and technical specifications Clause
305.1 including setting out, construction of
shoring and bracing, removal of stumps and
other deleterious material and disposal up to
a lead of 50 m, dressing of sides and bottom
and backfilling in trenches with excavated
suitable material as per Technical
Specification 305 MORD / 304 MORTH
Ordinary soil, Mechanical Means - Up to 3 m
depth

2 Providing Antitermite treatment as per IS 6315 sqm 146.40 296.80 43,450.78


(Part - 2) 2001 (Pre-constructional chemical
treatment measures) along the internal &
external vertical faces of the columns, plinth
beams, basement and top surface of the
basement filling below flooring bed as per the
specified procedure conforming to IS 6315
(Part-2) 2001 and other relevant approved
specification duly using Chlorpyriphos/
Lindane emulsifiable concentrate 20% with 1%
concentration @ 7.5 Liters/ sqm of the vertical
surface & @ 5.0 Liters/ sqm of the horizontal
surface of the substructure to a depth of 500
mm around columns & 300 mm deep around
plinth beams, basements & floor filling area
including excavation channel along the wall
& rodding etc. & cost & conveyance of all
materials to the site, cost of labour for
spraying, rodding etc. complete for finished
item of work as per the approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge

3 Plain Cement concrete (1:4:8) using 40 mm cum 9.47 4,295.30 40,692.06


metal with concrete mixture. All work up to
plinth level.
4 Plain Cement concrete (1:2:4) using 20 mm cum 13.35 5,339.10 71,268.98
metal with concrete mixture. All work up to
plinth level.

Abstract_DG Room Page 1 of 5


1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5 Construction of Coursed Rubble Masonry with cum 19.83 4,189.00 83,085.46
hard stone in foundation, plinth & super
structure up to +2.10m level including cost of
all materials, seigniorage charges, labour and
all operations for constructing masonry,
mixing cement mortar, curing etc., complete
for finished item of work.
CRS Masonry in CM (1:6)

6 Filling with sand in trenches, sides of cum 18.35 1,085.90 19,920.84


foundations and basement with initial lead in
layers not exceeding 15 cm thick,
consolidating each deposited layer by
watering and ramming including cost and
conveyance of water to work site and all
operational, incidental, labour charges, hire
charges of T & P etc., complete for finished
item of work.
7 Supply and placing of the Ready Mix (RMC) -
Standard Design Mix Concrete grade M25 as
per IS 4926-2003 with minimum cement
content as per IS code 456-2000 using 20 mm
graded metal, from standard suppliers
approved by the department including
pumping, laying concrete, vibrating, curing
etc. complete but excluding cots of steel and
its fabrication charges, cantering, shuttering
for finished item of work.

a) Foundations, Plinth, Pedestals (Below Plinth) cum 9.09 5,692.20 51,716.48

b) Columns, Lintels, RCC Walls / Water Tanks In cum 4.14 7,098.80 29,401.81
Buildings
c) RCC Slabs, Beams cum 9.60 5,059.00 48,581.03
8 Supplying, fitting and placing HYSD bar kg 1,826.42 55.10 100,635.49
reinforcement in foundation complete as per
drawings and technical specifications for Bars
below 36 mm dia including over laps and
wastage, where they are not welded

9 Hire charges for Centering & Scaffolding - -


Unsupported Height up to 3.66 M Steel
scaffolding pipes, jack Props, walkers, Foot
plates, brackets, steel Cantering Plates, etc.,

a) Footings cum 6.32 1,070.30 6,762.16


b) Pedestals cum 0.76 1,558.00 1,177.85
c) Plinth Beams cum 2.77 3,336.10 9,232.66
d) Lintels cum 0.37 3,218.80 1,199.32
e) Chajjas - Sunshades sqm 7.74 551.40 4,267.84
f) Columns cum 2.53 3,098.60 7,830.78
g) Beams cum 2.03 4,548.30 9,230.77
h) Slabs - Up To 150 mm thk. sqm 66.93 516.40 34,563.89

Abstract_DG Room Page 2 of 5


1 2 3 4 5 6 7
10 23 cm wide Brick masonry for below & above cum 19.69 5,077.20 99,955.85
plinth, super-structure on ground floor in cm
(1:6) using second class traditional size bricks
including cost of all materials, seigniorage
charges, labour and all operations for
constructing brick masonry, mixing cement
mortar, curing etc., complete for finished item
of work.
Brick Masonry in CM (1:6) with 2nd class Bricks
traditional size 23 x 11 x 7 cms
11 11.5 cm wide Brick masonry for super-structure sqm 19.18 648.20 12,429.36
on ground floor in cm (1:3) using second class
traditional size bricks including cost of all
materials, seigniorage charges, labour and all
operations for constructing half brick masonry,
mixing cement mortar, curing etc., complete
for finished item of work, but excluding
conveyance charges of materials.

12 Plastering -
a) Providing cement plaster 15 mm thick for 10 sqm 105.46 2,173.50 22,921.38
internal a single coat in cement mortar 1:4
without neeru finish to concrete or brick
surfaces, in all positions including scaffolding
and curing complete.
b) Providing external cement plaster 20 mm thick 10 sqm 112.90 3,794.00 42,833.80
in 2 coats with cement mortar base coat in
CM (1:6), 16 mm thick and top coat in CM
(1:4), 4 mm thick with Debora sponge finishing
to concrete or brick surfaces, in all positions
including scaffolding and curing complete.

c) Providing cement plaster 12 mm thick in a 10 sqm 74.67 1,389.50 10,375.73


single coat in cement mortar 1:4 without
neeru finish to concrete or brick surfaces, in all
positions including scaffolding and
curing complete.

13 Filling with useful available excavated earth cum 35.67 272.60 9,724.46
(excluding rock) in trenches, sides of
foundations and basement with initial lead in
layers not exceeding 15 cm thick,
consolidating each deposited layer by
watering and ramming including cost and
conveyance of water to work site and all
operational, incidental, labour charges, hire
charges of T & P etc., complete for finished
item of work. (APSS NO. 309 & 310)
Earth filling (ordinary soil) Available soil

Abstract_DG Room Page 3 of 5


1 2 3 4 5 6 7
14 Removal of unsuitable / Unserviceable soil cum 28.94 78.70 2,277.89
including excavation, loading and disposal
up to 1000 m lead but excluding compaction
ground supporting embankment subgrade
replacement by suitable soil, which shall be
paid separately as per Clause 303.5.2 as per
Technical Specification Clause 302.3.11 MORD
/ 301 MORTH

15 Flooring with vitrified tiles of 1st quality, set over 10 sqm 32.45 11,062.40 35,897.49
base coat of cement mortar (1:8), 12 mm
thick over CC bed already laid or RCC roof
slab, including neat cement slurry of honey
like consistency spread @ 3.3.kgs per sqm &
jointed neatly with white cement paste to full
depth mixed with pigment of matching
shade, including cost of all materials like
cement, sand water and tiles etc., complete,
including seigniorage charges, etc., complete
for finished item of work, but excluding the
cost of conveyance of all materials.

16 Providing impervious coat to exposed RCC 10 sqm 63.11 4,227.60 26,681.06


roof slab surface with CM(1:3), 20mm thick
with 1kg of water proof compound per bag of
cement laid over roof when it is green
including cost of all materials, seigniorage
charges, excluding conveyance charges of
materials and including all operational,
incidental and labour charges for mixing
mortar, laying, rendering smooth and thread
lining, curing, rounding off junctions of wall
and slab etc.,, complete for finished item of
work

17 Painting For Walls -


a) Painting to new walls with 2 coats of ready 10 sqm 105.46 1,181.90 12,464.13
mixed oil bound washable distemper of
approved brand and shade over a base coat
of appropriate primer of approved brand,
making 3 coats in all to give an even shade
after thoroughly brushing the surface to
remove all dirt and remains of loose
powdered materials, including cost and
conveyance of all materials to work site and
all operational, incidental, labour charges etc.
complete for finished item of work as per SS
911 for internal walls

Abstract_DG Room Page 4 of 5


1 2 3 4 5 6 7
b) Painting to new walls with 2 coats of water 10 sqm 112.90 1,152.70 13,013.84
proof cement paint of approved brand and
shade over a base coat of approved cement
primer grade I making 3 coats in all to give
an even shade after thoroughly brushing the
surface to remove all dirt and remains of loose
powdered materials, including cost and
conveyance of all materials to work site and
all operational, incidental, labour charges etc.
complete for finished item of work as per SS
912 for internal walls

c) White washing two coats with lime of 10 sqm 74.67 276.80 2,066.93
approved quality to give an even shade after
thoroughly brushing the surface to remove all
dirt and remains of loose powdered materials
including cost of all materials, labour charges
and incidental such as scaffolding, lift charges
etc., complete for finished item of work, but
excluding conveyance charges of materials

18 Supply and Fixing of Aluminium Doors sqm 5.76 6,597.00 37,998.72


19 Supply and Fixing of Aluminium Windows sqm 3.60 6,597.00 23,749.20
20 Supply and Fixing of Aluminium Ventilators sqm 1.35 6,597.00 8,905.95
21 Supply and Fixing of PVC 110mm dia Rain rmt 4.50 650.80 2,928.60
Water Pipe

Grand Total Amount in INR : 933,536.30


Total area in sqm : 62.58
Per sqm cost in INR : 14,916.80

Abstract_DG Room Page 5 of 5


Project : Detailed Project Reports (DPR), Implementation of
Municipal Solid Waste Management Projects.
Client : Commissioner & Director of Municipal Administration
(CDMA)

Design Consultant : Feed Back Infra, 15th Floor, Tower 9B, DLF Cyber City, Phase-
III, Gurugram 122 002, Haryana.
Abstract Estimate for Leachate Collection Pond - 25.00 x 15.00 m
Sl. No Description of Item Units Qty Rate Amount Amount
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 Earthwork in excavation for structures as per cum 88.00 97.40 8,571.20
drawing and technical specifications Clause
305.1 including setting out, construction of
shoring and bracing, removal of stumps and
other deleterious material and disposal up to
a lead of 50 m, dressing of sides and bottom
and backfilling in trenches with excavated
suitable material as per Technical
Specification 305 MORD / 304 MORTH
Ordinary soil, Mechanical Means - Up to 3 m
depth

2 Construction of embankment with approved cum 208.00 485.60 101,004.80


material obtained from borrow pits with all
lifts, transporting to site, spreading, grading to
required slope and compacting to meet
requirement of Tables 300.1 and 300.2 with a
lead upto 1000 m as per Technical
Specification Clause 301.5 MORD / 305
MORTH
3 Clay - Supply and laying of cum 121.79 451.50 54,988.29
bentonite/compacted clay having
permeability less than 1 x 10-7 cm/ sec on
dumping ground in 20cm thick layer with
approved material, laying in layer breaking
clods and mixing of water and dressing to the
required lines curves, grade and section,
watering and compacting to 100% standard
proctor density with roller etc.

4 HDPE Liner - Providing of 1.5 mm thick HDPE sqm 419.58 304.80 127,888.13
sheet for bed and sides of Secured Land Fill
including cost of all materials, including
transportation, loading and unloading etc.,
complete with all leads and lifts. Using 1.5mm
thick HDPE sheet.
5 Furnishing and laying of the live sods of sqm 339.88 55.90 18,999.42
perennial turf forming grass on embankment
slope, verges or other locations shown on the
drawing or as directed by the Engineer
including preparation of ground, fetching of
sods and watering as per Technical
Specification Clause 309 MORD / 307 MORTH.

6 Surface Drain rmt 76.00 1,500.00 114,000.00


7 Leachate Collection sump nos 1.00 100,000.00 100,000.00

Grand Total Amount in INR : 525,451.85


Total area in sqm : 375.00
Per sqm cost in INR : 1,401.20

Abstract_LC Pond Page 1 of 1


Project : Detailed Project Reports (DPR), Implementation of
Municipal Solid Waste Management Projects.
Client : Commissioner & Director of Municipal Administration
(CDMA)

Design Consultant : Feed Back Infra, 15th Floor, Tower 9B, DLF Cyber City,
Phase-III, Gurugram 122 002, Haryana.
Abstract Estimation for Recyclables Storage Shed (10.00 x 10.00 m) - PEB
Sl. No Description of Item Units Qty Rate Amount Remarks
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 Earthwork in excavation for structures as per cum 95.14 97.40 9,266.64
drawing and technical specifications Clause
305.1 including setting out, construction of
shoring and bracing, removal of stumps and
other deleterious material and disposal up to
a lead of 50 m, dressing of sides and bottom
and backfilling in trenches with excavated
suitable material as per Technical
Specification 305 MORD / 304 MORTH
Ordinary soil, Mechanical Means - Up to 3 m
depth

2 Providing Antitermite treatment as per IS 6315 sqm 211.26 296.80 62,700.98


(Part - 2) 2001 (Pre-constructional chemical
treatment measures) along the internal &
external vertical faces of the columns, plinth
beams, basement and top surface of the
basement filling below flooring bed as per the
specified procedure conforming to IS 6315
(Part-2) 2001 and other relevant approved
specification duly using Chlorpyriphos/
Lindane emulsifiable concentrate 20% with 1%
concentration @ 7.5 Liters/ sqm of the vertical
surface & @ 5.0 Liters/ sqm of the horizontal
surface of the substructure to a depth of 500
mm around columns & 300 mm deep around
plinth beams, basements & floor filling area
including excavation channel along the wall
& rodding etc. & cost & conveyance of all
materials to the site, cost of labour for
spraying, rodding etc. complete for finished
item of work as per the approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge

3 Plain Cement concrete (1:4:8) using 40 mm cum 24.40 4,295.30 104,790.29


metal with concrete mixture. All work up to
plinth level.
4 Construction of Coursed Rubble Masonry with cum 20.89 4,189.00 87,516.59
hard stone in foundation, plinth & super
structure up to +2.10m level including cost of
all materials, seigniorage charges, labour and
all operations for constructing masonry,
mixing cement mortar, curing etc., complete
for finished item of work.
CRS Masonry in CM (1:6)

Abstract_Storage Shed Page 1 of 4


1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5 Filling with sand in trenches, sides of cum 30.00 1,085.90 32,577.00
foundations and basement with initial lead in
layers not exceeding 15 cm thick,
consolidating each deposited layer by
watering and ramming including cost and
conveyance of water to work site and all
operational, incidental, labour charges, hire
charges of T & P etc., complete for finished
item of work.
6 Supply and placing of the Ready Mix (RMC) -
Standard Design Mix Concrete grade M25 as
per IS 4926-2003 with minimum cement
content as per IS code 456-2000 using 20 mm
graded metal, from standard suppliers
approved by the department including
pumping, laying concrete, vibrating, curing
etc. complete but excluding cots of steel and
its fabrication charges, cantering, shuttering
for finished item of work.

a) Foundations, Plinth, Pedestals (Below Plinth) cum 13.62 5,692.20 77,550.53

b) Columns, Lintels, RCC Walls / Water Tanks In cum 1.09 7,098.80 7,751.89
Buildings
c) RCC Slabs, Beams cum - 5,059.00 -
7 Supply and placing of the Ready Mix (SFRC) cum 17.00 8,965.50 152,413.50
Standard Design Mix Concrete grade as per IS
4926-2003 with minimum cement content as
per IS code 456-2000 using 20 mm graded
metal, from standard suppliers approved by
the department including pumping, laying
concrete, vibrating, curing etc. complete but
excluding cots of steel and its fabrication
charges, cantering, shuttering for finished item
of work.

8 Construction of granular sub-base by cum 10.00 1,566.50 15,665.00


providing well graded / Close Graded
material, mixing in a mechanical mix plant at
OMC, carriage of mixed material to work site
up to lead of 1000 m spreading in uniform
layers with motor grader on prepared surface
and compacting with smooth wheel roller 80-
100 kN to achieve the desired density,
complete as per Technical Specification
Clause 401

9 Supplying, fitting and placing HYSD bar kg 1,595.12 55.10 87,891.11


reinforcement in foundation complete as per
drawings and technical specifications for Bars
below 36 mm dia including over laps and
wastage, where they are not welded

10 Hire charges for Centering & Scaffolding - -


Unsupported Height up to 3.66 M Steel
scaffolding pipes, jack Props, walkers, Foot
plates, brackets, steel Cantering Plates, etc.,

a) Footings cum 12.17 1,070.30 13,023.41

Abstract_Storage Shed Page 2 of 4


1 2 3 4 5 6 7
b) Pedestals cum 1.46 1,558.00 2,268.45
c) Plinth Beams cum 5.22 3,336.10 17,424.45
d) Columns cum 1.09 3,098.60 3,383.67
11 23 cm wide Brick masonry for below & above cum 14.41 5,077.20 73,148.24
plinth, super-structure on ground floor in cm
(1:6) using second class traditional size bricks
including cost of all materials, seigniorage
charges, labour and all operations for
constructing brick masonry, mixing cement
mortar, curing etc., complete for finished item
of work.
Brick Masonry in CM (1:6) with 2nd class Bricks
traditional size 23 x 11 x 7 cms
12 Plastering -
a) Providing cement plaster 15 mm thick for 10 sqm 93.96 2,173.50 20,422.21
internal a single coat in cement mortar 1:4
without neeru finish to concrete or brick
surfaces, in all positions including scaffolding
and curing complete.
b) Providing external cement plaster 20 mm thick 10 sqm 72.01 3,794.00 27,320.37
in 2 coats with cement mortar base coat in
CM (1:6), 16 mm thick and top coat in CM
(1:4), 4 mm thick with Debora sponge finishing
to concrete or brick surfaces, in all positions
including scaffolding and curing complete.

13 Removal of unsuitable / Unserviceable soil cum 57.69 272.60 15,725.20


including excavation, loading and disposal
up to 1000 m lead but excluding compaction
ground supporting embankment subgrade
replacement by suitable soil, which shall be
paid separately as per Clause 303.5.2 as per
Technical Specification Clause 302.3.11 MORD
/ 301 MORTH

14 Disposal of Earth cum 37.45 78.70 2,947.63


15 Painting For Walls -
a) Painting to new walls with 2 coats of ready 10 sqm 93.96 1,181.90 11,105.13
mixed oil bound washable distemper of
approved brand and shade over a base coat
of appropriate primer of approved brand,
making 3 coats in all to give an even shade
after thoroughly brushing the surface to
remove all dirt and remains of loose
powdered materials, including cost and
conveyance of all materials to work site and
all operational, incidental, labour charges etc.
complete for finished item of work as per SS
911 for internal walls

Abstract_Storage Shed Page 3 of 4


1 2 3 4 5 6 7
b) Painting to new walls with 2 coats of water 10 sqm 72.01 1,152.70 8,300.52
proof cement paint of approved brand and
shade over a base coat of approved cement
primer grade I making 3 coats in all to give
an even shade after thoroughly brushing the
surface to remove all dirt and remains of loose
powdered materials, including cost and
conveyance of all materials to work site and
all operational, incidental, labour charges etc.
complete for finished item of work as per SS
912 for internal walls

16 PEB : sqm 125.44 4,887.50 613,088.00


Fabrication, Supply and Installation of Steel
Structures for sheds including all materials,
labour, hire charges of machinery, two coats
of epoxy paint over one coat of approved
steel primer, etc., complete for finished item
of work .
17 Base Plat and Anchor Bolts Labour Charges nos 7.70 1,250.00 9,629.63

Grand Total Amount in INR : 1,455,910.43


Total area in sqm : 100.00
Per sqm cost in INR : 14,559.10

Abstract_Storage Shed Page 4 of 4


Project : Detailed Project Reports (DPR), Implementation of
Municipal Solid Waste Management Projects.
Client : Commissioner & Director of Municipal Administration
(CDMA)

Design Consultant : Feed Back Infra, 15th Floor, Tower 9B, DLF Cyber City,
Phase-III, Gurugram 122 002, Haryana.
Abstract Estimate for BT Road - 7.00 m Wide
Sl. No Description of Item Units Qty Rate Amount Remarks
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 Base preparation: sqm 2,340.00 10.00 23,400.00
Preparation and consolidation of sub-grade
with power road roller of 8 to 12 tonne
capacity after excavating earth to an
average of 22.5 cm. depth, dressing to
camber and consolidating with road roller
including making good the undulations etc.
and re-rolling the sub-grade and disposal of
surplus earth within a lead up to 50 meters
including cost of construction as per standard
specs. and directions, labour & hire charges
of machinery, testing charges and all other
incidental charges contingent to work etc.
complete for the finished item of work.

2 Construction of embankment with approved cum 468.00 485.60 227,260.80


material obtained from borrow pits with all
lifts, transporting to site, spreading, grading to
required slope and compacting to meet
requirement of Tables 300.1 and 300.2 with a
lead upto 1000 m as per Technical
Specification Clause 301.5 MORD / 305
MORTH
3 Providing, laying, spreading and compacting cum 273.00 1,725.80 471,143.40
stone aggregates of specific sizes to water
bound macadam specification including
spreading in uniform thickness, hand packing,
rolling with three wheel 80 -100 kN static roller
in stages to proper grade and camber,
applying and brooming, stone
screening/binding materials to fill-up the
interstices of coarse aggregate, watering and
compacting to the required density Grading
1 as per Technical Specification Clause 404
MORTH & 405 MORD. For compacted
thickness of 100 mm.

Abstract_Road - 7.0 m Wide Page 1 of 2


1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4 Dense bituminous macadam (50mm thick): sqm 1,820.00 325.00 591,500.00
Providing and laying dense graded
bituminous macadam with 100 - 120 TPH
batch type HMP producing an average
output of 75 tonne per hour using crushed
aggregates of specified grading, premixed
with bituminous binder @ 4.0 to 4.5 per cent
by weight of total mix and filler, transporting
the hot mix to work site, laying with a
hydrostatic paver finisher with sensor control
to the required grade, level and alignment,
rolling with smooth wheeled, vibratory and
tandem rollers to achieve the desired
compaction as per MoRT&H Specifications
Clause 507 complete in all respects.

5 Semi dense bituminous concrete (40mm sqm 1,820.00 475.00 864,500.00


thick):
Providing and laying semi-dense bituminous
concrete with 100 - 120 TPH batch type HMP
producing an average output of 75 tonne per
hour using crushed aggregates of specified
grading, premixed with bituminous binder @
4.0 to 4.5 per cent of mix and filler,
transporting the hot mix to work site, laying
with a hydrostatic paver finisher with sensor
control to the required grade, level and
alignment, rolling with smooth wheeled,
vibratory and tendem rollers to achieve the
desired compaction as per MoRT&H
Specifications Clause 508 complete in all
respects.

Grand Total Amount in INR : 2,177,804.20


Total area in sqm : 1,820.00
Per sqm cost in INR : 1,196.60

Abstract_Road - 7.0 m Wide Page 2 of 2


Project : Detailed Project Reports (DPR), Implementation of
Municipal Solid Waste Management Projects.
Client : Commissioner & Director of Municipal Administration
(CDMA)

Design Consultant : Feed Back Infra, 15th Floor, Tower 9B, DLF Cyber City,
Phase-III, Gurugram 122 002, Haryana.
Abstract for Scale Room (3.46 x 4.46 m)
Sl. No Description of Item Units Qty Rate Amount Remarks
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 Earthwork in excavation for structures as per cum 16.46 97.40 1,603.05
drawing and technical specifications Clause
305.1 including setting out, construction of
shoring and bracing, removal of stumps and
other deleterious material and disposal up to
a lead of 50 m, dressing of sides and bottom
and backfilling in trenches with excavated
suitable material as per Technical
Specification 305 MORD / 304 MORTH
Ordinary soil, Mechanical Means - Up to 3 m
depth

2 Providing Antitermite treatment as per IS 6315 sqm 39.18 296.80 11,629.81


(Part - 2) 2001 (Pre-constructional chemical
treatment measures) along the internal &
external vertical faces of the columns, plinth
beams, basement and top surface of the
basement filling below flooring bed as per the
specified procedure conforming to IS 6315
(Part-2) 2001 and other relevant approved
specification duly using Chlorpyriphos/
Lindane emulsifiable concentrate 20% with 1%
concentration @ 7.5 Liters/ sqm of the vertical
surface & @ 5.0 Liters/ sqm of the horizontal
surface of the substructure to a depth of 500
mm around columns & 300 mm deep around
plinth beams, basements & floor filling area
including excavation channel along the wall
& rodding etc. & cost & conveyance of all
materials to the site, cost of labour for
spraying, rodding etc. complete for finished
item of work as per the approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge

3 Plain Cement concrete (1:4:8) using 40 mm cum 2.78 4,295.30 11,946.00


metal with concrete mixture. All work up to
plinth level.
4 Plain Cement concrete (1:2:4) using 20 mm cum 2.35 5,339.10 12,531.94
metal with concrete mixture. All work up to
plinth level.

Abstract_Scale Room Page 1 of 5


1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5 Supply and placing of the Ready Mix (RMC) - -
Standard Design Mix Concrete grade M25 as
per IS 4926-2003 with minimum cement
content as per IS code 456-2000 using 20 mm
graded metal, from standard suppliers
approved by the department including
pumping, laying concrete, vibrating, curing
etc. complete but excluding cots of steel and
its fabrication charges, cantering, shuttering
for finished item of work.

a) Foundations, Plinth, Pedestals (Below Plinth) cum 3.36 5,692.20 19,111.22

b) Columns, Lintels, RCC Walls / Water Tanks In cum 1.50 7,098.80 10,662.95
Buildings
c) RCC Slabs, Beams cum 3.91 5,059.00 19,758.79
6 Supplying, fitting and placing HYSD bar kg 701.22 55.10 38,636.96
reinforcement in foundation complete as per
drawings and technical specifications for Bars
below 36 mm dia including over laps and
wastage, where they are not welded

7 Hire charges for Centering & Scaffolding - - -


Unsupported Height up to 3.66 M Steel
scaffolding pipes, jack Props, walkers, Foot
plates, brackets, steel Cantering Plates, etc.,

a) Footings cum 2.02 1,070.30 2,157.72


b) Pedestals cum 0.38 1,558.00 584.94
c) Plinth Beams cum 0.97 3,336.10 3,222.67
d) Lintels cum 0.30 3,218.80 966.12
e) Chajjas - Sunshades sqm 6.32 551.40 3,486.23
f) Columns cum 0.81 3,098.60 2,511.19
g) Beams cum 0.74 4,548.30 3,368.47
h) Slabs - Up To 150 mm thk. sqm 28.85 516.40 14,899.38
8 23 cm wide Brick masonry for below & above cum 7.29 5,077.20 37,013.14
plinth, super-structure on ground floor in cm
(1:6) using second class traditional size bricks
including cost of all materials, seigniorage
charges, labour and all operations for
constructing brick masonry, mixing cement
mortar, curing etc., complete for finished item
of work.
Brick Masonry in CM (1:6) with 2nd class Bricks
traditional size 23 x 11 x 7 cms
9 11.5 cm wide Brick masonry for super-structure sqm 6.19 648.20 4,013.65
on ground floor in cm (1:3) using second class
traditional size bricks including cost of all
materials, seigniorage charges, labour and all
operations for constructing half brick masonry,
mixing cement mortar, curing etc., complete
for finished item of work, but excluding
conveyance charges of materials.

Abstract_Scale Room Page 2 of 5


1 2 3 4 5 6 7
10 Construction of Coursed Rubble Masonry with cum 3.78 4,189.00 15,834.42
hard stone in foundation, plinth & super
structure up to +2.10m level including cost of
all materials, seigniorage charges, labour and
all operations for constructing masonry,
mixing cement mortar, curing etc., complete
for finished item of work.
CRS Masonry in CM (1:6)

11 Providing cement plaster 15 mm thick for 10 sqm 31.74 2,173.50 6,898.69


internal a single coat in cement mortar 1:4
without neeru finish to concrete or brick
surfaces, in all positions including scaffolding
and curing complete.
12 Providing external cement plaster 20 mm thick 10 sqm 62.29 3,794.00 23,634.27
in 2 coats with cement mortar base coat in
CM (1:6), 16 mm thick and top coat in CM
(1:4), 4 mm thick with Debora sponge finishing
to concrete or brick surfaces, in all positions
including scaffolding and curing complete.

13 Providing cement plaster 12 mm thick in a 10 sqm 40.39 1,389.50 5,612.87


single coat in cement mortar 1:4 without
neeru finish to concrete or brick surfaces, in all
positions including scaffolding and
curing complete.

14 Providing impervious coat to exposed RCC 10 sqm 26.38 4,227.60 11,150.55


roof slab surface with CM(1:3), 20mm thick
with 1kg of water proof compound per bag of
cement laid over roof when it is green
including cost of all materials, seigniorage
charges, excluding conveyance charges of
materials and including all operational,
incidental and labour charges for mixing
mortar, laying, rendering smooth and thread
lining, curing, rounding off junctions of wall
and slab etc.,, complete for finished item of
work

15 Painting to new walls with 2 coats of ready 10 sqm 31.74 1,181.90 3,751.35
mixed oil bound washable distemper of
approved brand and shade over a base coat
of appropriate primer of approved brand,
making 3 coats in all to give an even shade
after thoroughly brushing the surface to
remove all dirt and remains of loose
powdered materials, including cost and
conveyance of all materials to work site and
all operational, incidental, labour charges etc.
complete for finished item of work as per SS
911 for internal walls

Abstract_Scale Room Page 3 of 5


1 2 3 4 5 6 7
16 Painting to new walls with 2 coats of water 10 sqm 62.29 1,152.70 7,180.61
proof cement paint of approved brand and
shade over a base coat of approved cement
primer grade I making 3 coats in all to give
an even shade after thoroughly brushing the
surface to remove all dirt and remains of loose
powdered materials, including cost and
conveyance of all materials to work site and
all operational, incidental, labour charges etc.
complete for finished item of work as per SS
912 for internal walls

17 White washing two coats with lime of 10 sqm 40.39 276.80 1,118.13
approved quality to give an even shade after
thoroughly brushing the surface to remove all
dirt and remains of loose powdered materials
including cost of all materials, labour charges
and incidental such as scaffolding, lift charges
etc., complete for finished item of work, but
excluding conveyance charges of materials

18 Flooring with vitrified tiles of 1st quality, set over 10 sqm 15.28 11,062.40 16,906.67
base coat of cement mortar (1:8), 12 mm
thick over CC bed already laid or RCC roof
slab, including neat cement slurry of honey
like consistency spread @ 3.3.kgs per sqm &
jointed neatly with white cement paste to full
depth mixed with pigment of matching
shade, including cost of all materials like
cement, sand water and tiles etc., complete,
including seigniorage charges, etc., complete
for finished item of work, but excluding the
cost of conveyance of all materials.

19 Supply and Fixing of Aluminium Doors sqm 2.10 6,597.00 13,853.70


20 Supply and Fixing of Aluminium Windows sqm 6.48 6,597.00 42,748.56
21 Supply and Fixing of PVC 110mm dia Rain rmt 3.45 650.80 2,245.26
Water Pipe
22 Filling with useful available excavated earth cum 11.56 272.60 3,150.48
(excluding rock) in trenches, sides of
foundations and basement with initial lead in
layers not exceeding 15 cm thick,
consolidating each deposited layer by
watering and ramming including cost and
conveyance of water to work site and all
operational, incidental, labour charges, hire
charges of T & P etc., complete for finished
item of work. (APSS NO. 309 & 310)
Earth filling (ordinary soil) Available soil

Abstract_Scale Room Page 4 of 5


1 2 3 4 5 6 7
23 Removal of unsuitable / Unserviceable soil cum 4.90 78.70 385.73
including excavation, loading and disposal
up to 1000 m lead but excluding compaction
ground supporting embankment subgrade
replacement by suitable soil, which shall be
paid separately as per Clause 303.5.2 as per
Technical Specification Clause 302.3.11 MORD
/ 301 MORTH

Grand Total Amount in INR : 352,575.52


Total area in sqm : 15.43
Per sqm cost in INR : 22,847.63

Abstract_Scale Room Page 5 of 5


Project : Detailed Project Reports (DPR), Implementation of
Municipal Solid Waste Management Projects.
Client : Commissioner & Director of Municipal Administration
(CDMA)

Design Consultant : Feed Back Infra, 15th Floor, Tower 9B, DLF Cyber City,
Phase-III, Gurugram 122 002, Haryana.
Abstract Estimate for Drain
Sl. No Description of Item Units Qty Rate Amount Remarks
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 Earthwork in excavation for structures as per cum 473.53 97.40 46,121.34
drawing and technical specifications Clause
305.1 including setting out, construction of
shoring and bracing, removal of stumps and
other deleterious material and disposal up to
a lead of 50 m, dressing of sides and bottom
and backfilling in trenches with excavated
suitable material as per Technical
Specification 305 MORD / 304 MORTH
Ordinary soil, Mechanical Means - Up to 3 m
depth

2 Base preparation: sqm 813.93 10.00 8,139.29


Preparation and consolidation of sub-grade
with power road roller of 8 to 12 tonne
capacity after excavating earth to an
average of 22.5 cm. depth, dressing to
camber and consolidating with road roller
including making good the undulations etc.
and re-rolling the sub-grade and disposal of
surplus earth within a lead up to 50 meters
including cost of construction as per standard
specs. and directions, labour & hire charges of
machinery, testing charges and all other
incidental charges contingent to work etc.
complete for the finished item of work.

3 Plain Cement concrete (1:4:8) using 40 mm cum 35.10 4,295.30 150,765.03


metal with concrete mixture. All work up to
plinth level.
4 Supply and placing of the Ready Mix (RMC)
Standard Design Mix Concrete grade M25 as
per IS 4926-2003 with minimum cement
content as per IS code 456-2000 using 20 mm
graded metal, from standard suppliers
approved by the department including
pumping, laying concrete, vibrating, curing
etc. complete but excluding cots of steel and
its fabrication charges, cantering, shuttering
for finished item of work.

a) Foundations, Plinth, Pedestals (Below Plinth) cum 120.39 5,692.20 685,300.32

5 Supplying, fitting and placing HYSD bar kg 12,039.29 55.10 663,364.74


reinforcement in foundation complete as per
drawings and technical specifications for Bars
below 36 mm dia including over laps and
wastage, where they are not welded

Abstract_Drain Page 1 of 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6 Hire charges for Centering & Scaffolding -
Unsupported Height up to 3.66 M Steel
scaffolding pipes, jack Props, walkers, Foot
plates, brackets, steel Cantering Plates, etc.,

a) Slabs - Up To 150 mm thk. sqm 104.00 516.40 53,705.60


7 Removal of unsuitable / Unserviceable soil cum 473.53 78.70 37,266.42
including excavation, loading and disposal
up to 1000 m lead but excluding compaction
ground supporting embankment subgrade
replacement by suitable soil, which shall be
paid separately as per Clause 303.5.2 as per
Technical Specification Clause 302.3.11 MORD
/ 301 MORTH

Grand Total Amount in INR : 1,644,662.73


Total Length in rmt : 520.00
Per rmt cost in INR : 3,162.81

Abstract_Drain Page 2 of 2
Project : Detailed Project Reports (DPR), Implementation of
Municipal Solid Waste Management Projects.
Client : Commissioner & Director of Municipal Administration
(CDMA)

Design Consultant : Feed Back Infra, 15th Floor, Tower 9B, DLF Cyber City,
Phase-III, Gurugram 122 002, Haryana.
Abstract Estimate for Under Ground Sump - 3.00 x 3.00 x 2.80 + 0.30 m FB
Sl. No Description of Item Units Qty Rate Amount Remarks
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 Earthwork in excavation for structures as per cum 57.33 97.40 5,583.94
drawing and technical specifications Clause
305.1 including setting out, construction of
shoring and bracing, removal of stumps and
other deleterious material and disposal up to
a lead of 50 m, dressing of sides and bottom
and backfilling in trenches with excavated
suitable material as per Technical
Specification 305 MORD / 304 MORTH
Ordinary soil, Mechanical Means - Up to 3 m
depth

2 Providing Antitermite treatment as per IS 6315 sqm 17.64 296.80 5,235.55


(Part - 2) 2001 (Pre-constructional chemical
treatment measures) along the internal &
external vertical faces of the columns, plinth
beams, basement and top surface of the
basement filling below flooring bed as per the
specified procedure conforming to IS 6315
(Part-2) 2001 and other relevant approved
specification duly using Chlorpyriphos/
Lindane emulsifiable concentrate 20% with 1%
concentration @ 7.5 Liters/ sqm of the vertical
surface & @ 5.0 Liters/ sqm of the horizontal
surface of the substructure to a depth of 500
mm around columns & 300 mm deep around
plinth beams, basements & floor filling area
including excavation channel along the wall
& rodding etc. & cost & conveyance of all
materials to the site, cost of labour for
spraying, rodding etc. complete for finished
item of work as per the approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge

3 Plain Cement concrete (1:2:4) using 20 mm cum 2.65 5,339.10 14,127.26


metal with concrete mixture. All work up to
plinth level.
4 Supply and placing of the Ready Mix (RMC) -
Standard Design Mix Concrete grade M25 as
per IS 4926-2003 with minimum cement
content as per IS code 456-2000 using 20 mm
graded metal, from standard suppliers
approved by the department including
pumping, laying concrete, vibrating, curing
etc. complete but excluding cots of steel and
its fabrication charges, cantering, shuttering
for finished item of work.

Abstract_Under Ground Sump Page 1 of 2


1 2 3 4 5 6 7
a) Foundations, Plinth, Pedestals (Below Plinth) cum 4.56 5,692.20 25,973.51

b) Columns, Lintels, RCC Walls / Water Tanks In cum 5.86 7,098.80 41,591.87
Buildings
c) RCC Slabs, Beams cum 1.63 5,059.00 8,263.88
5 Supplying, fitting and placing HYSD bar kg 1,205.55 55.10 66,425.81
reinforcement in foundation complete as per
drawings and technical specifications for Bars
below 36 mm dia including over laps and
wastage, where they are not welded

6 Hire charges for Centering & Scaffolding - -


Unsupported Height up to 3.66 M Steel
scaffolding pipes, jack Props, walkers, Foot
plates, brackets, steel Cantering Plates, etc.,

a) Footings cum 4.56 1,070.30 4,883.78


b) Plinth Beams cum 5.86 3,336.10 19,546.21
c) Slabs - Up To 150 mm thk. sqm 12.87 516.40 6,646.07
7 Filling with useful available excavated earth cum 19.63 272.60 5,350.87
(excluding rock) in trenches, sides of
foundations and basement with initial lead in
layers not exceeding 15 cm thick,
consolidating each deposited layer by
watering and ramming including cost and
conveyance of water to work site and all
operational, incidental, labour charges, hire
charges of T & P etc., complete for finished
item of work. (APSS NO. 309 & 310)
Earth filling (ordinary soil) Available soil

8 Removal of unsuitable / Unserviceable soil cum 20.50 78.70 1,613.51


including excavation, loading and disposal
up to 1000 m lead but excluding compaction
ground supporting embankment subgrade
replacement by suitable soil, which shall be
paid separately as per Clause 303.5.2 as per
Technical Specification Clause 302.3.11 MORD
/ 301 MORTH

9 Water proof Plastering 10 sqm 73.92 1,780.50 13,161.46

10 PVC Water Stopper rmt 37.80 639.00 24,154.20


11 Supply and fixing of Manhole cover 450 dia nos 1.00 2,500.00 2,500.00

12 PVC Foot Rest nos 17.00 350.00 5,950.00

Grand Total Amount in INR : 251,007.90


Total vol. in ltr : 27,900.00
Per ltr cost in INR : 9.00

Abstract_Under Ground Sump Page 2 of 2


Project : Detailed Project Reports (DPR), Implementation of
Municipal Solid Waste Management Projects.
Client : Commissioner & Director of Municipal Administration
(CDMA)

Design Consultant : Feed Back Infra, 15th Floor, Tower 9B, DLF Cyber City,
Phase-III, Gurugram 122 002, Haryana.
Abstract Estimate for Vehicle Wheel Wash (16.00 x 4.00 m)
Sl. No Description of Item Units Qty Rate Amount Remarks
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 Earthwork in excavation for structures as per cum 65.62 97.40 6,391.68
drawing and technical specifications Clause
305.1 including setting out, construction of
shoring and bracing, removal of stumps and
other deleterious material and disposal up to
a lead of 50 m, dressing of sides and bottom
and backfilling in trenches with excavated
suitable material as per Technical
Specification 305 MORD / 304 MORTH
Ordinary soil, Mechanical Means - Up to 3 m
depth

2 Providing Antitermite treatment as per IS 6315 sqm 85.29 296.80 25,314.07


(Part - 2) 2001 (Pre-constructional chemical
treatment measures) along the internal &
external vertical faces of the columns, plinth
beams, basement and top surface of the
basement filling below flooring bed as per the
specified procedure conforming to IS 6315
(Part-2) 2001 and other relevant approved
specification duly using Chlorpyriphos/
Lindane emulsifiable concentrate 20% with 1%
concentration @ 7.5 Liters/ sqm of the vertical
surface & @ 5.0 Liters/ sqm of the horizontal
surface of the substructure to a depth of 500
mm around columns & 300 mm deep around
plinth beams, basements & floor filling area
including excavation channel along the wall
& rodding etc. & cost & conveyance of all
materials to the site, cost of labour for
spraying, rodding etc. complete for finished
item of work as per the approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge

3 Plain Cement concrete (1:4:8) using 40 mm cum 8.85 4,295.30 38,009.11


metal with concrete mixture. All work up to
plinth level.
4 Supply and placing of the Ready Mix (RMC) -
Standard Design Mix Concrete grade M25 as
per IS 4926-2003 with minimum cement
content as per IS code 456-2000 using 20 mm
graded metal, from standard suppliers
approved by the department including
pumping, laying concrete, vibrating, curing
etc. complete but excluding cots of steel and
its fabrication charges, cantering, shuttering
for finished item of work.

Abstract_Vehicle Whell Wash Page 1 of 2


1 2 3 4 5 6 7
a) Foundations, Plinth, Pedestals (Below Plinth) cum 16.02 5,692.20 91,197.58

b) Columns, Lintels, RCC Walls / Water Tanks In cum 9.04 7,098.80 64,155.41
Buildings
c) RCC Slabs, Beams cum - 5,059.00 -
5 Supplying, fitting and placing HYSD bar kg 2,004.72 55.10 110,460.07
reinforcement in foundation complete as per
drawings and technical specifications for Bars
below 36 mm dia including over laps and
wastage, where they are not welded

6 Hire charges for Centering & Scaffolding - -


Unsupported Height up to 3.66 M Steel
scaffolding pipes, jack Props, walkers, Foot
plates, brackets, steel Cantering Plates, etc.,

a) Footings cum 18.42 1,070.30 19,716.53


b) Pedestals cum 5.40 1,558.00 8,413.20
c) Plinth Beams cum 1.24 3,336.10 4,128.42
7 Construction of Coursed Rubble Masonry with cum 27.68 4,189.00 115,968.28
hard stone in foundation, plinth & super
structure up to +2.10m level including cost of
all materials, seigniorage charges, labour and
all operations for constructing masonry,
mixing cement mortar, curing etc., complete
for finished item of work.
CRS Masonry in CM (1:6)

8 Filling with useful available excavated earth cum 18.80 272.60 5,123.79
(excluding rock) in trenches, sides of
foundations and basement with initial lead in
layers not exceeding 15 cm thick,
consolidating each deposited layer by
watering and ramming including cost and
conveyance of water to work site and all
operational, incidental, labour charges, hire
charges of T & P etc., complete for finished
item of work. (APSS NO. 309 & 310)
Earth filling (ordinary soil) Available soil

9 Removal of unsuitable / Unserviceable soil cum 46.83 78.70 3,685.28


including excavation, loading and disposal
up to 1000 m lead but excluding compaction
ground supporting embankment subgrade
replacement by suitable soil, which shall be
paid separately as per Clause 303.5.2 as per
Technical Specification Clause 302.3.11 MORD
/ 301 MORTH

Grand Total Amount in INR : 492,563.43


Total area in sqm : 64.00
Per sqm cost in INR : 7,696.30

Abstract_Vehicle Whell Wash Page 2 of 2


Project : Detailed Project Reports (DPR), Implementation of
Municipal Solid Waste Management Projects.
Client : Commissioner & Director of Municipal Administration
(CDMA)

Design Consultant : Feed Back Infra, 15th Floor, Tower 9B, DLF Cyber City,
Phase-III, Gurugram 122 002, Haryana.
Abstract Estimate for Weigh Bridge Platform (18.00 x 3.00 m)
Sl. No Description of Item Units Qty Rate Amount Remarks
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 Earthwork in excavation for structures as per cum 49.09 97.40 4,781.30
drawing and technical specifications Clause
305.1 including setting out, construction of
shoring and bracing, removal of stumps and
other deleterious material and disposal up to
a lead of 50 m, dressing of sides and bottom
and backfilling in trenches with excavated
suitable material as per Technical
Specification 305 MORD / 304 MORTH
Ordinary soil, Mechanical Means - Up to 3 m
depth

2 Providing Antitermite treatment as per IS 6315 sqm 56.49 296.80 16,767.24


(Part - 2) 2001 (Pre-constructional chemical
treatment measures) along the internal &
external vertical faces of the columns, plinth
beams, basement and top surface of the
basement filling below flooring bed as per the
specified procedure conforming to IS 6315
(Part-2) 2001 and other relevant approved
specification duly using Chlorpyriphos/
Lindane emulsifiable concentrate 20% with 1%
concentration @ 7.5 Liters/ sqm of the vertical
surface & @ 5.0 Liters/ sqm of the horizontal
surface of the substructure to a depth of 500
mm around columns & 300 mm deep around
plinth beams, basements & floor filling area
including excavation channel along the wall
& rodding etc. & cost & conveyance of all
materials to the site, cost of labour for
spraying, rodding etc. complete for finished
item of work as per the approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge

3 Plain Cement concrete (1:4:8) using 40 mm cum 9.78 4,295.30 41,988.02


metal with concrete mixture. All work up to
plinth level.
4 Supply and placing of the Ready Mix (RMC) -
Standard Design Mix Concrete grade M25 as
per IS 4926-2003 with minimum cement
content as per IS code 456-2000 using 20 mm
graded metal, from standard suppliers
approved by the department including
pumping, laying concrete, vibrating, curing
etc. complete but excluding cots of steel and
its fabrication charges, cantering, shuttering
for finished item of work.

Abstract_Weigh Bridge Platform Page 1 of 3


1 2 3 4 5 6 7
a) Foundations, Plinth, Pedestals (Below Plinth) cum 13.50 5,692.20 76,844.70

b) Columns, Lintels, RCC Walls / Water Tanks In cum 7.65 7,098.80 54,305.82
Buildings
c) RCC Slabs, Beams cum - 5,059.00 -
5 Supplying, fitting and placing HYSD bar kg 2,115.00 55.10 116,536.50
reinforcement in foundation complete as per
drawings and technical specifications for Bars
below 36 mm dia including over laps and
wastage, where they are not welded

6 Hire charges for Centering & Scaffolding - -


Unsupported Height up to 3.66 M Steel
scaffolding pipes, jack Props, walkers, Foot
plates, brackets, steel Cantering Plates, etc.,

a) Footings cum 8.10 1,070.30 8,669.43


b) Pedestals cum 5.40 1,558.00 8,413.20
c) Plinth Beams cum 7.65 3,336.10 25,521.17
7 23 cm wide Brick masonry for below & above cum 3.18 5,077.20 16,127.29
plinth, super-structure on ground floor in cm
(1:6) using second class traditional size bricks
including cost of all materials, seigniorage
charges, labour and all operations for
constructing brick masonry, mixing cement
mortar, curing etc., complete for finished item
of work.
Brick Masonry in CM (1:6) with 2nd class Bricks
traditional size 23 x 11 x 7 cms
8 Plastering -
a) Providing external cement plaster 20 mm thick 10 sqm 30.51 3,794.00 11,573.79
in 2 coats with cement mortar base coat in
CM (1:6), 16 mm thick and top coat in CM
(1:4), 4 mm thick with Debora sponge finishing
to concrete or brick surfaces, in all positions
including scaffolding and curing complete.

9 Supplying, fitting and placing of structural kg 34.26 78.90 2,703.11


steel angle / channel / beam / bars complete
as per drawings and technical specifications
including over laps and wastage, welding,.
Etc. complete.
10 Backfilling -
a) Filling with useful available excavated earth cum 34.36 272.60 9,367.23
(excluding rock) in trenches, sides of
foundations and basement with initial lead in
layers not exceeding 15 cm thick,
consolidating each deposited layer by
watering and ramming including cost and
conveyance of water to work site and all
operational, incidental, labour charges, hire
charges of T & P etc., complete for finished
item of work. (APSS NO. 309 & 310)
Earth filling (ordinary soil) Available soil

Abstract_Weigh Bridge Platform Page 2 of 3


1 2 3 4 5 6 7
b) Earth filling (ordinary soil) Barrowed soil: cum 6.55 593.10 3,882.32
Filling with approved material obtained from
borrow pits (excluding rock) in trenches, sides
of foundations and basement with initial lead
in layers not exceeding 15 cm thick,
consolidating each deposited layer by
watering and ramming including cost and
conveyance of water to work site and all
operational, incidental, labour charges, hire
charges of T & P etc., complete for finished
item of work.

Grand Total Amount in INR : 397,481.11


Total area in sqm : 54.00
Per sqm cost in INR : 7,360.76

Abstract_Weigh Bridge Platform Page 3 of 3


Project : Detailed Project Reports (DPR), Implementation of
Municipal Solid Waste Management Projects.
Client : Commissioner & Director of Municipal Administration
(CDMA)

Design Consultant : Feed Back Infra, 15th Floor, Tower 9B, DLF Cyber City,
Phase-III, Gurugram 122 002, Haryana.
Abstract Estimate for Boundary Wall - 2948.00 m Length
Sl. No Description of Item Units Qty Rate Amount Remarks
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 Earthwork in excavation for structures as per cum 224.43 97.40 21,859.77
drawing and technical specifications Clause
305.1 including setting out, construction of
shoring and bracing, removal of stumps and
other deleterious material and disposal up to
a lead of 50 m, dressing of sides and bottom
and backfilling in trenches with excavated
suitable material as per Technical
Specification 305 MORD / 304 MORTH
Ordinary soil, Mechanical Means - Up to 3 m
depth

2 Providing Antitermite treatment as per IS 6315 sqm 408.06 296.80 121,112.21


(Part - 2) 2001 (Pre-constructional chemical
treatment measures) along the internal &
external vertical faces of the columns, plinth
beams, basement and top surface of the
basement filling below flooring bed as per the
specified procedure conforming to IS 6315
(Part-2) 2001 and other relevant approved
specification duly using Chlorpyriphos/
Lindane emulsifiable concentrate 20% with 1%
concentration @ 7.5 Liters/ sqm of the vertical
surface & @ 5.0 Liters/ sqm of the horizontal
surface of the substructure to a depth of 500
mm around columns & 300 mm deep around
plinth beams, basements & floor filling area
including excavation channel along the wall
& rodding etc. & cost & conveyance of all
materials to the site, cost of labour for
spraying, rodding etc. complete for finished
item of work as per the approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge

3 Plain Cement concrete (1:4:8) using 40 mm cum 40.81 4,295.30 175,274.01


metal with concrete mixture. All work up to
plinth level.
4 Construction of Coursed Rubble Masonry with cum 137.72 4,189.00 576,910.13
hard stone in foundation, plinth & super
structure up to +2.10m level including cost of
all materials, seigniorage charges, labour and
all operations for constructing masonry,
mixing cement mortar, curing etc., complete
for finished item of work.
CRS Masonry in CM (1:6)

Abstract_Boundary Wall Page 1 of 2


1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5 23 cm wide Brick masonry for below & above cum 309.35 5,077.20 1,570,613.85
plinth, super-structure on ground floor in cm
(1:6) using second class traditional size bricks
including cost of all materials, seigniorage
charges, labour and all operations for
constructing brick masonry, mixing cement
mortar, curing etc., complete for finished item
of work.
Brick Masonry in CM (1:6) with 2nd class Bricks
traditional size 23 x 11 x 7 cms
6 Plain Cement concrete (1:2:4) using 20 mm cum 8.71 5,339.10 46,507.86
metal with concrete mixture. All work up to
plinth level.
7 Providing external cement plaster 20 mm thick 10 sqm 2,762.86 3,794.00 1,048,227.28
in 2 coats with cement mortar base coat in
CM (1:6), 16 mm thick and top coat in CM
(1:4), 4 mm thick with Debora sponge finishing
to concrete or brick surfaces, in all positions
including scaffolding and curing complete.

8 White washing two coats with lime of 10 sqm 2,762.86 276.80 76,475.83
approved quality to give an even shade after
thoroughly brushing the surface to remove all
dirt and remains of loose powdered materials
including cost of all materials, labour charges
and incidental such as scaffolding, lift charges
etc., complete for finished item of work, but
excluding conveyance charges of materials

9 Supplying, fitting and placing of structural kg 2,275.89 78.90 179,567.79


steel angle / channel / beam / bars complete
as per drawings and technical specifications
including over laps and wastage, welding,.
Etc. complete.
10 2 Ply 4 Spikes 12 Gauge Barbed Wire 6 rows kg 510.08 80.50 41,061.04

11 Filling with useful available excavated earth cum 45.91 272.60 12,514.18
(excluding rock) in trenches, sides of
foundations and basement with initial lead in
layers not exceeding 15 cm thick,
consolidating each deposited layer by
watering and ramming including cost and
conveyance of water to work site and all
operational, incidental, labour charges, hire
charges of T & P etc., complete for finished
item of work. (APSS NO. 309 & 310)
Earth filling (ordinary soil) Available soil

12 Removal of unsuitable / Unserviceable soil cum 178.53 78.70 14,050.02


including excavation, loading and disposal
up to 1000 m lead but excluding compaction
ground supporting embankment subgrade
replacement by suitable soil, which shall be
paid separately as per Clause 303.5.2 as per
Technical Specification Clause 302.3.11 MORD
/ 301 MORTH

Grand Total Amount in INR : 3,884,173.97


Total Length in rmt : 680.10
Per rmt cost in INR : 5,711.18

Abstract_Boundary Wall Page 2 of 2


EQUIPMENT SOLUTION FOR ALL YOUR RECYCLING CHALLENGES

PROCESS PRODUCTS INDUSTRY


SHREDDING DUAL SHAFT SHREDDER MUNCIPAL SOLID WASTE
SINGLE SHAFT SHREDDER WOOD
SINGLE ROTOR CHOPPER PLASTIC
METAL
SCREENING TROMMEL SCREEN
FOOD WASTE
VIBRATING SCREEN DUAL SHAFT SHREDDER
E-WASTE
DISC SCREEN
CABLE RECYCLING
OCC SCREEN
RUBBERS
FINGER SCREEN
TEXTILE
GRINDING HAMMER MILL
CARDBOARDS
GRANULATOR
PAPERS
MICRO PULVERIZER
MINING
SEPARATING OVER BAND MAGNET C&D
SUSPENSION MAGNET AUTOMOBILE
SINGLE SHAFT SHREDDER
EDDY CURRENT SEPARATOR FURNITURE
DENSITY SEPARATOR INDUSTRIAL WASTE
AIR CLASSIFIER CHEMICALS & MORE
CONVEYING BELT CONVEYOR
SCREW CONVEYOR
PNEUMATIC CONVEYOR
BUCKET ELEVATOR
VIBRATING CONVEYOR
CHIPPING DISC CHIPPER
DISC SCREEN
DRUM CHIPPER
TROMMEL SCREEN
DISC CHIPPER GRINDER
PELLETING VERTICAL PELLET MILL
HORIZONTAL PELLET MILL

MIXING RIBBON MIXER


PADDLE MIXER
CONE MIXER
PAN MIXER
OTHERS INDUSTRIAL VACUUM SYSTEM
DUST COLLECTOR
STORAGE SYSTEM HAMMER MILL DISC CHIPPER

ECOSTER RECYCLING SYSTEMS


#3/142, Sathya Nagar, Ramapuram Road,
Manapakkam, Chennai - 600089
Tamil Nadu, INDIA.
Ph - 91 44 22492927, 91 95660 03925
Email - info@ecostermfg.com, URL - www.ecostermfg.com
obm SEPARATOR GRAIN VAC
ECOSTER RECYCLING SYSTEMS
3/142, Sathya Nagar,
Ramapuram Road, Manapakkam
Chennai, Tamilnadu 600089
9566003925
info@ecostermfg.com
www.ecostermfg.com
GSTIN: 33ALBPV3082F1Z7

ESTIMATE
ADDRESS ESTIMATE NO. ERS/EST/17-18/1076
DATE 14/09/2017
Commissioner & Directorate of EXPIRATION DATE 14/10/2017
Municipal Administration
(CDMA)
Hyderabad
Telangana.
State Code: 36

NO HSN/SAC ACTIVITY QTY RATE TAX AMOUNT

1 ERS-TS 600 Tormmel Screen 1 6,80,000.00 18.0% IGST 6,80,000.00


Power 3 HP/3 Phase, Drum Dia
- 600mm, Drum Length -
3000mm, RPM - 15 RPM, Screen
Holes - 4 mm, Type - Shaft
Less, Conveyors - 3 No
with 3000mm Length x 600mm
Width ( Infeed, Fine Output
& Oversize Output) , Control
Panel Included for all
systems, Application - RDF
Line,
MOC - MS , Capacity - 1
Ton/hour ( Processing )
2 ERS - TS 1200 Trommel Screen 1 7,80,000.00 18.0% IGST 7,80,000.00
Power 5 HP/3 Phase, Drum Dia
- 1000mm, Drum Length -
4000mm, RPM - 15 RPM, Screen
Holes - 4 mm, Type - Shaft
Less, Conveyors - 3 No with
3000mm Length x 600mm Width
( Infeed, Fine Output &
Oversize Output) , Control
Panel Included for all
systems, Application - RDF
Line,MOC - MS , Capacity - 2
to 3 Tons/hour (
Processing )
NO HSN/SAC ACTIVITY QTY RATE TAX AMOUNT

3 ERS- TS 1500 Trommel Screen 1 10,00,000.00 18.0% IGST 10,00,000.00


Power 7.5 HP/3 Phase, Drum
Dia - 1400mm, Drum Length -
5000mm, RPM - 15 RPM, Screen
Holes - 4 mm, Type - Shaft
Less, Conveyors - 3 No with
5000mm Length x 800mm Width
( Infeed, Fine Output &
Oversize Output) , Control
Panel Included for all
systems, Application - RDF
Line,MOC - MS , Capacity -4
to 5 Tons/hour (
Processing )

Total price are Inclusive of GST 18% SUBTOTAL 24,60,000.00


Transportation, Insurance Extra IGST @ 18% on 2460000.00 4,42,800.00
Installation & Commissioning Extra TOTAL
Payment: 50% advance on PO and balance against
Rs29,02,800.
Proforma invoice before dispatch. 00
The material can be inspected prior to dispatch at
our works at your cost.
Delivery within 6 to 8 weeks.
Limited 12 months warranty on any manufacturing
defects…
Valid for 30 days
Please note that no other terms & conditions would
be deemed to have been accepted by us unless
otherwise specially confirmed in writing.
The above mentioned capacity are dependent on the
raw material condition used as input and the
manpower used to operate the Machine.
Order Cancellation In case of cancellation of order
by the buyer, the advance payment shall be imposed.
Subject to Chennai Jurisdiction

Accepted By Accepted Date


ECOSTER RECYCLING SYSTEMS
3/142, Sathya Nagar,
Ramapuram Road, Manapakkam
Chennai, Tamilnadu 600089
9566003925
info@ecostermfg.com
www.ecostermfg.com
GSTIN: 33ALBPV3082F1Z7

ESTIMATE
ADDRESS ESTIMATE NO. ERS/EST/17-18/1077
DATE 14/09/2017
Commissioner & Directorate of EXPIRATION DATE 14/10/2017
Municipal Administration
(CDMA)
Hyderabad
Telangana
State Code: 36

NO HSN/SAC ACTIVITY QTY RATE TAX AMOUNT

1 ERS-DSS 300 Dual Shaft 1 2,80,000.00 18.0% IGST 2,80,000.00


Shredder
Power - 10HP/3 Phase, Size -
400mm x 300mm, Cutter Dia -
200mm, Cutter Thickness -
20mm, Shaft - HEX, Cutter &
Shaft - Alloy Steel,
Application - RDF, Capacity
- 500 Kgs/hour, MOC - MS,
Control Panel - Included,
Type - Dual Shaft
2 ERS-DSS 600 Dual Shaft 1 3,50,000.00 18.0% IGST 3,50,000.00
Shredder
Power - 15HP/3 Phase, Size -
600mm x 400mm, Cutter Dia -
200mm, Cutter Thickness -
20mm, Shaft - HEX, Cutter &
Shaft - Alloy Steel,
Application - RDF, Capacity
- 1 Tons /hour, MOC - MS,
Control Panel - Included,
Type - Dual Shaft
3 ERS-DSS 1000 Dual Shaft 1 6,30,000.00 18.0% IGST 6,30,000.00
Shredder
Power - 30HP/3 Phase, Size -
1000mm x 400mm, Cutter Dia -
250mm, Cutter Thickness -
20mm, Shaft - HEX, Cutter &
Shaft - Alloy Steel,
Application - RDF, Capacity
- 2 to 3 Tons /hour, MOC -
MS, Control Panel -
Included. Type - Dual Shaft
NO HSN/SAC ACTIVITY QTY RATE TAX AMOUNT

4 ERS-DSS 1500 Dual Shaft 1 13,00,000.00 18.0% IGST 13,00,000.00


Shredder
Power - 80HP/3 Phase, Size -
1500mm x 500mm, Cutter Dia -
300mm, Cutter Thickness -
25mm, Shaft - HEX, Cutter &
Shaft - Alloy Steel,
Application - RDF, Capacity
- 5 Tons /hour, MOC - MS,
Control Panel -
Included.Type - Dual Shaft

Total price are inclusive of GST 18% SUBTOTAL 25,60,000.00


Transportation, Insurance Extra IGST @ 18% on 2560000.00 4,60,800.00
Installation & Commissioning Extra TOTAL
Payment: 50% advance on PO and balance against
Rs30,20,800.
Proforma invoice before dispatch. 00
The material can be inspected prior to dispatch at
our works at your cost.
Delivery within 6 to 8 weeks.
Limited 12 months warranty on any manufacturing
defects…
Valid for 30 days
Please note that no other terms & conditions would
be deemed to have been accepted by us unless
otherwise specially confirmed in writing.
The above mentioned capacity are dependent on the
raw material condition used as input and the
manpower used to operate the Machine.
Order Cancellation In case of cancellation of order
by the buyer, the advance payment shall be imposed.
Subject to Chennai Jurisdiction

Accepted By Accepted Date


A
GROUP COMPANY
OF
HYQUIP
HSL: MSW: CDMATEL:17-18/040
Dated: 11/09/2017

CDMA
Telangana.

Kind Attn.: Mr. G.Santosh

Dear Sir,

Sub: Offer for Design, Engineering, Manufacture, Supply, Erection & Commissioning of 80-100 &
40-55TPD Composting Plant and Machinery.

Ref: Your mail dated 08.09.2017

Hyquip was established in the year 1984 to offer solutions to core sectors; cement, steel, power,
sugar, paper.... for handling of dry bulk solids.
Hyquip diversified into MSW processing technologies in the year 2002 and through continuous
refinement of its products, evolved into one of the most reliable system supplier in the market for
processing of municipal solid waste.

We can also offer a customized Data Management System to remotely monitor the plant
operation plus Annual Maintenance Contracts (AMC).

Hyquip developed import substitutes like €Shredder, RDF dryer and Air Density Separator with a sole
objective of making MSW processing financially sustainable.
Please find the detailed techno-commercial offer as per the Annexure given below:
1.0 Basis of Design
2.0 Purchaser•s Obligations
3.0 80-100 TPD MSW Composting Plant Machinery
3.1 Scope of Supply
3.2 Technical Specifications
4.0 40-55 TPD MSW Composting Plant Machinery
4.1 Scope of Supply
4.2 Technical Specifications
5.0 Price Schedule
6.0 Commercial Terms and Conditions

We hope you will find our offer in line with your requirement and look forward to the opportunity to
partner in your project.

Best Regards,

M. Vamsi Mohan
Head – Technical Services

MSW Division
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

1.0 DESIGN BASIS

1.1 Design Criteria:

i) The Compost Plant is designed based on 12 working hours per day.

ii) The mixed municipal solid waste should be devoid of street sweepings, silt from drainage and
construction debris which shall be detrimental to the safety of the plant and machinery.

iii) The windrow area is envisaged to be under covered shed as otherwise it will be difficult to
operate the plant during monsoon season.

1.2 Additional Design Features:

i) The power consumption of the system offered by us shall be about 12-15% lower compared to
the conventional drives offered by our competitors.

ii) An optional data management system can be integrated into the plant operation wherein the
following data can be retrieved.

Total incoming waste procured ____ tons/day

Quantity of non-Biodegradable waste ____ tons/day

Quantity of Biodegradable waste ____ tons/day

Quantity of Compost produced ____ /day


Quantity of RDF produced ____ /day

Quantity of inerts sent to the landfill area ____ tons/day


Moisture content in the RDF ____ %

Moisture content in the Compost ____ %

Page - 2 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

2.0 PURCHASER€S OBLIGATIONS

2.1 All civil works shall be carried out by the purchaser.

2.2 Drinking water facility shall be provided to the erection crew.

2.3 Power shall be provided free of cost to carry out erection and commissioning.

2.4 Electrical connection from MCC to the local control stations (provided by us) shall be
carried out by the purchaser.

2.5 Lighting shall be provided during erection and commissioning.

2.6 Security shall be provided for safe guarding the equipment during the period of erection
and commissioning.

2.7 Fire detection, alarm and fire fighting facility including hand appliances.

2.8 All mobile equipments shall be in client•s scope.

2.9 Lubricants like Hydraulic Oil, Gear Oil and Grease shall be in client•s scope.

Page - 3 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

3.0. 80-100 TPD MSW COMPOST PLANT MACHINERY

3.1 SCOPE OF SUPPLY

3.1.1 Presorting Section (System Capacity: 10-12.5 TPH)

1. €Z• Pit Feed Conveyor. (1.0M x 12M) : 01 No

2. Trommel (Ø 2.0M x 6.0M, 100 mm) : 01 No

3. €L• Conveyor – Overs (1.0M x 9.0M) : 01 No

4. €L• Conveyor – Unders (1.0M x 11.0M for -100mm) : 01 No

5. Sorting Conveyor (1.0M x 12.0M) : 01 No

6. Hydraulic Power Pack with air cooling system (25 HP) : 01 No

7. Electrical Control Panel : 01 No

8. Over Band Magnetic Separator : 01 No

3.1.2 Preparatory Section (System Capacity: 10 TPH)

1. €Z• Feed Conveyor (0.8M x 8.5M) :01 No

2 Trommel (Ø 2.0M x 6.0 M, 25mm) :01 No

3. Conveyor - Overs (0.8M x 9.0M) :01 No

4. €L• Conveyor – Unders (0.8M x 11M) :01 No

5. Hydraulic Power Pack with air cooling system (20HP) :01 No

6. Electrical Control Panel : 01 No

3.1.3 Refinement Section (System Capacity: 5 TPH)

1. €Z• Feed Conveyor (1.0M x 8.5M) : 01 No

2. Rotary Screen (Ø 1.8M x 5.6M, 4 mm opening ) : 01 No

3. €L• Conveyor – Overs (0.8M x 9.0M) : 01 No

4. €L• Conveyor – Unders (1.0M x 15.5M) : 01 No

5. De-stoner (9.0 HP) : 01 No

Page - 4 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

6. €L• De-stoner Rejects Conveyor (0.6M x 9.0M) : 01 No

7. Dust Extraction System (5 HP) : 01 No

8. Hydraulic Power Pack with air cooling system (20 HP) : 01 No

9. Electrical Control Panel : 01 No

3.1.4 Shredder & Baler ( Capacity: 6 TPH)

1. Shredder (100 HP) : 01 No

2. Baler (50 HP) : 01 No

Page - 5 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

3.2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.2.1 Presorting Section (System Capacity: 10-12.5 TPH)

1)

Name of the equipment €Z• Pit Feed Conveyor

Profile Horizontal - Inclined - Horizontal

Length of conveyor C/C 12 M

Inclination 28 Deg

Material to be handled Mixed MSW

Belt specification 1000 mm x 315/3, 3mm Top, 1.5mm Bottom Cover, M


24-Nylon/Nylon.

Skirt Rubber 200 x 6 mm Thk. Fitted all along the length of the
conveyor

Conveyor Chain

Type of chain A2 Attachment bush roller

Pitch 76.2 mm (3”)

Material EN19/C-45/ 20 Mn Cr 5

Conveyor Sprockets

Teeth Flame Hardened

Pitch 76.2 mm pitch

Material C-45

Bearings Self aligning ball bearings

MOC of Drive/Driven shaft EN8

Side Wall

Length On both sides at inclined portion

Height 600mm

Thickness 3.15 mm MS confirming to IS 1079

Supporting structure Fabricated from suitable MS Channels & Angles

Page - 6 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

confirming to IS 2062

Take-up Screw take – up

Drive

Motor Hydraulic. Radial piston type

Gear box Worm Reducer (Elecon/Shanti)

Coupling Chain Coupling

Painting Specifications One coat of Epoxy Primer and two coats of Epoxy Paint

2)

Name of the equipment Trommel

Size Ø 2000 mm x 6000 mm

Mounting Inclined

Inclination 5 degree

Material to be handled MSW

Screen opening Ø 100 x 5mm Thk. M.S Sheet conforming to IS 2062

Guards & Chutes 16G,10G,14G M.S Sheet

Bearing Self aligning ball bearings

Drive Duel

Motor Hydraulic. Radial piston type

Coupling Chain

Speed 8-10 RPM

Painting Specifications One coat of Epoxy Primer and two coats of Epoxy Paint

Page - 7 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

3)

Name of the equipment “ L” Conveyor-Overs

Profile Horizontal – Inclined

Length of conveyor C/C 9M

Inclination 28 degree

Material to be handled Mixed MSW

Belt specification 1000 mm x 315/3, 3mm Top, 1.5mm Bottom Cover, M


24-Nylon/Nylon.

Skirt Rubber 200 x 6 mm Thk. Fitted all along the length of the
conveyor

Conveyor Chain

Type of chain A2 Attachment bush roller

Pitch 76.2 mm (3”)

Material EN19/C-45/ 20 Mn Cr 5

Conveyor Sprockets

Teeth Flame Hardened

Pitch 76.2 mm pitch

Material C-45

Bearings Self aligning ball bearings

MOC of Drive/Driven shaft EN8

Side Wall

Length On both sides at inclined portion

Height 600mm

Thickness 3.15 mm MS confirming to IS 1079

Supporting structure Fabricated from suitable MS Channels & Angles


confirming to IS 2062

Take-up Screw take – up

Page - 8 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

Drive

Motor Hydraulic. Radial piston type

Gear box Worm Reducer (Elecon/Shanti)

Coupling Chain Coupling

Painting Specifications One coat of Epoxy Primer and two coats of Epoxy Paint

4)

Name of the equipment “ L” Conveyor-Unders

Profile Horizontal – Inclined

Length of conveyor C/C 11 M

Inclination 28 degree

Material to be handled Mixed MSW

Belt specification 1000 mm x 315/3, 3mm Top, 1.5mm Bottom Cover, M


24-Nylon/Nylon.

Skirt Rubber 200 x 6 mm Thk. Fitted all along the length of the
conveyor

Conveyor Chain

Type of chain A2 Attachment bush roller

Pitch 76.2 mm (3”)

Material EN19/C-45/ 20 Mn Cr 5

Conveyor Sprockets

Teeth Flame Hardened

Pitch 76.2 mm pitch

Material C-45

Bearings Self aligning ball bearings

MOC of Drive/Driven shaft EN8

Side Wall

Page - 9 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

Length On both sides at inclined portion

Height 600mm

Thickness 3.15 mm MS confirming to IS 1079

Supporting structure Fabricated from suitable MS Channels & Angles


confirming to IS 2062

Take-up Screw take – up

Drive

Motor Hydraulic. Radial piston type

Gear box Worm Reducer (Elecon/Shanti)

Coupling Chain Coupling

Painting Specifications One coat of Epoxy Primer and two coats of Epoxy Paint

5)

Name of the equipment Sorting Conveyor

Profile Horizontal

Length of conveyor C/C 12 M

Inclination NA

Material to be handled Mixed MSW

Belt specification 1000 mm x 315/3, 3mm Top, 1.5mm Bottom Cover, M


24-Nylon/Nylon.

Skirt Rubber 200 x 6 mm Thk. Fitted all along the length of the
conveyor

Conveyor Chain

Type of chain A2 Attachment bush roller

Pitch 76.2 mm (3”)

Material EN19/C-45/ 20 Mn Cr 5

Conveyor Sprockets

Teeth Flame Hardened

Page - 10 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

Pitch 76.2 mm pitch

Material C-45

Bearings Self aligning ball bearings

MOC of Drive/Driven shaft EN8

Side Wall

Length On both sides at inclined portion

Height 300mm

Thickness 3.15 mm MS confirming to IS 1079

Supporting structure Fabricated from suitable MS Channels & Angles


confirming to IS 2062

Take-up Screw take – up

Drive

Motor Hydraulic. Radial piston type

Gear box Worm Reducer (Elecon/Shanti)

Coupling Chain Coupling

Painting Specifications One coat of Epoxy Primer and two coats of Epoxy Paint

6)

Name of the equipment Hydraulic Power Pack with air cooling system

Tank overall size 1250mm x 850mm x 650mm

Capacity 650 lts

Cooling system Heat Exchanger

Connected power 25 HP

Pump Gear pump

Flow control Throttle check valve

Pressure Relief Valve Pilot operated

Page - 11 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

Direction Control valve Single acting

Filter Oil Filling Cap Felted with Filter (breather)

Pressure gauge Glyserine filled 0 to 200 Kg/Cm Sq

Hydraulic Piping Standard as per DIN 2391/C ST 35 NBK

Hydraulic Fitting Suitable for 250 Bar pressure

7)

Name of the equipment Electrical Control Panel

Material of construction of Panel 1.6mm thick CRCA sheet

Degree of protection IP54 /IP65

Earth bus 25 x 6 mm aluminium earth flat

Gasket Neoprene for dust and vermin proofing

Canopy Provided only for outdoor panels

Power Indications RYB indication lamps provided

Isolation of panel Provided with MCCB/SDF

Operation mode Local

Status Indications Provided with lamps for ON/OFF/TRIP

Operating Push Buttons Start/Stop PB•s provided

Mounting Arrangement 75mm base frame provided with holes

Gland Plate 3mm thick GI gland plate provided

Certifications CPRI and IP54/IP65

8)

Name of the equipment Magnetic Separator

Type Over Band Magnetic Separator

Magnet Size 1000 x 600x 300 mm

Page - 12 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

Gauss 1500-1600 G

Drive 1 HP Geared Motor

Operating height 400 mm

Min. Tramp iron to be lifted M24 x 100mm

Painting Specifications One coat of Epoxy Primer and two coats of Epoxy Paint

Page - 13 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

3.2.2 Preparatory Section (System Capacity: 10 TPH)

1)

Name of the equipment “ Z” Feed Conveyor

Profile Horizontal – Inclined – Horizontal

Length of conveyor C/C 8.5 M

Inclination 28 degree

Material to be handled Mixed MSW

Bulk Density 0.6-0.7 T/M3

Belt specification 800 mm x 315/3, 3mm Top, 1.5mm Bottom Cover, M 24-
Nylon/Nylon.

Skirt Rubber 200 x 6 mm Thk. Fitted all along the length of the
conveyor

Conveyor Chain

Type of chain A2 Attachment bush roller

Pitch 76.2 mm (3”)

Material EN19/C-45/ 20 Mn Cr 5

Conveyor Sprockets

Teeth Flame Hardened

Pitch 76.2 mm pitch

Material C-45

Bearings Self aligning ball bearings

MOC of Drive/Driven shaft EN8

Side Wall

Length On both sides at inclined portion

Height 600mm

Thickness 3.15 mm MS confirming to IS 1079

Supporting structure Fabricated from suitable MS Channels & Angles

Page - 14 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

confirming to IS 2062

Take-up Screw take – up

Drive

Motor Hydraulic. Radial piston type

Gear box Worm Reducer (Elecon/Shanti)

Coupling Chain Coupling

2)

Name of the equipment Trommel

Size Ø 2000 mm x 6000 mm

Mounting Inclined

Material to be handled MSW

Inclination 5 degree

Opening Ø 25 mm

Speed 8 - 10 RPM

Perforated Opening Ø 35 x 4mm Thk. M.S Sheet confirming to IS 2062

Guards & Chutes 16G,10G,14G M.S Sheet

Bearing Self aligning ball bearings

Drive Duel

Motor Hydraulic. Radial piston type

Coupling Chain

3)

Name of the equipment Conveyor-Overs

Profile Horizontal-Inclined

Length of conveyor C/C 9M

Inclination 28 degree

Page - 15 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

Material to be handled Mixed MSW

Belt specification 800 mm x 315/3, 3mm Top, 1.5mm Bottom Cover, M 24-
Nylon/Nylon.

Skirt Rubber 200 x 6 mm Thk. Fitted all along the length of the
conveyor

Conveyor Chain

Type of chain A2 Attachment bush roller

Pitch 76.2 mm (3”)

Material EN19/C-45/ 20 Mn Cr 5

Conveyor Sprockets

Teeth Flame Hardened

Pitch 76.2 mm pitch

Material C-45

Bearings Self aligning ball bearings

MOC of Drive/Driven shaft EN8

Side Wall

Length On both sides at inclined portion

Height 600mm

Thickness 3.15 mm MS confirming to IS 1079

Supporting structure Fabricated from suitable MS Channels & Angles


confirming to IS 2062

Take-up Screw take – up

Drive

Motor Hydraulic. Radial piston type

Gear box Worm Reducer (Elecon/Shanti)

Coupling Chain Coupling

Page - 16 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

4)
Name of the equipment “ L” Conveyor-Unders

Profile Horizontal – Inclined

Length of conveyor C/C 11.0 M

Inclination 28 degree

Material to be handled Mixed MSW

Bulk Density 0.6-0.7 T/M3

Belt specification 800 mm x 315/3, 3mm Top, 1.5mm Bottom Cover, M 24-
Nylon/Nylon.

Skirt Rubber 200 x 6 mm Thk. Fitted all along the length of the
conveyor

Conveyor Chain

Type of chain A2 Attachment bush roller

Pitch 76.2 mm (3”)

Material EN19/C-45/ 20 Mn Cr 5

Conveyor Sprockets

Teeth Flame Hardened

Pitch 76.2 mm pitch

Material C-45

Bearings Self aligning ball bearings

MOC of Drive/Driven shaft EN8

Side Wall

Length On both sides at inclined portion

Height 300mm

Thickness 3.15 mm MS confirming to IS 1079

Supporting structure Fabricated from suitable MS Channels & Angles


confirming to IS 2062

Take-up Screw take – up

Page - 17 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

Drive

Motor Hydraulic. Radial piston type

Gear box Worm Reducer (Elecon/Shanti)

Coupling Chain Coupling

5)

Name of the equipment Hydraulic Power Pack with air cooling system

Tank overall size 1250mm x 850mm x 650mm

Capacity 650 lts

Cooling system Heat Exchanger (water cooled)

Connected power 20 HP

Pump Gear pump

Flow control Throttle check valve

Pressure Relief Valve Pilot operated

Direction Control valve Single acting

Filter Oil Filling Cap Felted with Filter (breather)

Pressure gauge Glyserine filled 0 to 200 Kg/Cm Sq

Hydraulic Piping Standard as per DIN 2391/C ST 35 NBK

Hydraulic Fitting Suitable for 250 Bar pressure

6)

Name of the equipment Electrical Control Panel

Material of construction 1.6mm thick CRCA sheet

Degree of protection IP54 /IP65

Earth bus 25 x 6 mm aluminium earth flat

Gasket Neoprene for dust and vermin proofing

Canopy Provided only for outdoor panels

Page - 18 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

Power Indications RYB indication lamps provided

Isolation of panel Provided with MCCB/SDF

Operation modes Local

Status Indications Provided with lamps for ON/OFF/TRIP

Operating Push Buttons Start/Stop PB•s provided

Mounting Arrangement 75mm base frame provided with holes

Gland Plate 3mm thick GI gland plate provided

Certifications CPRI and IP54/IP65

Page - 19 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

3.2.3 Refinement Section (System Capacity: 5 TPH)

1)

Name of the equipment €Z• Feed Conveyor


Profile of conveyor Horizontal – Inclined – Horizontal
Length of conveyor C/C 8.5 M
Inclination 28 degree
Material to be handled Mixed MSW
Bulk Density 0.7-0.8 T/M3
1000 mm x 315/3, 3mm Top, 1.5mm Bottom Cover, M
Belt specification
24-Nylon/Nylon.
200 x 6 mm Thk. Fitted all along the length of the
Skirt Rubber
conveyor
Conveyor Chain
Type of chain A2 Attachment bush roller
Pitch 76.2 mm (3”)
Material EN19/C-45/ 20 Mn Cr 5
Conveyor Sprockets
Teeth Flame Hardened
Pitch 76.2 mm pitch
Material C-45
Bearings Self aligning ball bearings
MOC of Drive/Driven shaft EN8
Side Wall
Length On both sides at inclined portion
Height 600mm
Thickness 3.15 mm MS confirming to IS 1079
Fabricated from suitable MS Channels & Angles
Supporting structure
confirming to IS 2062
Take-up Screw take – up
Drive
Motor Hydraulic. Radial piston type
Gear box Worm Reducer (Elecon/Shanti)
Coupling Chain Coupling

Page - 20 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

2)

Name of the equipment Trommel


Size of Trommel Ø 1800 mm x 5600 mm
Mounting Inclined

Material to be handled MSW


Inclination 5 degree

Opening Ø 4 mm
Speed 8 - 10 RPM

Wire Mesh Spring steel woven mesh Ø 2mm wire diameter


Guards & Chutes 16G,10G,14G M.S Sheet

Bearing Self aligning ball bearings

Drive Duel

Motor Hydraulic. Radial piston type


Coupling Chain

3)
Name of the equipment €L•Conveyor Overs

Profile of conveyor Horizontal-Inclined

Length of conveyor C/C 9M


Inclination 28 degree

Material to be handled Mixed MSW


800 mm x 315/3, 3mm Top, 1.5mm Bottom Cover, M 24-
Belt specification
Nylon/Nylon.
200 x 6 mm Thk. Fitted all along the length of the
Skirt Rubber
conveyor
Conveyor Chain
Type of chain A2 Attachment bush roller
Pitch 76.2 mm (3”)

Material EN19/C-45/ 20 Mn Cr 5
Conveyor Sprockets

Teeth Flame Hardened

Page - 21 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

Pitch 76.2 mm pitch

Material C-45
Bearings Self aligning ball bearings

MOC of Drive/Driven shaft EN8

Side Wall

Length On both sides at inclined portion


Height 600mm

Thickness 3.15 mm MS confirming to IS 1079


Fabricated from suitable MS Channels & Angles
Supporting structure
confirming to IS 2062
Take-up Screw take – up

Drive

Motor Hydraulic. Radial piston type

Gear box Worm Reducer (Elecon/Shanti)


Coupling Chain Coupling

4)

Name of the equipment €L• Conveyor Unders


Profile of conveyor Horizontal – Inclined

Length of conveyor C/C 15.5 M

Inclination 28 degree
Material to be handled Mixed MSW
1000 mm x 315/3, 3mm Top, 1.5mm Bottom Cover, M
Belt specification
24-Nylon/Nylon.
200 x 6 mm Thk. Fitted all along the length of the
Skirt Rubber
conveyor
Conveyor Chain
Type of chain A2 Attachment bush roller

Pitch 76.2 mm (3”)

Material EN19/C-45/ 20 Mn Cr 5

Conveyor Sprockets

Page - 22 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

Teeth Flame Hardened

Pitch 76.2 mm pitch


Material C-45

Bearings Self aligning ball bearings

MOC of Drive/Driven shaft EN8

Side Wall
Length On both sides at inclined portion

Height 300mm
Thickness 3.15 mm MS confirming to IS 1079
Fabricated from suitable MS Channels & Angles
Supporting structure
confirming to IS 2062
Take-up Screw take – up

Drive

Motor Hydraulic. Radial piston type


Gear box Worm Reducer (Elecon/Shanti)

Coupling Chain Coupling

5)

Name of the equipment Destoner

Screen Size 1052 X 882

Material to be Handled Semi finished MSW Compost


Material to be separated Stones, Sand, Glass

Bulk Density 0.9 T/M3

Capacity 5 TPH
Paricle Size 0 to 4 mm
Drive

7.5 HP For Dynamically Balanced inbuilt fan impellor


1.0 HP with VFD To vary the reciprocating movement of the deck

0. 5 HP Vibratory motor for feed hopper

Provided with rack & pinion arrangement for uniform


Feed hopper
feeding on the deck.

Page - 23 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

Provided with easy replacement type frame with carbon


Deck
steel special crimped wire mesh.

6)

Name of the equipment €L• Destoner Rejects Conveyor

Profile of conveyor Horizontal-Inclined

Length of conveyor C/C 9M

Inclination 12 degree
Material to be handled Mixed MSW
600 mm x 315/3, 3mm Top, 1.5mm Bottom Cover, M 24-
Belt specification
Nylon/Nylon.
200 x 6 mm Thk. Fitted all along the length of the
Skirt Rubber
conveyor
Conveyor Chain
Type of chain A2 Attachment bush roller

Pitch 76.2 mm (3”)

Material EN19/C-45/ 20 Mn Cr 5

Conveyor Sprockets

Teeth Flame Hardened


Pitch 76.2 mm pitch

Material C-45

Bearings Self aligning ball bearings


MOC of Drive/Driven shaft EN8

Side Wall

Length On both sides at inclined portion

Height 300mm
Thickness 3.15 mm MS confirming to IS 1079

Fabricated from suitable MS Channels & Angles


Supporting structure
confirming to IS 2062

Take-up Screw take – up


Drive

Page - 24 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

Motor Hydraulic. Radial piston type

Gear box Worm Reducer (Elecon/Shanti)


Coupling Chain Coupling

7)

Name of the equipment Dust Extraction System

Type Manual Shaking


Compressed air required 3000 CMH
Bag Load 140 m3/h/sqm

Cloth Area 22 sqmt

Material of Bag Poly Poplin

No. of Bags 32 (Bag Matrix: 4x4 + 4x4)

Bag Dia 155mm


Bag Length 1400mm

Bag Matrix 8X4

Centrifugal Blower 3000 CMH 275mm wc pressure

Bag Filter Outer Size 2000 X 1000 X 3600


No. of Dust Collector Bins 2

Drive 5HP

8)
Hydraulic Power Pack with Air Cooling System
Name of the equipment

Tank overall size 1250mm x 850mm x 650mm

Capacity 650 lts

Cooling system Heat Exchanger


Connected power 20 HP
Pump Tandem Gear pump

Flow control Throttle check valve


Pressure Relief Valve Pilot operated

Direction Control valve Single acting

Page - 25 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

Filter Oil Filling Cap Felted with Filter (breather)

Pressure gauge Glyserine filled 0 to 200 Kg/Cm Sq


Hydraulic Piping Standard as per DIN 2391/C ST 35 NBK

Hydraulic Fitting Suitable for 250 Bar pressure

9)

Name of the equipment Electrical Control panel

Material of construction 1.6mm thick CRCA sheet


Degree of protection IP54 /IP65
Earth bus 25 x 6 mm aluminium earth flat
Gasket Neoprene for dust and vermin proofing

Canopy Provided only for outdoor panels

Power Indications RYB indication lamps provided


Isolation of panel Provided with MCCB/SDF

Operation modes Local

Status Indications Provided with lamps for ON/OFF/TRIP

Operating Push Buttons Start/Stop PB•s provided

Mounting Arrangement 75mm base frame provided with holes

Gland Plate 3mm thick GI gland plate provided


Certifications CPRI and IP54/IP65

Page - 26 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

3.2.4 Shredder & Baler (Capacity: 6 TPH)

1)

Name of the equipment Shredder

Type Shear

Material to be handled MSW Garbage inorganic portion

Capacity 6 TPH

Bulk Density 0.25 – 0.35 T/m3

Material Input size +200mm

Material Output size -70 mm

Material Characteristics Abrasive, Corrosive

Moisture 20-30%

Material Temperature Ambient

Duty Continuous

Feed from Conveyor

Discharge to Conveyor

Specifications

Size of Rotor Ø 600 x 1000 L

Shell MS as per IS 2062

Movable Job Plate MS and Hardox 400

Cutting Tips Alloy Steel

Shaft EN 19

Mesh to filter the material C 45

Supporting Structure MS as per IS 2062

End Plates MS as per IS 2062

Bearings Spherical Roller Bearings

Bearing Housing MS

Page - 27 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

Drive 100 HP coupled with Belt drive to Gear Box Input Shaft

Coupling Gear Coupling for Rotor to Gear Box Output Shaft

Electrical Panel IP 54/IP65 Protected

Hydraulics for pusher

Tank Capacity 150 Ltrs.

Electric Motor 7.5 HP

Pumps Dowty

Pressure Relief Valve Yuken

Direction Control valve Yuken

Filter Oil Filling Cap Felted with Filter (breather)

Pressure gauge Glyserine filled 0 to 200 Kg/Cm Sq

Hydraulic Piping Standard as per DIN 2391/C ST 35 NBK

Hydraulic Fitting Hylok (250 Bar)

Hydraulic Cylinders Ø80 x 440 Stroke (P.R. Ø 50mm)

2)
Name of the equipment Baler

Capacity 4 Tons

Material RDF

Brick Size 425 x 425 x 425mm

Bale Weight 35- 38 Kgs.

Production Capacity 4000 Kg / hr

Bricks / hr 120 Bales / hr

Compression ratio 3:1

Supporting Structure & MS as per IS 2062


Hopper

Motor for Hydraulic Power 50 HP, 1440 rpm, Foot cum Flange Mounting, 3PH,
Pack Continuous Rated, 415V AC +/- 10%, 50 HZ +/- 5%, S1 Duty

Page - 28 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

Class F Insulation, Fan Cooled, IP 55 degree of protection.

Hydraulic Cylinder Pipe ST 52 Honed finish

Piston Rod EN 8 hard chrome plated & grounded

Seal Kit Polyurethene- Bushak shampon/Parker

Pump Dowty

Direction Control Valve Yuken

Check Valve Polyhydron

Accessories Demcon

Controls Electrical Panel

Page - 29 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

4.0. 40-55 TPD MSW COMPOST PLANT MACHINERY

4.1 SCOPE OF SUPPLY

4.1.1 Presorting Section (System Capacity: 7.5 TPH)

1. €Z• Pit Feed Conveyor. (0.8M x 12M) : 01 No

2. Trommel (Ø 2.0M x 6.0M, 100 mm) : 01 No

3. €L• Conveyor – Overs (0.8M x 9.0M) : 01 No

4. €L• Conveyor – Unders (0.8M x 11.0M for -100mm) : 01 No

5. Sorting Conveyor (0.8M x 12.0M) : 01 No

6. Hydraulic Power Pack with air cooling system (20 HP) : 01 No

7. Electrical Control Panel : 01 No

8. Over Band Magnetic Separator : 01 No

4.1.2 Preparatory Section (System Capacity: 6 TPH)

1. €Z• Feed Conveyor (0.65M x 12M) : 01 No

2. Trommel (Ø 1.8Mx 6.0M, 25 opening) : 01 No

3. Conveyor – Overs (0.6M x 9.0 M) : 01 No

4. €L• Conveyor – Unders (0.8M x 11.0M) : 01 No

5. Hydraulic Power Pack with air cooling system (20 HP) : 01 No

6. Electrical Control Panel : 01 No

4.1.3 Refinement Section (System Capacity: 3-4 TPH)

1. €L• Feed Conveyor (0.6M x 7.0M) : 01 No

2. Rotary Screen (Ø 1.4M x 5 M, 4mm opening) : 01 No

3. €L• Conveyor – Unders (0.6M x 11.0M) : 01 No

4. Conveyor – Overs (0.6M x 6.0 M) : 01 No

5. Destoner (6.25 Hp) : 01 No

6. Destoner Rejects Conveyor (0.5 x 5M) : 01 No


Page - 30 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

7. Dust Extraction System (3 HP) : 01 No

8. Hydraulic Power Pack with air cooling system (15 Hp) : 01 No

9. Electrical Control Panel : 01 No

4.1.3 Shredder & Baler (Capacity: 3 TPH)

1. Shredder(50 HP) : 01 No

2. Baler(50HP) : 01 No

Page - 31 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

4.2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

4.2.1 Presorting Section (System Capacity: 6 TPH)

1)

Name of the equipment €Z• Pit Feed Conveyor

Profile Horizontal - Inclined

Length of conveyor C/C 12 M

Inclination 28 Deg

Material to be handled Mixed MSW

Belt specification 800 mm x 315/3, 3mm Top, 1.5mm Bottom Cover, M 24-
Nylon/Nylon.

Skirt Rubber 200 x 6 mm Thk. Fitted all along the length of the
conveyor

Conveyor Chain

Type of chain A2 Attachment bush roller

Pitch 76.2 mm (3”)

Material EN19/C-45/ 20 Mn Cr 5

Conveyor Sprockets

Teeth Flame Hardened

Pitch 76.2 mm pitch

Material C-45

Bearings Self aligning ball bearings

MOC of Drive/Driven shaft EN8

Side Wall

Length On both sides at inclined portion

Height 600mm

Thickness 3.15 mm MS confirming to IS 1079

Page - 32 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

Supporting structure Fabricated from suitable MS Channels & Angles


confirming to IS 2062

Take-up Screw take – up

Drive

Motor Hydraulic. Radial piston type

Gear box Worm Reducer (Elecon/Shanti)

Coupling Chain Coupling

Painting Specifications One coat of Epoxy Primer and two coats of Epoxy Paint

2)

Name of the equipment Trommel

Size Ø 2000 mm x 6000 mm

Mounting Inclined

Inclination 5 degree

Material to be handled MSW

Screen opening Ø 100 x 5mm Thk. M.S Sheet conforming to IS 2062

Guards & Chutes 16G,10G,14G M.S Sheet

Bearing Self aligning ball bearings

Drive Duel

Motor Hydraulic. Radial piston type

Coupling Chain

Speed 8-10 RPM

Painting Specifications One coat of Epoxy Primer and two coats of Epoxy Paint

3)

Name of the equipment “ L” Conveyor-Overs

Profile Horizontal – Inclined

Length of conveyor C/C 9M

Page - 33 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

Inclination 28 degree

Material to be handled Mixed MSW

Belt specification 800 mm x 315/3, 3mm Top, 1.5mm Bottom Cover, M 24-
Nylon/Nylon.

Skirt Rubber 200 x 6 mm Thk. Fitted all along the length of the
conveyor

Conveyor Chain

Type of chain A2 Attachment bush roller

Pitch 76.2 mm (3”)

Material EN19/C-45/ 20 Mn Cr 5

Conveyor Sprockets

Teeth Flame Hardened

Pitch 76.2 mm pitch

Material C-45

Bearings Self aligning ball bearings

MOC of Drive/Driven shaft EN8

Side Wall

Length On both sides at inclined portion

Height 600mm

Thickness 3.15 mm MS confirming to IS 1079

Supporting structure Fabricated from suitable MS Channels & Angles


confirming to IS 2062

Take-up Screw take – up

Drive

Motor Hydraulic. Radial piston type

Gear box Worm Reducer (Elecon/Shanti)

Coupling Chain Coupling

Painting Specifications One coat of Epoxy Primer and two coats of Epoxy Paint

Page - 34 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

4)

Name of the equipment “ L” Conveyor-Unders

Profile Horizontal – Inclined

Length of conveyor C/C 11 M

Inclination 28 degree

Material to be handled Mixed MSW

Belt specification 800 mm x 315/3, 3mm Top, 1.5mm Bottom Cover, M 24-
Nylon/Nylon.

Skirt Rubber 200 x 6 mm Thk. Fitted all along the length of the
conveyor

Conveyor Chain

Type of chain A2 Attachment bush roller

Pitch 76.2 mm (3”)

Material EN19/C-45/ 20 Mn Cr 5

Conveyor Sprockets

Teeth Flame Hardened

Pitch 76.2 mm pitch

Material C-45

Bearings Self aligning ball bearings

MOC of Drive/Driven shaft EN8

Side Wall

Length On both sides at inclined portion

Height 600mm

Thickness 3.15 mm MS confirming to IS 1079

Supporting structure Fabricated from suitable MS Channels & Angles


confirming to IS 2062

Take-up Screw take – up

Page - 35 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

Drive

Motor Hydraulic. Radial piston type

Gear box Worm Reducer (Elecon/Shanti)

Coupling Chain Coupling

Painting Specifications One coat of Epoxy Primer and two coats of Epoxy Paint

5)

Name of the equipment Sorting Conveyor

Profile Horizontal

Length of conveyor C/C 5M

Inclination NA

Material to be handled Mixed MSW

Belt specification 800 mm x 315/3, 3mm Top, 1.5mm Bottom Cover, M 24-
Nylon/Nylon.

Skirt Rubber 200 x 6 mm Thk. Fitted all along the length of the
conveyor

Conveyor Chain

Type of chain A2 Attachment bush roller

Pitch 76.2 mm (3”)

Material EN19/C-45/ 20 Mn Cr 5

Conveyor Sprockets

Teeth Flame Hardened

Pitch 76.2 mm pitch

Material C-45

Bearings Self aligning ball bearings

MOC of Drive/Driven shaft EN8

Side Wall

Length On both sides at inclined portion

Page - 36 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

Height 600mm

Thickness 3.15 mm MS confirming to IS 1079

Supporting structure Fabricated from suitable MS Channels & Angles


confirming to IS 2062

Take-up Screw take – up

Drive Helical Geared Motor

Motor 2 HP

Gear box Helical

Coupling NA

Painting Specifications One coat of Epoxy Primer and two coats of Epoxy Paint

6)

Name of the equipment Hydraulic Power Pack with air cooling system

Tank overall size 1250mm x 850mm x 650mm

Capacity 650 lts

Cooling system Heat Exchanger

Connected power 20 HP

Pump Gear pump

Flow control Throttle check valve

Pressure Relief Valve Pilot operated

Direction Control valve Single acting

Filter Oil Filling Cap Felted with Filter (breather)

Pressure gauge Glyserine filled 0 to 200 Kg/Cm Sq

Hydraulic Piping Standard as per DIN 2391/C ST 35 NBK

Hydraulic Fitting Suitable for 250 Bar pressure

Page - 37 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

7)

Name of the equipment Electrical Control Panel

Material of construction of Panel 1.6mm thick CRCA sheet

Degree of protection IP54 /IP65

Earth bus 25 x 6 mm aluminium earth flat

Gasket Neoprene for dust and vermin proofing

Canopy Provided only for outdoor panels

Power Indications RYB indication lamps provided

Isolation of panel Provided with MCCB/SDF

Operation mode Local

Status Indications Provided with lamps for ON/OFF/TRIP

Operating Push Buttons Start/Stop PB•s provided

Mounting Arrangement 75mm base frame provided with holes

Gland Plate 3mm thick GI gland plate provided

Certifications CPRI and IP54/IP65

8)

Name of the equipment Magnetic Separator

Type Over Band Magnetic Separator

Magnet Size 1000 x 600x 300 mm

Gauss 1500-1600 G

Drive 1 HP Geared Motor

Operating height 400 mm

Min. Tramp iron to be lifted M24 x 100mm

Painting Specifications One coat of Epoxy Primer and two coats of Epoxy Paint

Page - 38 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

4.2.2 Preparatory Section (System Capacity: 6 TPH)

1)
Name of the equipment “ Z” Feed Conveyor

Profile Horizontal – Inclined – Horizontal

Length of conveyor C/C 12.0 M

Inclination 28 degree

Material to be handled Mixed MSW

Bulk Density 0.6-0.65 T/M3

Belt specification 650 mm x 315/3, 3mm Top, 1.5mm Bottom Cover, M 24-
Nylon/Nylon.

Skirt Rubber 200 x 6 mm Thk. Fitted all along the length of the
conveyor

Conveyor Chain

Type of chain A2 Attachment bush roller

Pitch 76.2 mm (3”)

Material EN19/C-45/ 20 Mn Cr 5

Conveyor Sprockets

Teeth Flame Hardened

Pitch 76.2 mm pitch

Material C-45

Bearings Self aligning ball bearings

MOC of Drive/Driven shaft EN8

Side Wall

Length On both sides at inclined portion

Height 600mm

Thickness 3.15 mm MS confirming to IS 1079

Supporting structure Fabricated from suitable MS Channels & Angles

Page - 39 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

confirming to IS 2062

Take-up Screw take – up

Drive

Motor Hydraulic. Radial piston type

Gear box Worm Reducer (Elecon/Shanti)

Coupling Chain Coupling

Painting Specifications One coat of Epoxy Primer and two coats of Epoxy Paint

2)

Name of the equipment Trommel

Size Ø 1.8 x 6.0M, 25 mm opening

Mounting Inclined

Inclination 5 degree

Material to be handled MSW

Screen opening Ø 25 x 4mm Thk M.S Sheet conforming to IS 2062

Guards & Chutes 16G,10G,14G M.S Sheet

Bearing Self aligning ball bearings

Drive Duel

Motor Hydraulic. Radial piston type

Coupling Chain

Speed 8-10 RPM

Painting Specifications One coat of Epoxy Primer and two coats of Epoxy Paint

3)
Name of the equipment Conveyor - Overs

Profile Inclined

Length of conveyor C/C 9.0 M

Page - 40 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

Inclination 12 degree

Material to be handled Mixed MSW

Belt specification 600 mm x 315/3, 3mm Top, 1.5mm Bottom Cover, M 24-
Nylon/Nylon.

Skirt Rubber 200 x 6 mm Thk. Fitted all along the length of the
conveyor

Conveyor Chain

Type of chain A2 Attachment bush roller

Pitch 76.2 mm (3”)

Material EN19/C-45/ 20 Mn Cr 5

Conveyor Sprockets

Teeth Flame Hardened

Pitch 76.2 mm pitch

Material C-45

Bearings Self aligning ball bearings

MOC of Drive/Driven shaft EN8

Side Wall

Length On both sides at inclined portion

Height 600mm

Thickness 3.15 mm MS confirming to IS 1079

Supporting structure Fabricated from suitable MS Channels & Angles


confirming to IS 2062

Take-up Screw take – up

Drive

Motor Hydraulic. Radial piston type

Gear box Worm Reducer (Elecon/Shanti)

Coupling Chain Coupling

Painting Specifications One coat of Epoxy Primer and two coats of Epoxy Paint

Page - 41 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

4)
Name of the equipment “ L” Conveyor - Unders

Profile Horizontal – Inclined

Length of conveyor C/C 11.0 M

Inclination 28 degree

Material to be handled Mixed MSW

Belt specification 800 mm x 315/3, 3mm Top, 1.5mm Bottom Cover, M 24-
Nylon/Nylon.

Skirt Rubber 200 x 6 mm Thk. Fitted all along the length of the
conveyor

Conveyor Chain

Type of chain A2 Attachment bush roller

Pitch 76.2 mm (3”)

Material EN19/C-45/ 20 Mn Cr 5

Conveyor Sprockets

Teeth Flame Hardened

Pitch 76.2 mm pitch

Material C-45

Bearings Self aligning ball bearings

MOC of Drive/Driven shaft EN8

Side Wall

Length On both sides at inclined portion

Height 300mm

Thickness 3.15 mm MS confirming to IS 1079

Supporting structure Fabricated from suitable MS Channels & Angles


confirming to IS 2062

Take-up Screw take – up

Drive

Page - 42 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

Motor Hydraulic. Radial piston type

Gear box Worm Reducer (Elecon/Shanti)

Coupling Chain Coupling

Painting Specifications One coat of Epoxy Primer and two coats of Epoxy Paint

5)

Name of the equipment Hydraulic Power Pack with air cooling system

Tank overall size 1250mm x 800mm x 600mm

Capacity 600 lts

Cooling system Heat Exchanger

Connected power 20 HP

Pump Tandem Gear pump

Flow control Throttle check valve

Pressure Relief Valve Pilot operated

Direction Control valve Single acting

Filter Oil Filling Cap Felted with Filter (breather)

Pressure gauge Glyserine filled 0 to 200 Kg/Cm Sq

Hydraulic Piping Standard as per DIN 2391/C ST 35 NBK

Hydraulic Fitting Suitable for 250 Bar pressure

6)

Name of the equipment Electrical Control Panel

Material of construction of Panel 1.6mm thick CRCA sheet

Degree of protection IP54 /IP65

Earth bus 25 x 6 mm aluminium earth flat

Gasket Neoprene for dust and vermin proofing

Page - 43 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

Canopy Provided only for outdoor panels

Power Indications RYB indication lamps provided

Isolation of panel Provided with MCCB/SDF

Operation mode Local

Status Indications Provided with lamps for ON/OFF/TRIP

Operating Push Buttons Start/Stop PB•s provided

Mounting Arrangement 75mm base frame provided with holes

Gland Plate 3mm thick GI gland plate provided

Certifications CPRI and IP54/IP65

Page - 44 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

4.2.3 Refinement Section (System Capacity: 3-4 TPH)

1)
Name of the equipment “ L” Feed Conveyor

Profile Horizontal – Inclined

Length of conveyor C/C 7.0 M

Inclination 28 degree

Material to be handled Mixed MSW

Bulk Density 0.7-0.8 T/M3

Belt specification 600 mm x 315/3, 3mm Top, 1.5mm Bottom Cover, M 24-
Nylon/Nylon.

Skirt Rubber 200 x 6 mm Thk. Fitted all along the length of the
conveyor

Conveyor Chain

Type of chain A2 Attachment bush roller

Pitch 76.2 mm (3”)

Material EN19/C-45/ 20 Mn Cr 5

Conveyor Sprockets

Teeth Flame Hardened

Pitch 76.2 mm pitch

Material C-45

Bearings Self aligning ball bearings

MOC of Drive/Driven shaft EN8

Side Wall

Length On both sides at inclined portion

Height 600mm

Thickness 3.15 mm MS confirming to IS 1079

Supporting structure Fabricated from suitable MS Channels & Angles


confirming to IS 2062

Page - 45 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

Take-up Screw take – up

Drive

Motor Hydraulic. Radial piston type

Gear box Worm Reducer (Elecon/Shanti)

Coupling Chain Coupling

Painting Specifications One coat of Epoxy Primer and two coats of Epoxy Paint

2)

Name of the equipment Rotary Screen

Size Ø 1.4M x 5 M, 4mm opening

Mounting Inclined

Inclination 5 degree

Material to be handled MSW

Screen opening 4mm, Spring steel Woven Mesh, Ø2mm wire diameter

Guards & Chutes 16G,10G,14G M.S Sheet

Bearing Self aligning ball bearings

Drive Duel

Motor Hydraulic. Radial piston type

Coupling Chain

Speed 8-10 RPM

Painting Specifications One coat of Epoxy Primer and two coats of Epoxy Paint

3)
Name of the equipment “ L” Conveyor - Unders

Profile Horizontal – Inclined

Length of conveyor C/C 11.0 M

Inclination 28 degree

Material to be handled Mixed MSW

Page - 46 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

Belt specification 600 mm x 315/3, 3mm Top, 1.5mm Bottom Cover, M 24-
Nylon/Nylon.

Skirt Rubber 200 x 6 mm Thk. Fitted all along the length of the
conveyor

Conveyor Chain

Type of chain A2 Attachment bush roller

Pitch 76.2 mm (3”)

Material EN19/C-45/ 20 Mn Cr 5

Conveyor Sprockets

Teeth Flame Hardened

Pitch 76.2 mm pitch

Material C-45

Bearings Self aligning ball bearings

MOC of Drive/Driven shaft EN8

Side Wall

Length On both sides at inclined portion

Height 300mm

Thickness 3.15 mm MS confirming to IS 1079

Supporting structure Fabricated from suitable MS Channels & Angles


confirming to IS 2062

Take-up Screw take – up

Drive

Motor Hydraulic. Radial piston type

Gear box Worm Reducer (Elecon/Shanti)

Coupling Chain Coupling

Painting Specifications One coat of Epoxy Primer and two coats of Epoxy Paint

Page - 47 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

4)
Name of the equipment Conveyor - Overs

Profile Inclined

Length of conveyor C/C 6.0 M

Inclination 12 degree

Material to be handled Mixed MSW

Belt specification 600 mm x 315/3, 3mm Top, 1.5mm Bottom Cover, M 24-
Nylon/Nylon.

Skirt Rubber 200 x 6 mm Thk. Fitted all along the length of the
conveyor

Conveyor Chain

Type of chain A2 Attachment bush roller

Pitch 76.2 mm (3”)

Material EN19/C-45/ 20 Mn Cr 5

Conveyor Sprockets

Teeth Flame Hardened

Pitch 76.2 mm pitch

Material C-45

Bearings Self aligning ball bearings

MOC of Drive/Driven shaft EN8

Side Wall

Length On both sides at inclined portion

Height 600mm

Thickness 3.15 mm MS confirming to IS 1079

Supporting structure Fabricated from suitable MS Channels & Angles


confirming to IS 2062

Take-up Screw take – up

Drive

Page - 48 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

Motor Hydraulic. Radial piston type

Gear box Worm Reducer (Elecon/Shanti)

Coupling Chain Coupling

Painting Specifications One coat of Epoxy Primer and two coats of Epoxy Paint

5)

Name of the equipment Destoner

Screen Size 900 X 840

Material to be Handled Semi finished MSW Compost

Material to be separated Stones, Sand, Glass

Bulk Density 0.8-09 T/M3

Capacity 2.5-3 TPH

Paricle Size 0 to 4 mm

Drive

5 HP For Dynamically Balanced inbuilt fan impellor

1.0 HP with VFD To vary the reciprocating movement of the deck

0.25 HP Vibratory motor for feed hopper

Feed hopper Provided with rack & pinion arrangement for uniform
feeding on the deck.

Deck Provided with easy replacement type frame with carbon


steel special crimped wire mesh.

6)
Name of the equipment Destoner Rejects Conveyor

Profile Inclined

Length of conveyor C/C 5.0 M

Inclination 12 degree

Material to be handled Stones, Sand, Glass etc.

Page - 49 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

Belt specification 500 mm x 315/3, 3mm Top, 1.5mm Bottom Cover, M 24-
Nylon/Nylon.

Skirt Rubber 200 x 6 mm Thk. Fitted all along the length of the
conveyor

Conveyor Chain

Type of chain A2 Attachment bush roller

Pitch 76.2 mm (3”)

Material EN19/C-45/ 20 Mn Cr 5

Conveyor Sprockets

Teeth Flame Hardened

Pitch 76.2 mm pitch

Material C-45

Bearings Self aligning ball bearings

MOC of Drive/Driven shaft EN8

Side Wall

Length On both sides at inclined portion

Height 300mm

Thickness 3.15 mm MS confirming to IS 1079

Supporting structure Fabricated from suitable MS Channels & Angles


confirming to IS 2062

Take-up Screw take – up

Drive

Motor Hydraulic. Radial piston type

Gear box Worm Reducer (Elecon/Shanti)

Coupling Chain Coupling

Painting Specifications One coat of Epoxy Primer and two coats of Epoxy Paint

Page - 50 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

7)

Name of the equipment Dust Extraction System

Type Manual Shaking

Compressed air required 3000 CMH

Bag Load 140 m3/h/sqm

Cloth Area 11 sqmt

Material of Bag Poly Poplin

No. of Bags 16 (Bag Matrix: 4x4)

Bag Dia 155mm

Bag Length 1400mm

Bag Matrix 4X4

Centrifugal Blower 1500 CMH 275mm wc pressure

Bag Filter Outer Size 1000 X 1000 X 3600

No. of Dust Collector Bins 1

Drive 3HP

8)

Name of the equipment Hydraulic Power Pack with air cooling system

Tank overall size 1250mm x 800mm x 500mm

Capacity 500 lts

Cooling system Heat Exchanger

Connected power 15 HP

Pump Tandem Gear pump

Flow control Throttle check valve

Pressure Relief Valve Pilot operated

Direction Control valve Single acting

Filter Oil Filling Cap Felted with Filter (breather)

Page - 51 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

Pressure gauge Glyserine filled 0 to 200 Kg/Cm Sq

Hydraulic Piping Standard as per DIN 2391/C ST 35 NBK

Hydraulic Fitting Suitable for 250 Bar pressure

9)

Name of the equipment Electrical Control Panel

Material of construction of Panel 1.6mm thick CRCA sheet

Degree of protection IP54 /IP65

Earth bus 25 x 6 mm aluminium earth flat

Gasket Neoprene for dust and vermin proofing

Canopy Provided only for outdoor panels

Power Indications RYB indication lamps provided

Isolation of panel Provided with MCCB/SDF

Operation mode Local

Status Indications Provided with lamps for ON/OFF/TRIP

Operating Push Buttons Start/Stop PB•s provided

Mounting Arrangement 75mm base frame provided with holes

Gland Plate 3mm thick GI gland plate provided

Certifications CPRI and IP54/IP65

Page - 52 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

4.2.4 Shredder & Baler (Capacity: 3 TPH)

1)
Name of the equipment Shredder

Type Shear

Material to be handled MSW Garbage inorganic portion

Capacity 3 TPH

Bulk Density 0.25 – 0.35 T/m3

Material Input size +200mm

Material Output size -70 mm

Material Characteristics Abrasive, Corrosive

Moisture 20-30%

Material Temperature Ambient

Duty Continuous

Feed from Conveyor

Discharge to Conveyor

Specifications

Size of Rotor Ø 400 x 800 L

Shell MS as per IS 2062

Movable Job Plate MS and Hardox 400

Cutting Tips Alloy Steel

Shaft EN 19

Mesh to filter the material C 45

Supporting Structure MS as per IS 2062

End Plates MS as per IS 2062

Bearings Spherical Roller Bearings

Bearing Housing MS

Drive 50 HP coupled with Belt drive to Gear Box Input Shaft

Page - 53 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

Coupling Gear Coupling for Rotor to Gear Box Output Shaft

Electrical Panel IP 54/IP65 Protected

2)
Name of the equipment Baler

Capacity 2 Tons

Material RDF

Brick Size 300 x 300 x 300mm

Bale Weight 20- 24 Kgs.

Production Capacity 2500 Kg / hr

Bricks / hr 120 Bales / hr

Compression ratio 3:1

Supporting Structure & MS as per IS 2062


Hopper

Motor for Hydraulic Power 50 HP, 1440 rpm, Foot cum Flange Mounting, 3PH,
Pack Continuous Rated, 415V AC +/- 10%, 50 HZ +/- 5%, S1 Duty
Class F Insulation, Fan Cooled, IP 55 degree of protection.

Hydraulic Cylinder Pipe ST 52 Honed finish

Piston Rod EN 8 hard chrome plated & grounded

Seal Kit Polyurethene- Bushak shampon/Parker

Pump Dowty

Direction Control Valve Yuken

Check Valve Polyhydron

Accessories Demcon

Controls Electrical Panel

Page - 54 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

5.0 PRICE SCHEDULE

Amount
S.No. Description
(Rs in Lacs)

80-100 TPD Composting Plant Machinery

1 Presorting Section (System Capacity: 10-12.5 TPH) 67.00

2 Preparatory Section (System Capacity: 10 TPH) 47.25

3 Refinement Section (System Capacity: 5.0 TPH) 51.50

5 Shredder & Baler 85.00

4 Erection and Commissioning 7.00

TOTAL 257.75

In words: Rupees Two hundred and fifty seven lakhs seventy five thousand only

40-55 TPD Composting Plant Machinery

1 Presorting Section (System Capacity: 7.5 TPH) 57.00

2 Preparatory Section (System Capacity: 6.0 TPH) 41.25

3 Refinement Section (System Capacity: 3-4 TPH) 44.50

5 Shredder & Baler 65.00

4 Erection and Commissioning 6.50

TOTAL 214.25

In words: Rupees Two hundred and fourteen lakhs twenty five thousand only

Note : 1. The price mention above to be read in conjunction with the commercial terms and conditions
annexed to this offer.
2. Final dimensions of the equipments may vary at the time of detailed engineering.
3. Assured capacity of the machinery is with 95% PLF.

Page - 55 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

6.0 COMMERCIAL TERMS & CONDITIONS

 Price terms Ex Works, Hyderabad

For Supplies @
To your account
12%
 GST
For Erection As applicable
Transportation As applicable
 Packing & Forwarding Charges 2% of the Basic cost of the equipment
 Freight To your account
 Transit Insurance To your account
 Storage Insurance at site To your account

 Payment terms for supply (i) 30% of the total contract price to be released as
interest free advance along with the Letter of
Intent/order or contract on submission of a
corporate guarantee.

In case of Advance Bank Guarantee, the value


shall automatically get reduced on diminishing
value basis against supplies effected as per the
invoices submitted.

(ii) 10% of contract price shall be payable as interest


free second advance against submission of
General arrangement drawings.

(iii) 50% shall be payable on prorate basis at right


through irrevocable letter of credit from any
nationalized bank letter of credit shall be opened
within 7 days from the date of our request.

(iv) 5% of contract price shall be released on


completion of mechanical erection and conducting
of No load trials.

(v) 5% of contract price shall be released on


completion of commissioning and submission of
10% performance bank guarantee.

Page - 56 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

 Payment terms for Erection (i) 10% of contract price shall be released as interest
free advance payment along with Work Order /
Purchase Order.

(ii) 10% shall be released on mobilization of erection


personnel and tools & tackles.

(iii) 70% shall be released on stage-wise milestones


completion.

(iv) 5% shall be released on completion of mechanical


erection.

(v) 5% shall be released on completion of erection and


commissioning.

 Delivery period 12 – 14 weeks from the date of receipt of technically


and commercially clear purchase order.

However, any deviations shall be computed


proportionate to the delay of the following:
a) The effective date of startup of delivery shall be
from the date of receipt of first advance.

b) Approval of general arrangement and plant layout


drawing within 15 days from the date of
submission.

c) Receipt of payments as per the agreed payment


terms and within 7 days from date of invoice/s.

d) All efforts will be made to effect the delivery as


agreed, but it shall be subject to force majeure
clause.

Layout drawings shall be submitted within 7 days from


the date of receipt of technically and commercially
 Drawings Submission clear purchase order and receipt of advance.The
General Arrangement drawing shall be released within
7 days from the date of layout approval.
Any deviations in compliance of above payment terms,
shall disable the buyer to invoke any LD clause and
 Delay in payments
HSL shall in no way be responsible for any type of the
project delay.

Page - 57 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

 Warranty HSL warrants its products free from defects in


material, workmanship and design for a period of 18
months from the date of supply or 12 months from the
date of commissioning, whichever expires earlier. In
no instance is there any warranty applicable other
than for MSW processing application and HSL doesn•t
accept responsibility for any of its products that have
been subjected to improper application, negligence,
tampering, or abuse, or which have been repaired or
altered outside of the HSL’s factory by un-authorized
representative. HSL’s liability under this warranty
shall extend only to replacement or repairing at clients
site.

 Inspection
The equipments manufactured by us are fully
inspected stage-wise, by our independent full-fledged
inspection department. However, if you desire
inspection to be carried out by your authorized
representative / third party inspector, it shall be done
within 7 days of notice. If inspection is not carried out
within 7 days of intimation, we shall consider that
inspection has been waived and shall dispatch the
goods to the consignee.

 Force majeure Force majeure will come into effect on the events
explained below but not limited to.

a) Natural phenomena, including but not limited to


weather conditions, floods, draught, earth-quakes
and epidemics.

b) Acts of any government authority, domestic or


foreign, licensing, control of production or
distributions, power-cuts / shortages.

c) Accident and destruction, including but not limited to


fires, explosion and breakdowns of essential
machinery of equipment and power shortage

d) Transportation delay due to force majeure, non-


availability of railway booking or accidents,
damages to equipments in transit or during
erection.

e) Strikes, slow downs, lockouts and sabotages.

Page - 58 -of 59
Offer No.: HSL: MSW: CDMATEL: 17-18/040
Client: CDMA, Telangana

This offer is valid for a period of 30 days only from


 Validity
date of offer.

No legal proceedings shall be taken to enforce any


claim and no suit arising out of any claim should be
 Jurisdiction
instituted except in courts of competent jurisdiction
located within the municipal limits of Hyderabad.

Title of goods shall be passed on only after receipt of


 Title of Goods
full and final payment.

 Confidentiality i) Offer

Offer submitted herewith is solely for the use of


addressed client and shall not be disclosed to any
other third party without written permission from
HSL.
ii) Documents

Design documents, methods and techniques and


analysis forming part of the supply are solely in
connection with the products supplied. These
documents, methods and techniques shall not be
revealed to any third party without written
authorization from HSL.

Page - 59 -of 59
Dated: 05/09/17 QUOTATION

Ref: CDMA

TO
M/s .FEEDBACK INFRA PVT LTD
15th Floor, Tower 9B, DLF Cyber City, Phase-III
Gurugram 122 002, Haryana, INDIA

TOTAL
S NO VEHILCE DISCRIPTION QUANTITY PRICE GST INCLUDED AMOUNT
ACE HT FL CAB/CHASSIS PTO PRO
1 BS4 1 4,08,588.00 INCLUDED 4,08,588.00
2 ACE HOPPER TIPPER 1.8CUM BS3/BS4 1 5,18,417.00 INCLUDED 5,10,000.00
ACE HOPPER TIPPER WITH TARPALINI
3 COVER BS3/BS4 1 5,37,316.00 INCLUDED 5,37,316.00
Above Prices are inclusive of VAT15.2600% .00% Delivery temporary Registration and Insurance Road
transportation charges extra

1. Equipment, specifications and price inclusive of excise duty, and sales tax quoted above are subject to change without notice
and the price prevailing at the time of delivery of the vehicle will apply irrespective of when the application is placed/accepted
or payment received. Octroi, Entry Tax, local levies to be paid by the customer.
2. Payment to be Made in favor Of Tata Motors Ltd Via RTGS Only ,
3. At the time of order booking copy of INCOME TAX PAN CARD/FORM-60/FORM-61 duly filled in along with address proof is
required.

For TATA MOTORS LTD


VINOD MADHAV
AO HYDERABAD
An ISO 9001: 2008 Comp
pany Off: 27750686, 2775
7755743
Res: 27752371, Cell: 9440048680

Balaji
laji EEngineering Works
rks
(SSI Unit No.. 01/
01/22/55010/PMT/17-8-1989) & NSIC/HYD/GP/RS/17 (B-16
162)/2012/8401
MANUFACTURE URES OF: - Wheels Barrows, Platform Trolleys, Try Cycle
Cycl Rickshaw,
Industrial Trolle
rolleys and Sing Boards & Play Ground Equipment.
Plot No.13, Sy. No.237, Chinna Thokatta, Bowenpally, Secunderaba
rabad-500 011
TIN: 36220285270 Website: www.
ww.balajiengineeringworks.com Email: sribalaji743@ 43@yahoo.com

To, Dt: 04.09.2017


04
M/s. Feedback Infra,
Gurgaon, Haryana 122002

Sub: - Quo
uotation for “Tricycle Rickshaws”– Reg
Respected Sir,

We herewith reference to your ve


verbal enquiry. We are submitting our lowest rate
ate of quotation
with expecting early order.

Try Cycle Rickshaws (K.W or K


KD Company) with Garbage Box Rs.18
18,500/- each
Specification:-
The box made with M.S sheet 18 G, G L: 42" × W: 33" × height: 20"fitted in the M.S ang
ngle frame made
with M.S angle 25×25×3 mm with th centre partation (30:70 ratio) and 25 x 3 mm m.s flat
fl welding for
side supports back door provisionn , 2 No’s TVS model wheels of size 2.50-16 fitted ted to shaft with
bearings at back, and front one regu
egular rickshaw wheel of size 28x1½ to suitable axlele rod for fitting
the rear wheels.The body strcture of 35x 35x5mm m.s angle and clamps of 30x5mm m.s .s flat provision
and base with Fiber sheet fixing in the garbage box. The box with one coat of red-ooxide, two coat
enamel paint only. The tricycle garbage
ga collector shall be marked by legibly stencnciling with the
Swachh Bharat Logo, "Swacch Bhharat Mission (Gramin)"in Telugu and villege namee for two sides
with white colour paint only.

Tri-Cycle Rickshaw (Neelam orr K


KW Company) with Garbage Box R.23,
3,000/- each
Specification:-
The box made with L-48"x W-36"x 6"x H-24" fabricated with 18G Iron angles of 25 x 25 2 x 3 mm for
bottom and vertical corners and M.S. .S. flat of size 25 x 3 mm for top edges and adequate ate no. of 25 x 3
mm flats provided additionally for or stiffness in between the angle iron/flat the bin. Th The bin shall be
provided with grooves at two locatiotions ( at centre and at the ratio of 30:70) for providing
ing partition The
Chassis shall be made of MS angul ular section of 35 x 35 x 5 mm and Flat sections of 35x5mm. The
Tri-Cycle assembly shall consist of Mild steel tubular frame –Five bar with 8.6mm x 1.63mm, 1 Cycle
Rickshaw wheel of size 28 x 1 1/22 for f front and 2.50-16 TVS - XL wheels for rearsidee , suitable axle
rod for fitting the rear wheels. Hand
ndle bar and fork assembly, Hand Breaking system.. All A the metallic
parts other than those painted shall
ll bbe with one coat red-oxide and two coat enamel pain aint. The tricycle
garbage collector shall be markedd by legibly stenciling with the Swachh Bharat L Logo, "Swacch
Bharat Mission(Gramin)"in Telugu and villege name for two sides with white colour paint pa only.

Thanking You,
Yours Faithfully,
For Balaji Engineering Works

Proprietor
&'(( )(& & * &'(( +,& -& &

. / / 0

1 / %2 34, 4
"5 1 $ 6) ,1 ' / '
* 222 -

You might also like